As filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission on February 11, 2015

Registration No. ____________

 

UNITED STATES

SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION

Washington, D.C. 20549

 

 

 

FORM S-1

REGISTRATION STATEMENT

UNDER

THE SECURITIES ACT OF 1933

 

 

 

EASTSIDE DISTILLING, INC.

(Exact name of registrant as specified in its charter)

 

Nevada   2080   20-3937596
(State or other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation)
  (Primary Standard Classification
Code)
  (IRS Employer Identification No.)

 

1805 SE Martin Luther King Jr. Blvd.

Portland, Oregon 97214

Tel.: (971) 888-4264

(Address and Telephone Number of Registrant’s Principal

Executive Offices and Principal Place of Business)

 

Steven Earles

Chief Executive Officer

EASTSIDE DISTILLING, INC.

1805 SE Martin Luther King Jr. Blvd.

Portland, Oregon 97214

Tel.: (971) 888-4264

þ (Name, Address and Telephone Number of Agent for Service)

 

Copies of communications to:

 

Marc A. Indeglia, Esq.

Gregory R. Carney, Esq.

Indeglia & Carney, LLP.

11900 W. Olympic Blvd. Suite 770

Los Angeles, CA 90064

Tel No.: (310) 982-2720

Fax No.: (310) 982-2719

 

Approximate date of commencement of proposed sale to the public: As soon as practicable after this Registration Statement becomes effective.

 

If any of the securities being registered on this Form are to be offered on a delayed or continuous basis pursuant to Rule 415 under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box.      þ

 

If this Form is filed to register additional securities for an offering pursuant to Rule 462(b) under the Securities Act of 1933, please check the following box and list the Securities Act registration Statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.      ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(c) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.      ¨

 

If this Form is a post-effective amendment filed pursuant to Rule 462(d) under the Securities Act of 1933, check the following box and list the Securities Act registration statement number of the earlier effective registration statement for the same offering.      ¨

 

If delivery of the prospectus is expected to be made pursuant to Rule 434, please check the following box. ¨

 

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is a large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated filer, or a smaller reporting company.  See the definitions of “large accelerated filer,” “accelerated filer” and “smaller reporting company” in Rule 12b-2 of the Exchange Act.

 

Large accelerated filer ¨ Accelerated filer ¨
Non-accelerated filer ¨ Smaller reporting company x

 

CALCULATION OF REGISTRATION FEE

 

Title of each class of
securities to be registered
  Amount to be
Registered(1)
    Proposed maximum
offering price per
share(2)
    Proposed maximum
aggregate offering price
    Amount of
registration fee 
 
Common Stock     6,512,500     $ 1.85     $ 12,048,125     $ 1,400  

 

(1) On December 31, 2014, the registrant has completed a private placement to accredited investors of consisting shares of the registrant’s common stock (the “Private Placement”). The registrant is registering for resale 5,512,500 shares of Common Stock issued to purchasers in the private placement, and one million shares of Common Stock underlying a presently exercisable option. Pursuant to Rule 416 under the Securities Act, the shares being registered hereunder include such indeterminate number of shares of Common Stock as may be issuable with respect to the shares being registered hereunder as a result of stock splits, stock dividends or similar transactions affecting the shares to be offered by the selling shareholders.
(2) The proposed maximum offering price per share and the proposed maximum aggregate offering price have been estimated solely for the purpose of calculating the amount of the registration fee in accordance with Rule 457(c) under the Securities Act of 1933 on the basis of the average of the high and low prices of the Common Stock on the OTC Markets on February 9, 2015, a date within 5 trading days prior to the date of the filing of this registration statement.

 

The registrant hereby amends this registration statement on such date or dates as may be necessary to delay its effective date until the registrant shall file a further amendment which specifically states that this registration statement shall thereafter become effective in accordance with section 8(a) of the securities act of 1933 or until the registration statement shall become effective on such date as the commission, acting pursuant to said section 8(a), may determine.

 

 
 

 

The information in this prospectus is not complete and may be changed. We may not sell these securities until the registration statement filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission is effective. This prospectus is not an offer to sell these securities and it is not soliciting an offer to buy these securities in any state where the offer or sale is not permitted.

 

PREPRELIMINARY PROSPECTUS SUBJECT TO COMPLETION DATED FEBRUARY 11, 2015

 

Up to 6,512,500 Common Shares

 

EASTSIDE DISTILLING, INC.

 

 

 

This prospectus covers the resale of:

 

· 6,512,500 shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share;

 

All of the shares are being sold by the selling shareholders described on page 12 of this prospectus. As further described on page 12, some of the selling shareholders are our affiliates. The selling shareholders will sell their shares of common stock at prevailing market prices, at privately negotiated prices or in any other manner allowed by law. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale of the common stock sold by the selling shareholders. We have agreed to pay the expenses related to the registration related to this offering.

 

The selling shareholders may be deemed underwriters of the shares of common stock, which they are offering. The selling shareholders will receive all proceeds from the sale of stock held by them in this offering. We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of shares by the selling shareholders.

 

Our common stock is quoted on the OTC Markets (QB Marketplace Tier under the symbol “ESDI”). On February 9, 2015, the reported closing sale price of our common stock on the OTC Markets was $1.85 per share.

 

Investing in our common stock involves a high degree of risk.  Before buying any shares, you should carefully read the discussion of material risks of investing in our common stock in “Risk Factors” beginning on page 4 of this prospectus.

 

Neither the U.S. Securities and Exchange Commission nor any state securities commission has approved or disapproved of anyone’s investment in these securities or determined if this prospectus is truthful or complete. Any representation to the contrary is a criminal offense.

 

The Date of This Prospectus Is:  _____________, 2015

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

  PAGE
Forward-looking Statements 1
Prospectus Summary 1
Risk Factors 4
Use of Proceeds 12
Selling Shareholders 12
Plan of Distribution 13
Description of Business 15
Description of Property 23
Legal Proceedings 23
Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management 23
Directors, and Executive Officers 24
Executive Compensation 26
Certain Relationships and Related Transactions and Director Independence 27
Market For Common Equity and Related Stockholder Matters 28
Description of Securities 29
Legal Matters 32
Experts 32
Available Information 32
Index to Financial Statements 33
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations 35
Selected Financial Data 41
Supplementary Financial Information 4 1
Changes in and Disagreements with Accounts on Accounting and Financial Disclosure 4 1
Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market Risk 42

 

i
 

 

FORWARD-LOOKING STATEMENTS

 

This prospectus contains forward-looking statements. These statements are not historical facts, but rather are based on our current expectations, estimates and projections about our industry, our beliefs and assumptions. Words including “may,” “could,” “would,” “anticipates,” “expects,” “intends,” “plans,” “projects,” “believes,” “seeks,” “estimates” and similar expressions are intended to identify forward-looking statements. These statements are not guarantees of future performance and are subject to certain risks, uncertainties and other factors, some of which remain beyond our control, are difficult to predict and could cause actual results to differ materially from those expressed or forecasted in the forward-looking statements. These risks and uncertainties are described in “Risk Factors” and elsewhere in this prospectus. We caution you not to place undue reliance on these forward-looking statements, which reflect our management’s view only as of the date of this prospectus. We are not obligated to update these statements or publicly release the results of any revisions to them to reflect events or circumstances after the date of this prospectus or to reflect the occurrence of unanticipated events.

 

PROSPECTUS SUMMARY

 

This summary highlights selected information contained elsewhere in this prospectus.  This summary does not contain all the information that you should consider before investing in the common stock.  You should carefully read the entire prospectus, including “Risk Factors”, “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations” and the Consolidated Financial Statements, before making an investment decision.

 

Overview

 

We were incorporated on February 11, 2004 in Nevada as Eurocan Holdings, Ltd. Until closing of the Acquisition (described below), Eurocan operated solely as an online marketing and media solutions firm specializing in digital interactive media, which business was conducted through Eurocan’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Michael Williams Web Design Inc. of New York, NY (“MWW”).

 

On December 1, 2014, we changed our corporate name to “Eastside Distilling, Inc.” from Eurocan Holdings Ltd, to reflect our recent acquisition of Eastside resulting in us primarily conducting Eastside’s business (See “The Acquisition of Eastside Distilling, LLC” below).   Until February 3, 2015, we continued to operate our online marketing and media solutions’ business through MWW (See “Spin-Off of MWW” below).

 

The Acquisition of Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

On October 31, 2014, Eurocan Holdings Ltd. (“we,” “us,” or the “Company”) consummated the acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Eastside Distilling, LLC (“Eastside”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Agreement”) by and among the Company, Eastside, and Eastside Distilling, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary. Pursuant to the Agreement, Eastside merged with and into Eastside Distilling, Inc. The merger consideration for the acquisition consisted of 32,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of our common stock.   In addition, certain of our stockholders cancelled an aggregate of 24,910,000 shares of our common stock held by them. As a result, we now have 40,000,000 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding, of which 32,000,000 shares are held by the former members of Eastside.  The issuance of these Shares was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, and/or Regulation S promulgated thereunder.

 

At the effective time of the Acquisition, our officers and directors resigned, and appointed Steven Earles and Lenny Gotter as directors to our board of directors. In addition, the Company appointed Mr. Earles as Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chairman and Mr. Gotter as Chief Operating Officer and Secretary.

 

Following the Acquisition, we conducted the business of Eastside as our primary business.

 

1
 

 

Eastside is a manufacturer, developer, producer and marketer of hand-crafted spirits in the following beverage alcohol categories: bourbon, whiskey, rum and vodka. Eastside currently distributes its products in five states (Oregon, Washington, Minnesota, Georgia and Pennsylvania).  Eastside also generates revenue from tastings, tasting room tours, private parties and merchandise sales from its distillery and showroom located on the Distillery Row in Portland, Oregon.

 

Spin-Off of MWW

 

Following consummation of the Acquisition, our new management conducted an evaluation of the MWW business and an analysis of the business going forward. Management determined that due to MWW’s operating and net losses in each of the last two fiscal years, its working capital deficit as of the end of the latest fiscal year and as of the latest fiscal quarter, and its accumulated deficit, it was not in the best interest of the company and its stockholders to continue the operation of MWW going forward. Accordingly, on February 3, 2015, we transferred all shares of MWW held by us along with all assets and liabilities related to MWW to Michael Williams in consideration of MWW’s and Mr. Williams’ full release of all claims and liabilities related to MWW and the MWW business. Mr. Williams is the sole officer, director and employee of MWW. The spinoff of MWW will result in an impairment of goodwill related to the reverse merger of approximately $3.2 million in 2014.

 

 

Recent Developments

 

On December 31, 2014, we completed an offering (the “Offering”) of 5,512,500 shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”) at a price of $0.40 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,205,000. The Offering was made to accredited investors and was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. We intend to use the net proceeds from the Offering for the build-out of new facility, marketing expenditures, repayment of indebtedness and working capital and general corporate purposes. Steven Earles, our president and chief executive officer, purchased 37,500 shares of Common Stock in the Offering for $15,000 in cash in the Offering.

 

Corporate Information

 

Our executive offices are located at 1805 SE Martin Luther King Jr. Blvd., Portland, Oregon 97214. Our telephone number is (971) 888-4264 and our Internet address is www.eastsidedistilling.com . The information on, or that may be, accessed from our website is not part of this Prospectus.

 

The Offering

 

Company:   Eastside Distilling, Inc.
     
Securities Offered:   6,512,500 shares of common stock;
     
Proceeds   We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the Common Stock sold by the selling shareholders hereunder.
     
Risk Factors   See the section titled “Risk Factors” below.
     
OTC Markets symbol   “ESDI”

 

2
 

 

Summary Financial Information

 

Summary Historical Financial Data

 

The summary financial information set forth below has been derived from the financial statements of Eurocan Holdings Ltd. (now known as Eastside Distilling, Inc.), a Nevada corporation and Eastside Distilling, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company for periods presented and should be read in conjunction with the financial statements and the notes thereto included elsewhere in this Prospectus and in the information set forth in the section titled “Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations.”

 

Eurocan Holdings, Ltd. (now known as Eastside Distilling Inc.), a Nevada corporation

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30     Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013     2013     2012  
Revenues   $ 28,028     $ 60,758     $ 64,036     $ 122,320  
Cost of Revenues   $ 393     $ 7,479     $ 8,216     $ 9,285  
Operating Expenses   $ 73,381     $ 114,775     $ 137,587     $ 164,084  
Other Expenses   $ (9,815 )   $ (7,518 )   $ (4,468 )   $ (5,969 )
Net Loss   $ (55,561 )   $ (69,014 )   $ (86,235 )   $ (57,018 )

 

                Years Ended December 31,  
    September 30, 2014           2013     2012  
Total Assets   $ 157,510               $ 618     $ 9,274  
Total Liabilities   $ 196,836             $ 77,933     $ 202,354  
Accumulated Deficit   $ (382,858 )           $ (327,297 )   $ (241,062 )
Stockholders’ Deficit   $ (39,126 )           $ (77,315 )   $ (193,080 )

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company

 

    Nine Months Ended September 30     Years Ended December 31,  
    2014     2013     2013     2012  
Sales   $ 738,639     $ 574,404     $ 880,454     $ 347,232  
Less Excise Taxes   $ 127,936     $ 86,121     $ 138,897     $ 69,219  
Cost of Sales   $ 290,036     $ 220,429     $ 303,220     $ 92,359  
Selling, General and Administrative Expenses   $ 584,447     $ 256,400     $ 347,582     $ 176,947  
Other Expenses   $ 3,308     $ 1,164     $ (3,769 )   $ 1,240  
Net (Loss) Income   $ (267,088 )   $ 10,290     $ 86,986     $ 7,467  

 

                Years Ended December 31,  
    September 30, 2014           2013     2012  
Total Assets   $ 361,526                $ 174,407     $ 108,874  
Total Liabilities   $ 480,121             $ 71,249     $ 90,359  
Members’ (Deficit) Equity   $ (118,595 )           $ 103,158     $ 18,515  

 

3
 

 

RISK FACTORS

 

The following is a summary of the risk factors that we believe are most relevant to our business. You should understand that it is not possible to predict or identify all such factors. Consequently, you should not consider the following to be a complete discussion of all potential risks or uncertainties. We undertake no obligation to publicly update forward-looking statements, whether as a result of new information, future events, or otherwise.

 

RISKS RELATING TO OUR BUSINESS

 

If our brands do not achieve more widespread consumer acceptance, our growth may be limited.

 

Although our brands have achieved acceptance in the Pacific Northwest, most of our brands are early in their growth cycle and have not achieved extensive national brand recognition. Also, brands we may develop and/or acquire in the future are unlikely to have established extensive brand recognition. Accordingly, if consumers do not accept our brands, we will not be able to penetrate our markets and our growth may be limited.

 

We may require additional capital, which we may not be able to obtain on acceptable terms.  Our inability to raise such capital, as needed, on beneficial terms or at all could restrict our future growth and severely limit our operations.

 

We have limited capital compared to other companies in our industry.  This may limit our operations and growth, including our ability to continue to develop existing brands, service our debt obligations, maintain adequate inventory levels, fund potential acquisitions of new brands, penetrate new markets, attract new customers and enter into new distribution relationships. If we have not generated sufficient cash from operations to finance additional capital needs, we will need to raise additional funds through private or public equity and/or debt financing. We cannot assure you that, if and when needed, additional financing will be available to us on acceptable terms or at all. If additional capital is needed and either unavailable or cost prohibitive, our operations and growth may be limited as we may need to change our business strategy to slow the rate of, or eliminate, our expansion or reduce or curtail our operations. Also, any additional financing we undertake could impose covenants upon us that restrict our operating flexibility, and, if we issue equity securities to raise capital our existing shareholders may experience dilution and the new securities may have rights, preferences and privileges senior to those of our common stock.

 

The lack of public company experience of our management team could adversely impact our ability to comply with the reporting requirements of U.S. Securities Laws.

 

Steven Earles, our principal executive officer and principal financial officer, as well as Lenny Gotter, our Chief Operating Officer and Mr. Martin Kunkel our Chief Marketing Officer, lack public company experience, which could impair our ability to comply with legal and regulatory requirements such as those imposed by Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002. None of our executive officers have ever been responsible for managing a publicly traded company. Such responsibilities include complying with federal securities laws and making required disclosures on a timely basis. Any such deficiencies, weaknesses or lack of compliance could have a materially adverse effect on our ability to comply with the reporting requirements of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 which is necessary to maintain our public company status. If we were to fail to fulfill those obligations, our ability to continue as a U.S. public company would be in jeopardy in which event you could lose your entire investment in our company.

 

4
 

 

We depend on a limited number of suppliers. Failure to obtain satisfactory performance from our suppliers or loss of our existing suppliers could cause us to lose sales, incur additional costs and lose credibility in the marketplace. We also have annual purchase obligations with certain suppliers.

 

We depend on a limited number of third-party suppliers for the sourcing of all of our products. These suppliers consist of third-party producers in the U.S. We do not have long-term written agreements with any of our suppliers. The termination of our agreements/relationships or an adverse change in the terms of these agreements could have a negative impact on our business. If our suppliers increase their prices, we may not have alternative sources of supply and may not be able to raise the prices of our products to cover all or even a portion of the increased costs. Also, our suppliers’ failure to perform satisfactorily or handle increased orders, delays in shipments of products from suppliers or the loss of our existing suppliers, especially our key suppliers, could cause us to fail to meet orders for our products, lose sales, incur additional costs and/or expose us to product quality issues. In turn, this could cause us to lose credibility in the marketplace and damage our relationships with distributors, ultimately leading to a decline in our business and results of operations. If we are not able to renegotiate these contracts on acceptable terms or find suitable alternatives, our business could be negatively impacted.

 

We depend on our independent wholesale distributors to distribute our products. The failure or inability of even a few of our distributors to adequately distribute our products within their territories could harm our sales and result in a decline in our results of operations.

 

We are required by law to use state licensed distributors or, in 18 states known as “control states,” state-owned agencies performing this function, to sell our products to retail outlets, including liquor stores, bars, restaurants and national chains in the U.S. We have established relationships for our brands with a limited number of wholesale distributors; however, failure to maintain those relationships could significantly and adversely affect our business, sales and growth. Over the past decade there has been increasing consolidation, both intrastate and interstate, among distributors. As a result, many states now have only two or three significant distributors. Also, there are several distributors that now control distribution for several states. For the year ended December 31, 2013, sales to one customer (Oregon Liquor Control Commission) accounted for 40% of revenues. As a result, if we fail to maintain good relations with a distributor, our products could in some instances be frozen out of one or more markets entirely. The ultimate success of our products also depends in large part on our distributors’ ability and desire to distribute our products to our desired U.S. target markets, as we rely significantly on them for product placement and retail store penetration. In addition, all of our distributors also distribute competitive brands and product lines. We cannot assure you that our U.S. alcohol distributors will continue to purchase our products, commit sufficient time and resources to promote and market our brands and product lines or that they can or will sell them to our desired or targeted markets. If they do not, our sales will be harmed, resulting in a decline in our results of operations.

 

The sales of our products could decrease significantly if we cannot secure and maintain listings in the control states.

 

In the control states, the state liquor commissions act in place of distributors and decide which products are to be purchased and offered for sale in their respective states. Products selected for listing must generally reach certain volumes and/or profit levels to maintain their listings. Products are selected for purchase and sale through listing procedures which are generally made available to new products only at periodically scheduled listing interviews. Products not selected for listings can only be purchased by consumers in the applicable control state through special orders, if at all. If, in the future, we are unable to maintain our current listings in the control states, or secure and maintain listings in those states for any additional products we may acquire, sales of our products could decrease significantly.

 

We must maintain a relatively large inventory of our products to support customer delivery requirements, and if this inventory is lost due to theft, fire or other damage or becomes obsolete, our results of operations would be negatively impacted.

 

We must maintain relatively large inventories to meet customer delivery requirements for our products. We are always at risk of loss of that inventory due to theft, fire or other damage, and any such loss, whether insured against or not, could cause us to fail to meet our orders and harm our sales and operating results. Also, our inventory may become obsolete as we introduce new products, cease to produce old products or modify the design of our products’ packaging, which would increase our operating losses and negatively impact our results of operations.

 

5
 

 

Our failure to protect our respective trademarks and trade secrets could compromise our competitive position and decrease the value of our brand portfolio.

 

Our business and prospects depend in part on our, ability to develop favorable consumer recognition of our brands and trademarks. Although we apply for registration of our brands and trademarks, they could be imitated in ways that we cannot prevent. Also, we rely on trade secrets and proprietary know-how, concepts and formulas. Our methods of protecting this information may not be adequate. Moreover, we may face claims of misappropriation or infringement of third parties’ rights that could interfere with our use of this information. Defending these claims may be costly and, if unsuccessful, may prevent us from continuing to use this proprietary information in the future and result in a judgment or monetary damages being levied against us. We do not maintain non-competition agreements with all of our key personnel or with some of our key suppliers. If competitors independently develop or otherwise obtain access to our trade secrets, proprietary know-how or recipes, the appeal, and thus the value, of our brand portfolio could be reduced, negatively impacting our sales and growth potential.

 

A failure of one or more of our key information technology systems, networks, processes, associated sites or service providers could have a material adverse impact on our business.

 

We rely on information technology (IT) systems, networks, and services, including internet sites, data hosting and processing facilities and tools, hardware (including laptops and mobile devices), software and technical applications and platforms, some of which are managed, hosted, provided and/or used by third-parties or their vendors, to assist us in the management of our business. The various uses of these IT systems, networks, and services include, but are not limited to: hosting our internal network and communication systems; ordering and managing materials from suppliers; supply/demand planning; production; shipping product to customers; hosting our branded websites and marketing products to consumers; collecting and storing customer, consumer, employee, investor, and other data; processing transactions; summarizing and reporting results of operations; hosting, processing, and sharing confidential and proprietary research, business plans, and financial information; complying with regulatory, legal or tax requirements; providing data security; and handling other processes necessary to manage our business.

 

Increased IT security threats and more sophisticated cyber crime pose a potential risk to the security of our IT systems, networks, and services, as well as the confidentiality, availability, and integrity of our data. If the IT systems, networks, or service providers we rely upon fail to function properly, or if we suffer a loss or disclosure of business or other sensitive information, due to any number of causes, ranging from catastrophic events to power outages to security breaches, and our business continuity plans do not effectively address these failures on a timely basis, we may suffer interruptions in our ability to manage operations and reputational, competitive and/or business harm, which may adversely affect our business operations and/or financial condition. In addition, such events could result in unauthorized disclosure of material confidential information, and we may suffer financial and reputational damage because of lost or misappropriated confidential information belonging to us or to our partners, our employees, customers, suppliers or consumers. In any of these events, we could also be required to spend significant financial and other resources to remedy the damage caused by a security breach or to repair or replace networks and IT systems.

 

Our failure to attract or retain key executive or employee talent could adversely affect our business.

 

Our success depends upon the efforts and abilities of our senior management team, other key employees, and a high-quality employee base, as well as our ability to attract, motivate, reward, and retain them. We do not maintain and do not intend to obtain key man insurance on the life of any executive or employee. Difficulties in hiring or retaining key executive or employee talent, or the unexpected loss of experienced employees could have an adverse impact our business performance. In addition, we could experience business disruption and/or increased costs related to organizational changes, reductions in workforce, or other cost-cutting measures.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR INDUSTRY

 

Demand for our products may be adversely affected by many factors, including changes in consumer preferences and trends.

 

Consumer preferences may shift due to a variety of factors including changes in demographic and social trends, public health initiatives, product innovations, changes in vacation or leisure activity patterns and a downturn in economic conditions, which may reduce consumers’ willingness to purchase distilled spirits or cause a shift in consumer preferences toward beer, wine or non-alcoholic beverages. Our success depends in part on fulfilling available opportunities to meet consumer needs and anticipating changes in consumer preferences with successful new products and product innovations.

 

6
 

 

We face substantial competition in our industry and many factors may prevent us from competing successfully.

 

We compete on the basis of product taste and quality, brand image, price, service and ability to innovate in response to consumer preferences. The global spirits industry is highly competitive and is dominated by several large, well-funded international companies. It is possible that our competitors may either respond to industry conditions or consumer trends more rapidly or effectively or resort to price competition to sustain market share, which could adversely affect our sales and profitability.

 

Adverse public opinion about alcohol could reduce demand for our products.

 

Anti-alcohol groups have, in the past, advocated successfully for more stringent labeling requirements, higher taxes and other regulations designed to discourage alcohol consumption. More restrictive regulations, negative publicity regarding alcohol consumption and/or changes in consumer perceptions of the relative healthfulness or safety of beverage alcohol could decrease sales and consumption of alcohol and thus the demand for our products. This could, in turn, significantly decrease both our revenues and our revenue growth, causing a decline in our results of operations.

 

Class action or other litigation relating to alcohol abuse or the misuse of alcohol could adversely affect our business.

 

Our industry faces the possibility of class action or similar litigation alleging that the continued excessive use or abuse of beverage alcohol has caused death or serious health problems. It is also possible that governments could assert that the use of alcohol has significantly increased government funded health care costs. Litigation or assertions of this type have adversely affected companies in the tobacco industry, and it is possible that we, as well as our suppliers, could be named in litigation of this type.

 

Also, lawsuits have been brought in a number of states alleging that beverage alcohol manufacturers and marketers have improperly targeted underage consumers in their advertising. Plaintiffs in these cases allege that the defendants’ advertisements, marketing and promotions violate the consumer protection or deceptive trade practices statutes in each of these states and seek repayment of the family funds expended by the underage consumers. While we have not been named in these lawsuits, we could be named in similar lawsuits in the future. Any class action or other litigation asserted against us could be expensive and time-consuming to defend against, depleting our cash and diverting our personnel resources and, if the plaintiffs in such actions were to prevail, our business could be harmed significantly.

 

Regulatory decisions and legal, regulatory and tax changes could limit our business activities, increase our operating costs and reduce our margins.

 

Our business is subject to government extensive regulation. This may include regulations regarding production, distribution, marketing, advertising and labeling of beverage alcohol products. We are required to comply with these regulations and to maintain various permits and licenses. We are also required to conduct business only with holders of licenses to import, warehouse, transport, distribute and sell beverage alcohol products. We cannot assure you that these and other governmental regulations applicable to our industry will not change or become more stringent. Moreover, because these laws and regulations are subject to interpretation, we may not be able to predict when and to what extent liability may arise. Additionally, due to increasing public concern over alcohol-related societal problems, including driving while intoxicated, underage drinking, alcoholism and health consequences from the abuse of alcohol, various levels of government may seek to impose additional restrictions or limits on advertising or other marketing activities promoting beverage alcohol products. Failure to comply with any of the current or future regulations and requirements relating to our industry and products could result in monetary penalties, suspension or even revocation of our licenses and permits. Costs of compliance with changes in regulations could be significant and could harm our business, as we could find it necessary to raise our prices in order to maintain profit margins, which could lower the demand for our products and reduce our sales and profit potential.

 

7
 

 

Also, the distribution of beverage alcohol products is subject to extensive taxation (at both the federal and state government levels), and beverage alcohol products themselves are the subject of national import and excise duties in most countries around the world. An increase in taxation or in import or excise duties could also significantly harm our sales revenue and margins, both through the reduction of overall consumption and by encouraging consumers to switch to lower-taxed categories of beverage alcohol.

 

We could face product liability or other related liabilities that increase our costs of operations and harm our reputation.

 

Although we maintain liability insurance and will attempt to limit contractually our liability for damages arising from our products, these measures may not be sufficient for us to successfully avoid or limit liability. Our product liability insurance coverage is limited to $1 million per occurrence and $5 million in the aggregate and our general liability umbrella policy is capped at $15 million. Further, any contractual indemnification and insurance coverage we have from parties supplying our products is limited, as a practical matter, to the creditworthiness of the indemnifying party and the insured limits of any insurance provided by these suppliers. In any event, extensive product liability claims could be costly to defend and/or costly to resolve and could harm our reputation.

 

Contamination of our products and/or counterfeit or confusingly similar products could harm the image and integrity of, or decrease customer support for, our brands and decrease our sales.

 

The success of our brands depends upon the positive image that consumers have of them. Contamination, whether arising accidentally or through deliberate third-party action, or other events that harm the integrity or consumer support for our brands, could affect the demand for our products. Contaminants in raw materials purchased from third parties and used in the production of our products or defects in the distillation and fermentation processes could lead to low beverage quality as well as illness among, or injury to, consumers of our products and could result in reduced sales of the affected brand or all of our brands. Also, to the extent that third parties sell products that are either counterfeit versions of our brands or brands that look like our brands, consumers of our brands could confuse our products with products that they consider inferior. This could cause them to refrain from purchasing our brands in the future and in turn could impair our brand equity and adversely affect our sales and operations.

 

RISKS RELATED TO OUR COMMON STOCK

 

There is a limited trading market for our common stock.

 

Our common stock is traded on the OTC Bulletin board under the symbol “ESDI.” There has been virtually no trading activity in our stock recently, and when it has traded, the price has fluctuated widely. We consider our common stock to be “thinly traded” and any last reported sale prices may not be a true market-based valuation of the common stock. A consistently active trading market for our stock may not develop at any time in the future. Stockholders may experience difficulty selling their shares if they choose to do so because of the illiquid market and limited public float for our stock. Stockholders may experience difficulty selling their shares if they choose to do so because of the illiquid market and limited public float for our common stock.

 

Our common stock is considered to be a “penny stock” and, as such, the market for our common stock may be further limited by certain SEC rules applicable to penny stocks.

 

As long as the price of our common stock remains below $5.00 per share or we have net tangible assets of $2,000,000 or less, our shares of common stock are likely to be subject to certain “penny stock” rules promulgated by the SEC. Those rules impose certain sales practice requirements on brokers who sell penny stock to persons other than established customers and accredited investors (generally institutions with assets in excess of $5,000,000 or individuals with net worth in excess of $1,000,000). For transactions covered by the penny stock rules, the broker must make a special suitability determination for the purchaser and receive the purchaser’s written consent to the transaction prior to the sale. Furthermore, the penny stock rules generally require, among other things, that brokers engaged in secondary trading of penny stocks provide customers with written disclosure documents, monthly statements of the market value of penny stocks, disclosure of the bid and asked prices and disclosure of the compensation to the brokerage firm and disclosure of the sales person working for the brokerage firm. These rules and regulations make it more difficult for brokers to sell our shares of our common stock and limit the liquidity of our securities.

 

8
 

 

Transfers of our securities may be restricted by virtue of state securities “blue sky” laws which prohibit trading absent compliance with individual state laws. These restrictions may make it difficult or impossible to sell shares in those states.

 

Transfers of our common stock may be restricted under the securities or securities regulations laws promulgated by various states and foreign jurisdictions, commonly referred to as “blue sky” laws. Absent compliance with such individual state laws, our common stock may not be traded in such jurisdictions. Because the securities registered hereunder have not been registered for resale under the blue sky laws of any state, the holders of such shares and persons who desire to purchase them should be aware that there may be significant state blue sky law restrictions upon the ability of investors to sell the securities and of purchasers to purchase the securities. These restrictions may prohibit the secondary trading of our common stock. Investors should consider the secondary market for our securities to be a limited one.

 

We do not expect to pay dividends for the foreseeable future.

 

For the foreseeable future, it is anticipated that earnings, if any, that may be generated from our operations will be used to finance our operations and that cash dividends will not be paid to holders of common stock.

 

Our officers and directors collectively own a substantial portion of our outstanding common stock, and as long as they do, they may be able to control the outcome of stockholder voting.

 

Our officers and directors are collectively the beneficial owners of approximately 55% of the outstanding shares of our common stock as of February 9, 2015. Accordingly, these stockholders, individually and as a group, may be able to control us and direct our affairs and business, including any determination with respect to a change in control, future issuances of common stock or other securities, declaration of dividends on the common stock and the election of directors.

 

We have the ability to issue additional shares of our common stock and shares of preferred stock without asking for stockholder approval, which could cause your investment to be diluted.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation authorizes the Board of Directors to issue up to 900,000,000 shares of common stock and up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock. The power of the Board of Directors to issue shares of common stock, preferred stock or warrants or options to purchase shares of common stock or preferred stock is generally not subject to stockholder approval. Accordingly, any additional issuance of our common stock, or preferred stock that may be convertible into common stock, may have the effect of diluting your investment.

 

By issuing preferred stock, we may be able to delay, defer, or prevent a change of control.

 

Our Articles of Incorporation permits us to issue, without approval from our stockholders, a total of 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock. Our Board of Directors can determine the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions granted to, or imposed upon, the shares of preferred stock and to fix the number of shares constituting any series and the designation of such series. It is possible that our Board of Directors, in determining the rights, preferences and privileges to be granted when the preferred stock is issued, may include provisions that have the effect of delaying, deferring or preventing a change in control, discouraging bids for our common stock at a premium over the market price, or that adversely affect the market price of and the voting and other rights of the holders of our common stock.

 

9
 

 

If we fail to remain current on our reporting requirements, we could be removed from the OTC bulletin board which would limit the ability of broker-dealers to sell our securities and the ability of stockholders to sell their securities in the secondary market.

 

Companies quoted on the Over-The-Counter Bulletin Board must be current in their reports under Section 13, in order to maintain price quotation privileges on the OTC Bulletin Board. If we fail to remain current on our reporting requirements, we could be removed from the OTC Bulletin Board. As a result, the market liquidity for our securities could be severely adversely affected by limiting the ability of broker-dealers to sell our securities and the ability of stockholders to sell their securities in the secondary market. In addition, we may be unable to get re-quoted on the OTC Bulletin Board, which may have an adverse material effect on our Company.

 

We face risks related to compliance with corporate governance laws and financial reporting standard.

 

The Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as well as related new rules and regulations implemented by the SEC and the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board, require changes in the corporate governance practices and financial reporting standards for public companies. These new laws, rules and regulations, including compliance with Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 relating to internal control over financial reporting (“Section 404”), will materially increase the Company's legal and financial compliance costs and make some activities more time-consuming, burdensome and expensive. Any failure to comply with the requirements of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, our ability to remediate any material weaknesses that we may identify during our compliance program, or difficulties encountered in their implementation, could harm our operating results, cause us to fail to meet our reporting obligations or result in material misstatements in our financial statements. Any such failure could also adversely affect the results of the periodic management evaluations of our internal controls and, in the case of a failure to remediate any material weaknesses that we may identify, would adversely affect the annual auditor attestation reports regarding the effectiveness of our internal control over financial reporting that are required under Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act. Inadequate internal controls could also cause investors to lose confidence in our reported financial information, which could have a negative effect on the trading price of our common stock.

 

The requirements of being a public company may strain our resources, divert management’s attention and affect our ability to attract and retain qualified board members.

 

As a public company, we will incur significant legal, accounting and other expenses that we would not incur as a private company, including costs associated with public company reporting requirements. We will also incur costs associated with the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002, as amended, the Dodd-Frank Wall Street Reform and Consumer Protection Act and related rules implemented or to be implemented by the SEC and the NYSE AMEX. The expenses incurred by public companies generally for reporting and corporate governance purposes have been increasing. We expect these rules and regulations to increase our legal and financial compliance costs and to make some activities more time-consuming and costly, although we are currently unable to estimate these costs with any degree of certainty. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult or costly for us to obtain certain types of insurance, including director and officer liability insurance, and we may be forced to accept reduced policy limits and coverage or incur substantially higher costs to obtain the same or similar coverage. These laws and regulations could also make it more difficult for us to attract and retain qualified persons to serve on our board of directors, our board committees or as our executive officers and may divert management’s attention. Furthermore, if we are unable to satisfy our obligations as a public company, we could be subject to delisting of our common stock, fines, sanctions and other regulatory action and potentially civil litigation.

 

Substantial sales of our stock may impact the market price of our common stock.

 

Future sales of substantial amounts of our common stock, including shares that we may issue upon exercise of options and warrants, could adversely affect the market price of our common stock. Further, if we raise additional funds through the issuance of common stock or securities convertible into or exercisable for common stock, the percentage ownership of our stockholders will be reduced and the price of our common stock may fall.

 

10
 

 

Our stock price is volatile.

 

The trading price of our common stock has been and continues to be subject to fluctuations. The stock price may fluctuate in response to a number of events and factors, such as quarterly variations in operating results, the operating and stock performance of other companies that investors may deem as comparable and news reports relating to trends in the marketplace, among other factors. Significant volatility in the market price of our common stock may arise due to factors such as:

· our developing business;

 

· relatively low price per share;

 

· relatively low public float;

 

· variations in quarterly operating results;

 

· general trends in the industries in which we do business;

 

· the number of holders of our common stock; and

 

· the interest of securities dealers in maintaining a market for our common stock.

 

As long as there is only a limited public market for our common stock, the sale of a significant number of shares of our common stock at any particular time could be difficult to achieve at the market prices prevailing immediately before such shares are offered, and could cause a severe decline in the price of our common stock.

 

There are limitations in connection with the availability of quotes and order information on the OTC Markets.

 

Trades and quotations on the OTC Markets involve a manual process and the market information for such securities cannot be guaranteed. In addition, quote information, or even firm quotes, may not be available. The manual execution process may delay order processing and intervening price fluctuations may result in the failure of a limit order to execute or the execution of a market order at a significantly different price. Execution of trades, execution reporting and the delivery of legal trade confirmation may be delayed significantly. Consequently, one may not be able to sell shares of our Common Stock at the optimum trading prices.

 

There are delays in order communication on the OTC Markets.

 

Electronic processing of orders is not available for securities traded on the OTC Marketplace and high order volume and communication risks may prevent or delay the execution of one's OTC Marketplace trading orders. This lack of automated order processing may affect the timeliness of order execution reporting and the availability of firm quotes for shares of our Common Stock. Heavy market volume may lead to a delay in the processing of OTC Marketplace security orders for shares of our Common Stock, due to the manual nature of the market. Consequently, one may not able to sell shares of our Common Stock at the optimum trading prices.

 

There is a risk of market fraud on the OTC Marketplace.

 

OTC Marketplace securities are frequent targets of fraud or market manipulation. Not only because of their generally low price, but also because the OTC Marketplace reporting requirements for these securities are less stringent than for listed or NASDAQ traded securities, and no exchange requirements are imposed. Dealers may dominate the market and set prices that are not based on competitive forces. Individuals or groups may create fraudulent markets and control the sudden, sharp increase of price and trading volume and the equally sudden collapse of the market price for shares of our Common Stock.

 

There is a limitation in connection with the editing and canceling of orders on the OTC Markets.

 

Orders for OTC Markets securities may be canceled or edited like orders for other securities. All requests to change or cancel an order must be submitted to, received and processed by the OTC Markets. Due to the manual order processing involved in handling OTC Markets trades, order processing and reporting may be delayed, and one may not be able to cancel or edit one's order. Consequently, one may not be able to sell its shares of our Common Stock at the optimum trading prices.

 

11
 

 

Increased dealer compensation could adversely affect our stock price.

 

The dealer's spread (the difference between the bid and ask prices) may be large and may result in substantial losses to the seller of shares of our Common Stock on the OTC Markets if the stock must be sold immediately. Further, purchasers of shares of our Common Stock may incur an immediate "paper" loss due to the price spread. Moreover, dealers trading on the OTC Markets may not have a bid price for shares of our Common Stock on the OTC Markets. Due to the foregoing, demand for shares of our Common Stock on the OTC Markets may be decreased or eliminated.

 

USE OF PROCEEDS

 

We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the shares of our common stock by the selling shareholders. All proceeds from the sale of such shares will be for the account of the selling shareholders. We will pay for expenses of this offering, except that the selling shareholders will pay any broker discounts or commissions or equivalent expenses applicable to the sale of their shares.

 

SELLING SHAREHOLDERS

 

This prospectus relates to the offer and sale of 6,512,500 shares of our common stock by the selling shareholders identified below. None of the selling shareholders are or have been affiliates of ours except that Steven Earles is our President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and a director.

 

The following table sets forth the names of the selling shareholders, the number of shares of common stock owned beneficially by each of them as of February 9, 2015, the number of shares which may be offered pursuant to this prospectus and the number of shares and percentage of class to be owned by each selling shareholder after this offering. The selling shareholders may sell all, some or none of their shares in this offering. See "Plan of Distribution." We will not receive any proceeds from the sale of the common stock by the selling shareholders. Except as otherwise described in the first paragraph above, none of the selling shareholders has held any position or office or has had any other material relationship with us or any of our affiliates within the past three years other than as a result of his or her ownership of shares of equity securities. This information is based upon information provided by the selling shareholders. Because the selling shareholders may offer all, some or none of their common stock, no definitive estimate as to the number of shares that will be held by the selling shareholders after this offering can be provided.

 

Except as set forth in the footnotes to the table, the persons named in the table have sole voting and investment power with respect to all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by them, subject to community property laws where applicable. A person is considered the beneficial owner of securities that can be acquired within 60 days from the date of this prospectus through the exercise of any option, warrant or right. Shares of common stock subject to options, warrants or rights which are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days are considered outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of the person holding such options, warrants or rights, but are not considered outstanding for computing the ownership percentage of any other person.

 

The "Common Shares Beneficially Owned after Offering" column assumes the sale of all shares offered. The "Percentage of Common Shares Beneficially Owned after Offering" column is based on 45,512,500 shares of common stock outstanding as of February 9, 2015.

 

12
 

 

Name of Selling Shareholder   Shares of
Common Stock
Owned prior to
Offering
    Maximum
Number of
Shares of
Common Stock
to be Offered
    Shares of
Common Stock
Owned after
Offering
    Percent of
Common Stock
Owned After
Offering
 
                         
Grant Eric Lowen     375,000       375,000       0       *  
Nadi Sha     375,000       375,000       0       *  
Jeff & Kimberly Phillips Living Trust UAD 1/31/06 (1)     500,000       500,000       0       *  
Helen Losleben     175,000       75,000       100,000       *  
Investco Capital Management, Inc. (2)     250,000       250,000       0       *  
Nabila Sha     375,000       375,000       0       *  
Carrie Lofgren and Yan Smale JTWROS     125,000       125,000       0       *  
Tay Swee Nee     250,000       250,000       0       *  
Empower Insurance Corporation Ltd. (3)     250,000       250,000       0       *  
Hong Li     1,250,000       1,250,000       0       *  
Thomas Laughlan Travers     125,000       125,000       0       *  
Thorpe Beeston Investments Ltd. (4)     250,000       250,000       0       *  
James Dubois     250,000       250,000       0       *  
Carlos Rojas     500,000       500,000       0       *  
Plum Capital Inc. (5)     500,000       500,000       0       *  
Steven Earles     12,787,500       37,500       12,750,000       28.01  
Indeglia & Carney LLP (6)     25,000       25,000       0       *  
Rinvest Securities, Inc. (7)     1,00,000(8)       1,000,000       0       *  

 

 

(1) The name of the natural person who has voting or investment control over the securities owned by the Jeff & Kimberly Phillips Living Trust is Jeff Phillips.
(2) The name of the natural person who has voting or investment control over the securities owned by Investco Capital Management, Inc. is Darryl Yea.
(3) The name of the natural person who has voting or investment control over the securities owned by Empower Insurance Corporation Ltd. is John Zammit.
(4) The name of the natural person who has voting or investment control over the securities owned by Thorpe Beeston Investments Ltd. is Adrien Beeston.
(5) The name of the natural person who has voting or investment control over the securities owned by Plum Capital, Inc. is V. Wright.
(6) The name of the natural persons who have voting or investment control over the securities owned by Indeglia & Carney LLP are Marc Indeglia and Greg Carney.
  (7) The name of the person who has voting or investment control over the securities owned by Rinvest Securities is Ron Kalfon.
  (8) Includes 1,000,000 shares of common stock under presently exercisable options.

 

PLAN OF DISTRIBUTION

 

We are registering shares of our common stock to permit resale of the shares of common stock by current common stockholders from time to time after the date of this prospectus. We will not receive any of the proceeds from the sale by the selling shareholders of the shares of common stock. We will bear all fees and expenses incident to our obligation to register the shares of common stock.

 

13
 

 

The selling shareholders may sell all or a portion of the common stock beneficially owned by them and offered hereby from time to time directly or through one or more underwriters, broker-dealers or agents. If the common stock is sold through underwriters or broker-dealers, the selling shareholder will be responsible for underwriting discounts or commissions or agent's commissions. The common stock may be sold in one or more transactions at fixed prices, at prevailing market prices at the time of the sale, at varying prices determined at the time of sale, or at negotiated prices. These sales may be effected in transactions, which may involve crosses or block transactions,

 

(1) on any national securities exchange or quotation service on which the securities may be listed or quoted at the time of sale,

(2) in the over-the-counter market,

 

(3) in transactions otherwise than on these exchanges or systems or in the over-the-counter market,

 

(4) through the writing of options, whether such options are listed on an options exchange or otherwise, or

 

(5) through the settlement of short sales.

 

If the selling shareholders effect such transactions by selling shares of common stock to or through underwriters, broker-dealers or agents, such underwriters, brokers-dealers or agents may receive commissions in the form of discounts, concessions or commissions from the selling shareholders or commissions from purchasers of the shares of common stock for whom they may act as agent or to whom they may sell as principal (which discounts, concessions or commissions as to particular underwriters, brokers-dealers or agents may be in excess of those customary in the types of transactions involved). In connection with sales of the common stock or otherwise, the selling shareholders may enter into hedging transactions with broker-dealers, which may in turn engage in short sales of the common stock in the course of hedging in positions they assume. The selling shareholders may also sell shares of common stock short and deliver shares of common stock covered by this prospectus to close out short positions, provided that the short sale is made after the registration statement is declared effective and a copy of this prospectus is delivered in connection with the short sale. The selling shareholder may also loan or pledge shares of common stock to broker-dealers that in turn may sell such shares.

 

The selling shareholders may pledge or grant a security interest in some or all of the shares of common stock owned by them and, if they default in the performance of their secured obligations, the pledgees or secured parties may offer and sell the shares of common stock from time to time pursuant to the prospectus. The selling shareholders also may transfer and donate the shares of common stock in other circumstances in which case the transferees, donees, pledgees or other successors in interest will be the selling beneficial owners for purposes of the prospectus.

 

The selling shareholders and any broker-dealer participating in the distribution of the shares of common stock may be deemed to be "underwriters" within the meaning of the Securities Act, and any commissions paid, or any discounts or concessions allowed to any such broker-dealer may be deemed to be underwriting commissions or discounts under the Securities Act. At the time a particular offering of the shares of common stock is made, a prospectus supplement, if required, will be distributed which will set forth the aggregate amount of shares of common stock being offered and the terms of the offering, including the name or names of any broker-dealers or agents, any discounts, commissions and other terms constituting compensation from the selling shareholder and any discounts, commissions or concessions allowed or reallowed or paid to broker-dealers.

 

Under the securities laws of some states, the shares of common stock may be sold in such states only through registered or licensed brokers or dealers. In addition, in some states the shares of common stock may not be sold unless such shares have been registered or qualified for sale in such state or an exemption from registration or qualification is available and is complied with.

 

There can be no assurance that any selling shareholder will sell any or all of the shares of common stock registered pursuant to the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part.

 

14
 

 

The selling shareholders and any other person participating in such distribution will be subject to applicable provisions of the Exchange Act and the rules and regulations thereunder, including, without limitation, Regulation M of the Exchange Act, which may limit the timing of purchases and sales of any of the shares of common stock by the selling shareholders and any other participating person. Regulation M may also restrict the ability of any person engaged in the distribution of the shares of common stock to engage in market-making activities with respect to the shares of common stock. All of the foregoing may affect the marketability of the shares of common stock and the ability of any person or entity to engage in market-making activities with respect to the shares of common stock.

 

We will pay all expenses of the registration of the shares of common stock pursuant to the registration rights agreement estimated to be approximately $41,400 in total, including, without limitation, Commission filing fees and expenses of compliance with state securities or "blue sky" laws; provided, however, that the selling shareholders will pay all underwriting discounts and selling commissions, if any.

 

Once sold under the registration statement, of which this prospectus forms a part, the shares of common stock will be freely tradable in the hands of persons other than our affiliates.

 

DESCRIPTION OF BUSINESS

 

Overview

 

We were incorporated on February 11, 2004 in Nevada as Eurocan Holdings, Ltd. Until closing of the Acquisition (described below), Eurocan operated solely as an online marketing and media solutions firm specializing in digital interactive media, which business was conducted through Eurocan’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Michael Williams Web Design Inc. of New York, NY (“MWW”).

 

On December 1 2014, we changed our corporate name to “Eastside Distilling, Inc.” from Eurocan Holdings Ltd, to reflect our recent acquisition of Eastside resulting in us primarily conducting Eastside’s business (See “The Acquisition of Eastside Distilling, LLC” below).   Until February 3, 2015, we continued to operate our online marketing and media solutions’ business through MWW (See Spin-Off of MWW” below).

 

The Acquisition of Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

On October 31, 2014, Eurocan Holdings Ltd. (“we,” “us,” or the “Company”) consummated the acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Eastside Distilling, LLC (“Eastside”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Agreement”) by and among the Company, Eastside, and Eastside Distilling, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary. Pursuant to the Agreement, Eastside merged with and into Eastside Distilling, Inc. The merger consideration for the acquisition consisted of 32,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of our common stock.   In addition, certain of our stockholders cancelled an aggregate of 24,910,000 shares of our common stock held by them. As a result, we now have 40,000,000 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding, of which 32,000,000 shares are held by the former members of Eastside.  The issuance of these Shares was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, and/or Regulation S promulgated thereunder.

 

At the effective time of the Acquisition, our officers and directors resigned, and appointed Steven Earles and Lenny Gotter as directors to our board of directors. In addition, the Company appointed Mr. Earles as Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chairman and Mr. Gotter as Chief Operating Officer and Secretary.

 

Following the Acquisition, we conducted the business of Eastside as our primary business.

 

Eastside is a manufacturer, developer, producer and marketer of hand-crafted spirits in the following beverage alcohol categories: bourbon, whiskey, rum and vodka. Eastside currently distributes its products in five states (Oregon, Washington, Minnesota, Georgia and Pennsylvania).  Eastside also generates revenue from tastings, tasting room tours, private parties and merchandise sales from its distillery and showroom located on the Distillery Row in Portland, Oregon.

 

15
 

 

Spin-Off of MWW

 

Following consummation of the Acquisition, our new management conducted an evaluation of the MWW business and an analysis of the business going forward. Management determined that due to MWW’s operating and net losses in each of the last two fiscal years, its working capital deficit as of the end of the latest fiscal year and as of the latest fiscal quarter, its accumulated deficit, it was not in the best interest of the company and its stockholders to continue the operation of MWW going forward. Accordingly, on February 3, 2015, we transferred all shares of MWW held by us along with all assets and liabilities related to MWW to Michael Williams in consideration of MWW’s and Mr. Williams’ full release of all claims and liabilities related to MWW and the MWW business. Mr. Williams is the sole officer, director and employee of MWW. The spinoff of MWW will result in an impairment of goodwill related to the reverse merger of approximately $3.2 million in 2014.

 

 

Recent Developments

 

On December 31, 2014, we completed an offering (the “Offering”) of 5,512,500 shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”) at a price of $0.40 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,205,000. The Offering was made to accredited investors and was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. We intend to use the net proceeds from the Offering for the build-out of new facility, marketing expenditures, repayment of indebtedness and working capital and general corporate purposes. Steven Earles, our president and chief executive officer, purchased 37,500 shares of Common Stock in the Offering for $15,000 in cash in the Offering.

 

Corporate Information

 

Our executive offices are located at 1805 SE Martin Luther King Jr. Blvd., Portland, Oregon 97214. Our telephone number is (971) 888-4264 and our Internet address is www.eastsidedistilling.com . The information on, or that may be, accessed from our website is not part of this Prospectus.

 

OUR BUSINESS

 

We are a manufacturer, developer, producer and marketer of hand-crafted spirits in the following beverage alcohol categories: bourbon, whiskey, rum and vodka. We currently distribute our products in five states (Oregon, Washington, Minnesota, Georgia and Pennsylvania).  We also generate revenues from tastings, tasting room tours, private parties and merchandise sales from its distillery and showroom located on the Distillery Row in Portland, Oregon. In addition, we recently started opening retail stores in shopping centers in the Portland area which provides additional revenues for sale of our products.

 

Industry Overview

 

U.S. Distilled Spirits Industry Overview

 

The global distilled spirits industry is very competitive. We compete based on taste, product quality, brand image, and price. While the industry is highly fragmented, major competitors include Bacardi Limited, Beam, Inc., Brown-Forman Corporation, Davide Campari Milano-S.p.A., Diageo PLC, LVMH Moët Hennessy Louis Vuitton S.A, Pernod Ricard S.A., and Rémy Cointreau S.A.

 

According to the Distilled Spirits Council, domestic alcoholic beverage sales in the U.S. have grown from $37.86 billion in 1999 to $62.13 billion in 2012. Sales of distilled spirits have the highest compound annual growth rate in recent years at a rate of 5.69% from 2000-2012 as compared to 4.42% for wine and 2.79% for beer during that same period.

 

Worldwide sales of alcoholic beverages are expected to exceed $1 trillion in 2014, according to Marketline.

 

16
 

 

Craft distillers, such as Eastside, (i.e. distilled spirits plants (DSP) bottling less than 100,000 gallons annually) rose to 180 DSPs in the 3 rd quarter of 2012 from less than 100 DSPs in the first quarter of 2010. In addition, craft distillers produced 1.2M 9-Liter cases in the 12 months ending September 30, 2012 from 700,000 cases in 2010.

 

Regulatory modernization over the course of the last decade has contributed to the increase in revenues for the industry in general. Since 2002, over 16 states have adopted Sunday sales of distilled spirits for a total of 36 nationally. Also since 2002, more than 17 states have passed legislation to allow distilled spirits tastings at liquor stores for a total of 44 states that allow some form of tasting. Council data show that while 2003-2012 supplier sales of value–priced products have grown from $3.75 billion to $4.08 billion, a 24.5% rate of growth, super-premium products have grown from $1.48 to $3.90 billion, a 163% rate of growth.

 

Our brands:

 

We manufacture, develop, produce and market the premium brands listed below.

 

Burnside Bourbon . We develop, market and produce two premium, barrel –aged bourbons: Burnside Bourbon and Oregon Oak Burnside Bourbon. Our Burnside Bourbon is aged in oak barrels for 4-years, is 96 proof and won a Gold Medal in the MicroLiquor Spirt Awards in 2014 and another from Beverage Tasting Institute. Our Oregon Oak Burnside Bourbon is produced in limited quantities and aged for an additional 90 days in Oregon oak barrels and we consider it an “ultra-premium” brand. Our Burnside Bourbon brands accounted for approximately 40% of our revenues for each of our 2013 and 2012 fiscal years, respectively.

 

Distinctive Whiskeys . We develop, market and produce two distinctive whiskeys: Cherry Bomb Whiskey and Marionberry Whiskey. Our Cherry Bomb Whiskey combines handcrafted small batch whiskey with a blast of real Oregon cherries. Our Cherry Bomb Whiskey won a gold medal from the American Wine Society and was also awarded a gold medal for taste and a silver medal for package design in the MircroLiquor Spirit Awards. Our Marionberry whiskey combines Oregon marionberries with premium aged whiskey and was awarded two silver medals in the MicroLiquor Spirit Awards for taste and package design. Our distinctive whiskeys accounted for approximately 10% of our revenues for each of our 2013 and 2012 fiscal years, respectively.

 

Below Deck Rums . We develop, market and produce 4 rums under the Below Deck brand name: Below Deck Silver Run, Below Deck Spiced Rum, Below Deck Coffee Rum and Below Deck Ginger Rum. Below Deck’s Silver Rum is Eastside’s original rum. Below Deck Spiced Rum is double-distilled from molasses and infused with exotic spices and won a triple gold medal for taste and a bronze medal for package design in the MicroLiquor Spirit Awards. Our Below Deck Coffee Rum is double-distilled and infused with coffee flavors from Arabica bean and won a silver medal at the San Francisco World Spirits Competition and our Below Deck Ginger Run is infused with natural ginger. Our Below Deck Rums accounted for approximately 10% of our revenues for each of our 2013 and 2012 fiscal years, respectively.

 

Premium Vodka . Eastside develops, markets and produces a premium potato vodka under the brand name Portland Potato Vodka which is distilled from potatoes rather than grain and as such is gluten free. Eastside Portland Potato Vodka was awarded a silver medal from the American Wine Society as well as a gold medal from the Beverage Tasting Institute which also gave it a “Best Buy” rating. Our Portland Premium Vodka accounted for approximately 30% of our revenues for each of our 2013 and 2012 fiscal years, respectively.

 

Seasonal/Limited Edition Spirits . In addition to our premium bourbons, whiskeys, rum and vodka, Eastside creates seasonal and limited-edition products such as Advocaat (eggnog) Liqueur, Peppermint Bark Liqueur, Bier Schnapps and Holiday Spiced Liqueur.

 

17
 

 

Special Events

 

We also generate revenues from hosting special events, such as tastings. In our current facility, we have generated as much as $95,000 in revenues from our tasting room in a single month during the holiday season (November/December). Our new facility is substantially larger and in addition to potential increased tasting room revenues, we expect to have space to host private parties, food tasting events and even concerts. We also sell merchandise and in-store bottle sales from our facility.

 

Retail Stores

 

We recently started opening retail stores in shopping centers in the Portland, Oregon area which provides us with additional revenues for sales of our products. In December 2014, we opened a 1,200 square foot retail store in Clackamas Town Center (Happy Valley Town Center) and in January 2015, entered into a lease for 3,100 square feet of retail space in the Washington Square Center in Portland, Oregon. We also had two additional holiday season retail locations within high-traffic shopping malls in the Portland, Oregon metro region.

 

Our Strengths

 

We believe the following competitive strengths will enable the implementation of our growth strategies:

 

Award Winning Diverse Product Line: We have a diverse product line offering of more than ten (10) premium craft spirits, many of which have won awards for taste and/or product design. In addition, premium craft spirits have experienced a compound annual growth rate of 7.6% over the last decade, which is higher than the 5.5% compound annual growth rate for mass produced spirits. Our sales of premium brands has increased by 45% since 2010. We believe our diverse, recognized and profitable product line in this growing market will enable us to establish a presence in new geographic markets and enable us to procure additional distributors for our products.

 

High Product Margin. Our high-end spirits have high profit margins, many of which exceed 50%. High profit margins on our products should contribute to a strong balance sheet, which we expect potential financing sources and strategic partners, such as distributors and suppliers, will find attractive.

 

New Distillery : We recently signed a lease for a new 45,000 square foot distillery that when fully operational is expected to be capable of producing up to 1 million cases per year, representing an increase of 250% from the production capability of our current facility (4,000 cases). Our expected production of cases is expected to increase each year after moving into our new facility. We expect the new distillery will enable us to start producing high-end single malt whiskey (scotch) and specialty gin. In addition, this new distillery should enable us to recognize additional income from tastings and other special events.

 

Key Relationships : We recently signed a distribution agreement with Young’s Market Company, the fourth largest wine and spirits distributor in the United States. Young’s is our exclusive distributor in Oregon and has the intention to distribute our products nationwide. We are also in discussions with other national distributors. We have also recently engaged Blackheath Beverage Group, an outsource sales and marketing company and Park Street Imports, a provider of back-office administrative and logistical services for alcohol and beverage distributors. We believe these relationships will facilitate our goal of having our premium spirits sold and distributed nationwide.

 

Experienced Management Team: Our Management team possesses significant recent experience in the premium liquor brand industry as well as developing start-up companies. Our senior management team has worked together in the premium beverage industry for over 5 years.

 

Our Strategy

 

Our objective is to continue building Eastside into a profitable national spirits company, with a distinctive portfolio of premium and super premium spirits brands. We expect to have nationwide distribution of our products within the next 48 months. To achieve this, we continue to seek to:

 

18
 

 

Grow our distribution network.  We currently have a formal relationship with a national distributor in Young’s Market Company and also have relationships with regional distributors in Georgia, Minnesota, and Washington. We are also in discussions with several other national distributors. We believe continuing to expand our distribution network will enable us to penetrate additional geographic markets more quickly

 

Increase production. Our new facility should ultimately be capable of producing up to 1 million cases per year. Our expected production of cases is expected to increase each year after moving into our new facility. We believe our increased production capacity will make us more attractive to distribution partners and will also generate additional revenues and profits.

 

Listing of Products in Control States. While we plan to ultimately distribute our products in all states, we will initially focus our efforts on the 18 liquor control states where distilled spirits are sold through state-owned and operated stores known as ABC (alcohol beverage control) stores. Sales to ABC stores on made on a net-30 basis, which we expect to result in timely payment. Oregon is currently the only control state in which we sell our products.

 

Selectively add new brands to our portfolio.  We intend to continue to introduce new brands to our current portfolio of products. We expect the new distillery will enable us to start producing high-end single malt whiskey (scotch) and specialty gin. In addition, we intend to distribute a private-label tequila in the future.

 

Build Consumer Awareness.  We intend to use our existing assets, expertise and resources to build consumer awareness and market penetration for our brands.

 

Continue Opening Retail Stores and Kiosks . In December 2014, we opened a 1,200 square foot retail store in Clackamas Town Center mall and in January 2015, we signed a lease for 3,001 square foot retail store in the Washington Town Center in Portland, Oregon. In addition, we also had two additional holiday season retail locations within high-traffic shopping malls in the Portland, Oregon metro region. We intend to open additional retail stores and kiosks to build local brand awareness and direct-to-consumer retail sales.

 

Production and supply

 

There are several steps in the production and supply process for beverage alcohol products. First, all of our spirits products are distilled. This is a multi-stage process that converts basic ingredients, such as grain, sugar cane or agave, into alcohol. Next, the alcohol is processed and/or aged in various ways depending on the requirements of the specific brand. For our vodka, this processing is designed to remove all other chemicals, so that the resulting liquid will be odorless and colorless, and have a smooth quality with minimal harshness. Achieving a high level of purity involves a series of distillations and filtration processes.

 

For our spirits brands, rather than removing flavor, various complex flavor profiles are achieved through one or more of the following techniques: infusion of fruit, addition of various flavoring substances, and, in the case of rums and whiskeys, aging of the brands in various types of casks for extended periods of time and the blending of several rums or whiskeys to achieve a unique flavor profile for each brand. After the distillation, purification and flavoring processes are completed, the various liquids are bottled. This involves several important stages, including bottle and label design and procurement, filling of the bottles and packaging the bottles in various configurations for shipment.

 

We rely on a limited number of suppliers for the sourcing of our products and raw materials. However, we distill, produce and bottle our spirits for distribution.

 

Distribution network

 

We believe that the distribution network that we have developed with our sales team and our independent distributors and brokers is one of our strengths. We currently have distribution and brokerage relationships with third-party distributors in five (5) U.S. states. In July 2014, we engaged Young’s Market Company, a nationally recognized distributor of wines, spirits and selected beverages to serve as our exclusive distributor in the state of Oregon.

 

19
 

 

U.S. distribution

 

Background.  Importers of beverage alcohol in the U.S. must sell their products through a three-tier distribution system. Typically, an imported brand is first sold to a U.S. importer, who then sells it to a network of distributors, or wholesalers, covering the U.S., in either “open” states or “control” states. In the 33 open states, the distributors are generally large, privately-held companies. In the 18 control states, the states themselves function as the distributor, and regulate suppliers such as us. The distributors and wholesalers in turn sell to individual retailers, such as liquor stores, restaurants, bars, supermarkets and other outlets licensed to sell beverage alcohol. In larger states such as New York, more than one distributor may handle a brand in separate geographical areas. In control states, importers sell their products directly to state liquor authorities, which distribute the products and either operate retail outlets or license the retail sales function to private companies, while maintaining strict control over pricing and profit.

 

The U.S. spirits industry has consolidated dramatically over the last ten years due to merger and acquisition activity. There are currently eight major spirits companies, each of which own and operate their own importing businesses. All companies, including these large companies, are required by law to sell their products through wholesale distributors in the U.S. The major companies are exerting increasing influence over the regional distributors and as a result, it has become more difficult for smaller companies to get their products recognized by the distributors.

 

Importation.  We currently hold the federal importer and wholesaler license required by the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau of the U.S. Treasury Department, and the requisite state license in Oregon, Washington, Nevada, California, Georgia, Maryland, Minnesota, Pennsylvania, Idaho, Montana and Utah.

 

Our inventory is maintained in our warehouse and shipped nationally by our network of licensed and bonded carriers.

 

Wholesalers and distributors.  In the U.S., we are required by law to use state-licensed distributors or, in the control states, state-owned agencies performing this function, to sell our brands to retail outlets. As a result, we depend on distributors for sales, for product placement and for retail store penetration. We currently have no distribution agreements or minimum sales requirements with any of our U.S. alcohol distributors, and they are under no obligation to place our products or market our brands. All of the distributors also distribute our competitors’ products and brands. As a result, we must foster and maintain our relationships with our distributors. Through our internal sales team, we have established relationships for our brands with wholesale distributors in the five states we currently sell our products, and our products are currently sold in the U.S. by 6 wholesale distributors, as well as by various state beverage alcohol control agencies.

 

Significant customers

 

Sales to one distributor, the Oregon Liquor Control Commission, accounted for approximately 40% of our consolidated revenues for fiscal 2013.

 

Sales team

 

We currently have a total sales force of 3 people, with an average of over 10 years of industry experience with premium beverage alcohol brands.

 

Our sales personnel are engaged in the day-to-day management of our distributors, which includes setting quotas, coordinating promotional plans for our brands, maintaining adequate levels of stock, brand education and training and sales calls with distributor personnel. Our sales team also maintains relationships with key retail customers through independent sales calls. They also schedule promotional events, create local brand promotion plans, host in-store tastings where permitted and provide wait staff and bartender training and education for our brands.

 

20
 

 

In addition, we have also recently engaged Blackheath Beverage Group, an outsource sales and marketing company to assist in the development of additional brands as well as development and execution of a national roll-out strategy. We have also recently engaged Park Street Imports, a provider of back-office administrative and logistical services for alcohol and beverage distributors, which services include state compliance, logistics planning, order processing, distributor chargeback and bill-support management and certain accounting and reporting services.

 

Advertising, marketing and promotion

 

To build our brands, we must effectively communicate with three distinct audiences: our distributors, the retail trade and the end consumer. Advertising, marketing and promotional activities help to establish and reinforce the image of our brands in our efforts to build substantial brand value.

 

We employ 3 in-house marketing, sales and customer service personnel who work together with third party design and advertising firms to maintain a high degree of focus on each of our product categories and build brand awareness through innovative marketing activities. We use a range of marketing strategies and tactics to build brand equity and increase sales, including consumer and trade advertising, price promotions, point-of-sale materials, event sponsorship, in-store and on-premise promotions and public relations, as well as a variety of other traditional and non-traditional marketing techniques, including social media marketing, to support our brands.

 

Besides traditional advertising, we also employ three other marketing methods to support our brands: public relations, event sponsorships and tastings. Our significant U.S. public relations efforts have helped gain editorial coverage for our brands, which increases brand awareness. Event sponsorship is an economical way for us to have influential consumers taste our brands. We actively contribute product to trend-setting events where our brand has exclusivity in the brand category. We also conduct hundreds of in-store and on-premise promotions each year.

 

We support our brand marketing efforts with an assortment of point-of-sale materials. The combination of trade and consumer programs, supported by attractive point-of-sale materials, also establishes greater credibility for us with our distributors and retailers.

 

Intellectual property

 

Trademarks are an important aspect of our business. We sell our products under a number of trademarks, which we own or use under license. Our brands are protected by trademark registrations or are the subject of pending applications for trademark registration in the U.S where we distribute, or plan to distribute, our brands. The trademarks may be registered in the names of our subsidiaries and related companies. In the U.S., trademark registrations need to be renewed every ten years. We expect to register our trademarks in additional markets as we expand our distribution territories.

 

Seasonality

 

Our industry is subject to seasonality with peak retail sales generally occurring in the fourth calendar quarter (our third fiscal quarter) primarily due to seasonal holiday buying. Historically, this holiday demand typically resulted in slightly higher sales for us in our second and/or third fiscal quarters.

 

Competition

 

The beverage alcohol industry is highly competitive. We believe that we compete on the basis of quality, price, brand recognition and distribution strength. Our premium brands compete with other alcoholic and nonalcoholic beverages for consumer purchases, retail shelf space, restaurant presence and wholesaler attention. We compete with numerous multinational producers and distributors of beverage alcohol products, many of which have greater resources than us.

 

Over the past ten years, the U.S. wine and spirits industry has undergone dramatic consolidation and realignment of brands and brand ownership. The number of major importers in the U.S. has declined significantly. Today there are eight major companies: Diageo PLC, Pernod Ricard S.A., Bacardi Limited, Brown-Forman Corporation, Beam Suntory Inc., Davide Campari Milano-S.p.A., and Remy Cointreau S.A.

 

21
 

 

We believe that we are sometimes in a better position to partner with small to mid-size brands than the major importers. Despite our relative capital position and resources, we have been able to compete with these larger companies in pursuing agency distribution agreements and acquiring brands by being more responsive to private and family-owned brands, offering flexible transaction structures and providing brand owners the option to retain local production and “home” market sales. Given our size relative to our major competitors, most of which have multi-billion dollar operations, we believe that we can provide greater focus on smaller brands and tailor transaction structures based on individual brand owner preferences. However, our relative capital position and resources may limit our marketing capabilities, limit our ability to expand into new markets and limit our negotiating ability with our distributors.

 

By focusing on the premium and super-premium segments of the market, which typically have higher margins, and having an established, experienced sales force, we believe we are able to gain relatively significant attention from our distributors for a company of our size. Also, the continued consolidation among the major companies is expected to create an opportunity for small to mid-size wine and spirits companies, such as ourselves, as the major companies contract their portfolios to focus on fewer brands.

 

Government regulation

 

We are subject to the jurisdiction of the Federal Alcohol Administration Act, U.S. Customs Laws, Internal Revenue Code of 1986, and the Alcoholic Beverage Control Laws of all fifty states.

 

The U.S. Treasury Department’s Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau regulates the production, blending, bottling, sales and advertising and transportation of alcohol products. Also, each state regulates the advertising, promotion, transportation, sale and distribution of alcohol products within its jurisdiction. We are also required to conduct business in the U.S. only with holders of licenses to import, warehouse, transport, distribute and sell spirits.

 

We are subject to U.S. regulations on the advertising, marketing and sale of beverage alcohol. These regulations range from a complete prohibition of the marketing of alcohol in some countries to restrictions on the advertising style, media and messages used.

 

Labeling of spirits is also regulated in many markets, varying from health warning labels to importer identification, alcohol strength and other consumer information. All beverage alcohol products sold in the U.S. must include warning statements related to risks of drinking beverage alcohol products.

 

In the U.S. control states, the state liquor commissions act in place of distributors and decide which products are to be purchased and offered for sale in their respective states. Products are selected for purchase and sale through listing procedures which are generally made available to new products only at periodically scheduled listing interviews. Consumers may purchase products not selected for listings only through special orders, if at all.

 

The distribution of alcohol-based beverages is also subject to extensive federal and state taxation in the U.S. and internationally. Most foreign countries in which we do business impose excise duties on wines and distilled spirits, although the form of such taxation varies from a simple application on units of alcohol by volume to intricate systems based on the imported or wholesale value of the product. Several countries impose additional import duty on distilled spirits, often discriminating between categories in the rate of such tariffs. Import and excise duties may have a significant effect on our sales, both through reducing the consumption of alcohol and through encouraging consumer switching into lower-taxed categories of alcohol.

 

We believe that we are in material compliance with applicable federal, state and other regulations. However, we operate in a highly regulated industry which may be subject to more stringent interpretations of existing regulations. Future compliance costs due to regulatory changes could be significant.

 

22
 

 

Employees

 

As of February 9, 2015, we had 18 full-time employees, 6 of which were in sales and marketing and 3 of which were in management and 9 in administration and production.

 

Geographic Information

 

Eastside operates in one business — premium beverage alcohol. Eastside’s product categories are rum, whiskey, vodka and specialty liquors with an intent to sell gin and private label tequila in the future. Eastside currently sells its products in five states: Oregon, Washington, Minnesota, Pennsylvania and Georgia.

 

DESCRIPTION OF PROPERTY

 

Our executive offices are located at 1805 SE Martin Luther King Jr. Blvd., Portland, Oregon 97214. We lease these premises under a lease agreement with a 6-year term starting on November 1, 2014 and ending October 31, 2020, subject to our option to extend the lease for an additional 5-years. Monthly lease payments range from $6,000 to $24,000 after a $90,000 rental prepayment in November 2014 and a period of free rent from November 2014 through January 2015. The lease is guaranteed by our chief executive officer.

 

We lease additional office space and a tasting room at 1512 SE 7 th Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97214. This lease has a current monthly lease rate of $1,750 per month and expires on November 30, 2015, provided, that, we have two one year options to renew. Our monthly lease rate will increase 3% for each option.

 

We also lease retail space in two separate locations, one in Washington Square (Portland, Oregon) and the other in Clackamas Town Center (Happy Valley Town Center). For Washington Square, we lease 3,001 square feet of retail space in the Washington Square center at a monthly rate of $3,750 and monthly percentage rent equal to 15% of the excess of gross sales and revenues made at the retail space for any month in excess of $25,000. The Washington Square lease expires on January 31, 2015. The retail space in the Clackamas Town center is rented pursuant to a License Agreement under which we lease 1,200 square feet of retail space and currently pay monthly license fees of $4,200 per month and monthly percentage rent equal to 15% of the excess of gross sales and revenues made at the retail space for any month in excess of $20,000.

 

LEGAL PROCEEDINGS

 

We are party to claims and litigation that arise in the normal course of business. Management believes that the ultimate outcome of these claims and litigation will not have a material impact on our financial position or results of operations.

 

SECURITY OWNERSHIP OF CERTAIN BENEFICIAL OWNERS AND MANAGEMENT

 

The following table sets forth information as of February 9, 2015 as to each person or group who is known to us to be the beneficial owner of more than 5% of our outstanding voting securities and as to the security and percentage ownership of each of our executive officers and directors and of all of our officers and directors as a group.  As of February 9, 2015, we had 45,512,500 shares of common stock outstanding.

 

Beneficial ownership is determined under the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission and generally includes voting or investment power over securities.  Except in cases where community property laws apply or as indicated in the footnotes to this table, we believe that each stockholder identified in the table possesses sole voting and investment power over all shares of common stock shown as beneficially owned by the stockholder.

 

Shares of common stock subject to options or warrants that are currently exercisable or exercisable within 60 days of the date of this Registration Statement are considered outstanding and beneficially owned by the person holding the options for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of that person but are not treated as outstanding for the purpose of computing the percentage ownership of any other person.

 

23
 

 

Name And Address(1)   Number Of
Shares
Beneficially
Owned
    Percentage
Owned
 
             
Officers and Directors:                
                 
Steven Earles     12,787,500       28.10 %
Lenny Gotter     12,150,000       26.69 %
Martin Kunkel     0       *  
                 
All directors and officers as a group (3 persons)     24,937,500       54.79 %

*Less than 1%.

 

(1) Unless otherwise noted, the address is c/o Eastside Distilling, Inc., 1805 SE Martin Luther King Jr. Blvd., Portland, Oregon 97214.

 

DIRECTORS AND EXECUTIVE OFFICERS

 

Set forth below is certain information concerning our directors and executive officers:

 

Name   Age   Position
         
Steven Earles   45   Chief Executive Officer. Chief Financial Officer and director (Chairman)
         
Lenny Gotter   47   Chief Operating Officer, Secretary and director
         
Martin Kunkel   48   Chief Marketing Officer and director

 

Steven Earles

President Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and director (Chairman)

 

Mr. Earles has served as our President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and director (Chairman) since October 31, 2014. Previously, Mr. Earles served as Eastside Distilling LLC’s Chief Executive Officer since January 2014. Prior to joining Eastside, Mr. Earles served as managing director of CRM Land Development LLC, a land development company from 2010 to 2014. From 2000 to 2010, Mr. Earles served as Chief Executive Officer for SD Earles Inc., a southern California real estate development company. In addition, Mr. Earles served as Chief Executive Officer for several start-up companies from 2000 to 2010.

 

Lenny Gotter

Chief Operating Officer, Secretary and director

 

Mr. Gotter has served as our Chief Operating Officer, Secretary and director since October 31, 2014. Mr. Gotter founded Eastside Distilling, LLC, our wholly-owned subsidiary in 2008 and has served in management positions since its founding, most recently as Chief Operating Officer. Mr. Gotter has a degree in economics from the University of Wisconsin.

 

Martin Kunkel

Chief Marketing Officer, Secretary and director

 

Mr. Kunkel has served as our Chief Marketing Officer and director since January 13, 2015. Since April 2014, Mr. Kunkel has also served as Director of Player Development and Casino Marketing at the Hard Rock Hotel/Casino in Las Vegas, Nevada. From June 2011 to April 2014, Mr. Kunkel served as Executive Casino Host and Casino Marketing for the Cosmopolitan in Las Vegas, Nevada. From October 2010 to June 2011, Mr. Kunkel served as Casino Host for the Hard Rock Hotel/Casino in Hollywood, Florida.

 

24
 

 

Director Qualifications

  

We considered Mr. Earles’ prior experience with Eastside as well as experience with other start-up businesses as well as his experience as CEO for a real estate development company as important factors in concluding that he was qualified to serve as one of our directors. Regarding Mr. Gotter, we considered his experience founding Eastside and being employed in various management capacities at Eastside since 2008 as important factors in concluding that he was qualified to serve as one of our directors. Regarding Mr. Kunkel, we considered his marketing and player development positions as important factors in concluding that he was qualified to serve as one of our directors.

 

Involvement in Certain Legal Proceedings

 

None of our directors or executive officers has, during the past ten years:

 

· has had any bankruptcy petition filed by or against any business of which he was a general partner or executive officer, either at the time of the bankruptcy or within two years prior to that time;

 

· been convicted in a criminal proceeding or been subject to a pending criminal proceeding (excluding traffic violations and other minor offences);

 

· been subject to any order, judgment, or decree, not subsequently reversed, suspended or vacated, of any court of competent jurisdiction, permanently or temporarily enjoining, barring, suspending or otherwise limiting his involvement in any type of business, securities, futures, commodities or banking activities;

 

· been found by a court of competent jurisdiction (in a civil action), the Securities and Exchange Commission or the Commodity Futures Trading Commission to have violated a federal or state securities or commodities law, and the judgment has not been reversed, suspended, or vacated;

 

· been subject or a party to or any other disclosable event required by Item 401(f) of Regulation S-K.

 

Family Relationships

 

None.

 

Stockholders can send communications to the Board of Directors by sending a certified or registered letter to the Chairman of the Board, care of the Secretary, at our main business address set forth above. Communications that are threatening, illegal, or similarly inappropriate, and advertisements, solicitations for periodical or other subscriptions, and other similar communications will generally not be forwarded to the Chairman.

 

25
 

 

EXECUTIVE COMPENSATION

 

The following table sets forth the compensation paid to our executive officers for services rendered during the fiscal years ended December 31, 2014, and 2013.

 

    Summary Compensation Table  
Name and Position   Year     Salary     Bonus     All Other
Compensation
    Total ($)  
Steven Earles     2014     $ 9,000     $     $     $ 9,000  
President, Chief Executive Officer  and  Chief Financial Officer, (Since October 31, 2014)     2013     $ N/A       N/A     $ N/A     $ N/A  
                                         
Lenny Gotter     2014     $ 15,600 (1)   $ 200     $     $ 15,800  
Chief Operating Officer and Secretary (Since October 31, 2014)     2013     $ 7,600 (1)         $     $ 7,600  
                                         
Michael Williams     2014     $ -       -     $     $ -  
President, Chief Executive Officer and Chief Financial Officer (Until October 31, 2014)     2013     $ -       -     $     $ -  
                                         
Daniela Anastasio     2014     $ -       -     $     $ -  
Secretary (Until October 31, 2014)     2013     $ -       -     $     $ -  

 

 

(1) Includes compensation paid by Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

All Other Compensation

 

None

 

Outstanding Equity Awards

 

There were no outstanding equity awards as of the year ended December 31, 2014.

 

Employment Agreements

 

We have employment agree with each of Steven Earles, Lenny Gotter and Martin Kunkel. Descriptions of the material terms of each agreement are set forth below.

 

Employment Agreement with Steven Earles

 

On February 6, 2015, we entered into an employment agreement with Steven Earles to serve as President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Offier and Chairman of our Board of Directors.  The agreement is for an initial term ending on February 5, 2018 and provides for an annual base salary during the term of the agreement of $104,000 per year,. Mr. Earles is eligible to receive a bonus of at the discretion of the board of directors.

 

The agreement also contains the following material provisions: (i) reimbursement for all reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with his employment; (ii) two (2) weeks paid vacation leave; (iii) medical, dental and life insurance benefits (iii) 36-month non-compete/non-solicitation terms; and(iv) a severance payment equal to the six months base salary upon termination without cause.

.

Employment Agreement with Lenny Gotter

 

On February 6, 2015, we entered into an employment agreement with Lenny Gotter to serve as Chief Operating Officer.  The agreement is for an initial term ending on February 5, 2018 and provides for an annual base salary during the term of the agreement of $78,000 per year, Mr. Gotter received a $5,000 one-time bonus upon execution of the agreement and is eligible to receive a bonus of at the discretion of the board of directors.

 

The agreement also contains the following material provisions: (i) reimbursement for all reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with his employment; (ii) two (2) weeks paid vacation leave; (iii) medical, dental and life insurance benefits (iii) 36-month non-compete/non-solicitation terms; (iv) a severance payment equal to the six months base salary upon termination without cause. Mr. Gotter also agreed to a 5-year lock-up with respect to his shares.

 

 

Employment Agreement with Martin Kunkel

 

On February 6, 2015, we entered into an employment agreement with Martin Kunkel to serve as Chief Marketing Officer.  The agreement is for an initial term ending on February 5, 2018 and provides for an annual base salary during the term of the agreement of $40,000 per year, Mr. Kunkel is eligible to receive a bonus of at the discretion of the board of directors.  In addition, Mr. Kunkel received an option to purchase 200,000 shares of our common stock.  This option has a 5 year term and the securities issued thereunder will be vest over 2-years with 25% vesting in the first year and 75% vesting in the second year provided, however, that the options will not begin vesting until 6-months after the date of grant.

 

 

26
 

 

The agreement also contains the following material provisions: (i) reimbursement for all reasonable travel and other out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with his employment; (ii) two (2) weeks paid vacation leave; (iii) medical, dental and life insurance benefits (iii) 36-month non-compete/non-solicitation terms; and (iv) a severance payment equal to the six months base salary upon termination without cause.

 

Potential Payments upon Termination

 

Under the terms of Messrs.’ Earles, Gotter and Kunkel employment agreements, each of them is entitled to a severance payment of six (6) month’s salary at the then-applicable base salary rate in the event that we terminate their employment without cause.

 

The following table sets forth quantitative information with respect to potential payments to be made to each of Messrs. Earles, Gotter and Kunkel upon termination without cause. The potential payments are based on the terms of each of the Employment Agreement\s discussed above. For a more detailed description of the particular Employment Agreement, see the “Employment Agreements” section above.

 

Name   Potential Payment upon Termination
Without Cause (1)
 
Steven Earles   $ 52,000 (2)
Lenny Gotter   $ 39,000 (3)
Martin Kunkel   $ 20,000 (4)

 

 
(1) Employee entitled to six months’ severance at the then applicable base salary rate.
(2) Based on Mr. Earles’ current annual base salary of $104,000.
(3) Based on Mr. Gotter’s current annual base salary of $78,000.
(4) Based on Mr. Kunkel’s current annual base salary of $40,000

 

Compensation of Directors

 

Currently, directors receive no compensation for their services on our Board. All directors will be reimbursed for their reasonable out-of-pocket expenses incurred in connection with attending board of director and committee meetings provided that we have the resources to pay these expenses.

 

Code of Ethics

 

We have adopted a code of ethics that applies to the principal executive officer and principal financial and accounting officer.  We will provide to any person without charge, upon request, a copy of our code of ethics.  Requests may be directed to our principal executive offices at 1805 SE Martin Luther King Jr. Blvd., Portland, Oregon 97214.

 

CERTAIN RELATIONSHIPS AND RELATED TRANSACTIONS, AND DIRECTOR INDEPENDENCE

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013 a former director of the Company received $14,275 as compensation for management services provided to the Company.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2014, a former officer of the Company advanced us $8,358. The amount is non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand. This advance was transferred to MWW in connection with the February 2015 spin-off of MWW.

 

27
 

 

During 2014, our president, Mr. Earles paid expenses on behalf of Eastside Distilling on his personal credit card totaling $345,212. These related party advances do not bear interest and are payable on demand. We have repaid $ 342,536 of these advances leaving a balance due as of December 31, 2014 of $ 2,676.

 

In December 2014, our President, Mr. Earles, purchased 37,500 shares of common stock for $25,000 in our December 2014 Offering.

 

We believe that the foregoing transactions were in our best interests. Consistent with Section 78,140 of the Nevada Revised Statutes, it is our current policy that all transactions between us and our officers, directors and their affiliates will be entered into only if such transactions are approved by a majority of the disinterested directors, are approved by vote of the stockholders, or are fair to us as a corporation as of the time it is authorized, approved or ratified by the board. We will conduct an appropriate review of all related party transactions on an ongoing basis, and, where appropriate, we will utilize our audit committee for the review of potential conflicts of interest.

 

Director Independence

 

Our Board of Directors has determined that none of our directors are “independent” as defined under the standards set forth in Section 121A of the American Stock Exchange Company Guide.  In making this determination, the Board of Directors considered all transactions set forth under “Certain Relationships and Related Transactions” above.

 

MARKET FOR COMMON EQUITY AND RELATED STOCKHOLDER MATTERS.

 

Our common stock trades on the OTC Markets (QB Marketplace Tier) under the symbol “ESDI.” Very limited trading of our common stock has occurred during the past two years; therefore, only limited historical price information is available. The following table sets forth the high and low closing bid prices of our common stock (USD) for the last two fiscal years, as reported by OTC Markets Group Inc. and represents inter dealer quotations, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not be reflective of actual transactions:

 

We consider our stock to be “thinly traded” and any reported sale prices may not be a true market-based valuation of our stock.  Some of the bid quotations from the OTC Bulletin Board set forth below may reflect inter-dealer prices, without retail mark-up, mark-down or commission and may not represent actual transactions.

 

2015 (OTC Markets)   High Bid     Low Bid  
First quarter   $ 2.10     $ 1.88  

 

2014 (OTC Markets)   High Bid     Low Bid  
First quarter   $ -     $ -  
Second quarter     1.00       0.35  
Third quarter     0.80       0.38  
Fourth quarter     2.10       0.40  

 

2013 (OTC Markets)   High Bid     Low Bid  
First quarter   $ -     $ -  
Second quarter     -       -  
Third quarter     -       -  
Fourth quarter     -       -  

 

Shareholders

 

Our shares of common stock are issued in registered form. The registrar and transfer agent for our shares of common stock is Pacific Stock Transfer Company, 4045 South Spencer Street Suite 403 Las Vegas, NV 89119 (Telephone: (702) 361-3033; Facsimile: (800) 785-7782).

 

On February 9, 2015, the shareholders' list of our shares of common stock showed 28 registered holders of our shares of common stock and 45,512,500 shares of common stock outstanding. The number of record holders was determined from the records of our transfer agent and does not include beneficial owners of shares of common stock whose shares are held in the names of various security brokers, dealers, and registered clearing agencies.

 

28
 

 

Dividend Policy

 

We have not paid cash dividends on our common stock since our inception and we do not contemplate paying dividends in the foreseeable future.

 

Securities Authorized for Issuance Under Equity Compensation Plans. As of December 31, 2014, we did not have any compensation plans outstanding.

 

DESCRIPTION OF SECURITIES

 

Authorized Shares of Capital Stock

 

We are a corporation and has authorized capital stock which consists of (i) 900,000,000 shares of common stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which 45,512,500 is outstanding as of February 9, 2015 and (ii) 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share, of which no shares are issued and outstanding.

 

Common Stock

 

We are authorized by our Articles of Incorporation to issue 900,000,000 shares of common stock, $0.0001 par value.

 

As of February 9, 2015 we had issued and outstanding approximately 45,512,500 shares of common stock. Holders of our common stock are entitled to one vote per share on all matters subject to stockholder vote. If the Board of Directors were to declare a dividend out of funds legally available therefore, all of the outstanding shares of common stock would be entitled to receive such dividend ratably. We have never declared dividends and we do not intend to declare dividends in the foreseeable future. If our business was liquidated or dissolved, holders of shares of common stock would be entitled to share ratably in assets remaining after satisfaction of our liabilities. The holders of shares of common stock have no preemptive, conversion, subscription or cumulative voting rights.

 

Preferred Stock

 

Our Articles of Incorporation permits us to issue up to 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock, par value $0.0001 per share. The preferred stock may be issued in any number of series, as determined by the Board of Directors, the Board may by resolution fix the designation and number of shares of any such series of preferred stock and may determine, alter or revoke the rights, preferences, privileges and restrictions pertaining to any wholly unissued series and the Board may increase or decrease the number of shares of any such series (but not below the number of shares of that series then outstanding.).

 

Convertible Promissory Notes

 

On June 13, 2014, we issued a convertible promissory note in the amount of approximately $150,000, which note was amended on September 19, 2014. The bears interest at 5% per annum and has a maturity date of June 13, 2015. The note may be converted into shares of common stock at a fixed conversion price of $0.40 per share. This note may be prepaid upon payment of 150% of the outstanding principal amount to the holder.

 

29
 

 

Equity Compensation Plan Information

 

On January 29, 2015, our Board of Directors adopted the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan. The purpose of our 2015 Stock Incentive Plan is to advance the best interests of the company by providing those persons who have a substantial responsibility for our management and growth with additional incentive and by increasing their proprietary interest in the success of the company, thereby encouraging them to maintain their relationships with us. Further, the availability and offering of stock options and common stock under the plan supports and increases our ability to attract and retain individuals of exceptional talent upon whom, in large measure, the sustained progress, growth and profitability which we depend. The total number of shares available for the grant of either stock options or compensation stock under the plan is 3,000,000 shares, subject to adjustment. Our Board of Directors administers our plan and has full power to grant stock options and common stock, construe and interpret the plan, establish rules and regulations and perform all other acts, including the delegation of administrative responsibilities, it believes reasonable and proper. Any decision made, or action taken, by our Board of Directors arising out of or in connection with the interpretation and administration of the plan is final and conclusive. The Board of Directors, in its absolute discretion, may award common stock to employees of, consultants to, and directors of the company, and such other persons as the Board of Directors or compensation committee may select, and permit holders of common stock options to exercise such options prior to full vesting therein and hold the common stock issued upon exercise of the option as common stock. Stock options may also be granted by our Board of Directors or compensation committee to non-employee directors of the company or other persons who are performing or who have been engaged to perform services of special importance to the management, operation or development of the company. In the event that our outstanding common stock is changed into or exchanged for a different number or kind of shares or other securities of the company by reason of merger, consolidation, other reorganization, recapitalization, combination of shares, stock split-up or stock dividend, prompt, proportionate, equitable, lawful and adequate adjustment shall be made of the aggregate number and kind of shares subject to stock options which may be granted under the plan. Our Board of Directors may at any time, and from time to time, suspend or terminate the plan in whole or in part or amend it from time to time in such respects as our Board of Directors may deem appropriate and in our best interest. As of February 11, 2015, we have not issued any shares under the plan, and there are options to purchase 1,200,000 shares under this plan.

 

Registration Rights—December 2014 Offering

 

We agreed to file a registration statement with the Securities and Exchange Commission on Form S-1, or other applicable form, which will provide for the resale of the shares purchased in the December 2014 Offering under the Securities Act within 45-days of the final closing of such offering.

 

Options

 

In October 2014, Eastside Distilling entered into an agreement with a third-party consultant under which it agreed to issue a 2-year option to purchase 1,000,000 shares of common stock at an exercise price of $0.40 per shares in consideration of services rendered, which option is to be fully-vested upon grant, and which agreement was assumed by us upon our acquisition of Eastside Distilling on October 31, 2014. The option was issued on February 10, 2015.

 

On February 10, 2015, we issued our Chief Marketing Officer a 5-year option to purchase 200,000 shares of stock at an exercise price of $1.85 pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement with us. The Options shall become vested and exercisable over a period of 2-years from the date of grant, with 25% vesting in the first year after grant and the remaining 75% vesting during the second year following grant; provided, however, that the options will not begin vesting until 6-months after the date of grant.

 

 

Dividends

 

We do not anticipate the payment of cash dividends on its common stock in the foreseeable future.

 

Anti-takeover Effects of Our Articles of Incorporation and Bylaws

 

Our Articles of Incorporation and bylaws contain certain provisions that may have anti-takeover effects, making it more difficult for or preventing a third party from acquiring control of us or changing its board of directors and management.

 

According to our Articles of Incorporation and bylaws, neither the holders of our common stock nor the holders of our preferred stock have cumulative voting rights in the election of our directors. The combination of the present ownership by a few stockholders of a significant portion of our issued and outstanding common stock and lack of cumulative voting makes it more difficult for other stockholders to replace our board of directors or for a third party to obtain control of us by replacing its board of directors.

 

The authorization of classes of Common Stock or Preferred Stock with either specified voting rights or rights providing for the approval of extraordinary corporate action could be used to create voting impediments or to frustrate persons seeking to effect a merger or to otherwise gain control of the Company by diluting their stock ownership. In addition, the ability of the Company’s directors to distribute shares of any class or series (within limits imposed by applicable law) as a dividend in respect of issued shares of Preferred Stock could be used to dilute the stock ownership or voting rights of a person seeking to obtain control of the Company and effectively delay or prevent a change in control without further action by the stockholders.

 

30
 

 

Nevada Anti-Takeover laws

 

Business Combinations

 

The “business combination” provisions of Sections 78.411 to 78.444, inclusive, of the NRS, prohibit a Nevada corporation with at least 200 stockholders from engaging in various “combination” transactions with any interested stockholder: for a period of three years after the date of the transaction in which the person became an interested stockholder, unless the transaction is approved by the board of directors prior to the date the interested stockholder obtained such status; or after the expiration of the three-year period, unless:

 

the transaction is approved by the board of directors or a majority of the voting power held by disinterested stockholders, or

 

if the consideration to be paid by the interested stockholder is at least equal to the highest of: (a) the highest price per share paid by the interested stockholder within the three years immediately preceding the date of the announcement of the combination or in the transaction in which it became an interested stockholder, whichever is higher, (b) the market value per share of common stock on the date of announcement of the combination and the date the interested stockholder acquired the shares, whichever is higher, or (c) for holders of preferred stock, the highest liquidation value of the preferred stock, if it is higher.

 

A “combination” is defined to include mergers or consolidations or any sale, lease exchange, mortgage, pledge, transfer or other disposition, in one transaction or a series of transactions, with an "interested stockholder" having: (a) an aggregate market value equal to five per cent or more of the aggregate market value of the assets of the corporation, (b) an aggregate market value equal to five per cent or more of the aggregate market value of all outstanding shares of the corporation, or (c) ten per cent or more of the earning power or net income of the corporation.

 

In general, an “interested stockholder” is a person who, together with affiliates and associates, owns (or within three years, did own) ten per cent or more of a corporation's voting stock. The statute could prohibit or delay mergers or other takeover or change in control attempts and, accordingly, may discourage attempts to acquire our company even though such a transaction may offer our stockholders the opportunity to sell their stock at a price above the prevailing market price.

 

Control Share Acquisitions .

 

The “control share” provisions of Sections 78.378   to 78.3793, inclusive, of the NRS, which apply only to Nevada corporations with at least 200 stockholders, including at least 100 stockholders of record who are Nevada residents, and which conduct business directly or indirectly in Nevada, prohibit an acquirer, under certain circumstances, from voting its shares of a target corporation's stock after crossing certain ownership threshold percentages, unless the acquirer obtains approval of the target corporation's disinterested stockholders. The statute specifies three thresholds: one-fifth or more but less than one-third, one-third but less than a majority, and a majority or more, of the outstanding voting power. Once an acquirer crosses one of the above thresholds, those shares in an offer or acquisition and acquired within 90 days thereof become “control shares” and such control shares are deprived of the right to vote until disinterested stockholders restore the right. These provisions also provide that if control shares are accorded full voting rights and the acquiring person has acquired a majority or more of all voting power, all other stockholders who do not vote in favor of authorizing voting rights to the control shares are entitled to demand payment for the fair value of their shares in accordance with statutory procedures established for dissenters’ rights.

 

31
 

 

Transfer Agent

 

Our transfer agent is Pacific Stock Transfer Company, 4045 South Spencer Street Suite 403, Las Vegas, NV 89119, telephone: (702) 361-3033.

 

LEGAL MATTERS

 

The validity of the common stock offered by this prospectus will be passed upon for us by Indeglia & Carney LLP, Los Angeles, California.  Indeglia & Carney currently owns 25,000 shares of our common stock, which shares were received in consideration of services previously rendered and unrelated to this registration statement.

 

EXPERTS

 

The consolidated financial statements of Eurocan Holdings Ltd. (now known as Eastside Distilling, Inc.) included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been audited by MaloneBailey LLP, independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent and for the periods set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, and are included in reliance on such report, given the authority of said firm as an expert in auditing and accounting.

 

The financial statements of Eastside Distilling, LLC included in this prospectus and in the registration statement have been audited by Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc . , independent registered public accounting firm, to the extent and for the periods set forth in their report appearing elsewhere herein and in the registration statement, and are included in reliance on such report, given the authority of said firm as an expert in auditing and accounting.

 

AVAILABLE INFORMATION

 

We are filing with the SEC this registration statement on Form S-1 under the Securities Act with respect to the common stock offered hereby. This prospectus, which constitutes part of the registration statement, does not contain all of the information set forth in the registration statement and the exhibits and schedule thereto, certain parts of which are omitted in accordance with the rules and regulations of the SEC. For further information regarding our common stock and our company, please review the registration statement, including exhibits, schedules and reports filed as a part thereof. Statements in this prospectus as to the contents of any contract or other document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, set forth the material terms of such contract or other document but are not necessarily complete, and in each instance reference is made to the copy of such document filed as an exhibit to the registration statement, each such statement being qualified in all respects by such reference.

 

We are also subject to the informational requirements of the Exchange Act which requires us to file reports, proxy statements and other information with the SEC. Such reports, proxy statements and other information along with the registration statement, including the exhibits and schedules thereto, may be inspected at public reference facilities of the SEC at 100 F Street N.E., Washington D.C. 20549. Copies of such material can be obtained from the Public Reference Section of the SEC at prescribed rates. You may call the SEC at 1-800-SEC-0330 for further information on the operation of the public reference room. Because we file documents electronically with the SEC, you may also obtain this information by visiting the SEC’s Internet website at http://www.sec.gov.

 

32
 

 

INDEX TO FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

 

EASTSIDE DISTILLING, INC.(f/ka/ Eurocan Holdings, Ltd.)

 

    Page
     
Audited Statements ;    
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-1
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012   F-2
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012   F-3
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012   F-4
Consolidated Statements of Stockholders’ Deficit as of December 31, 2013 and 2012   F-5
Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements   F-6
     
Unaudited Statements :    
     
Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013   F-11
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the three and nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013   F-12
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013   F-13
Notes to Unaudited Consolidated Financial Statements   F-14

 

EASTSIDE DISTILLING, LLC

 

    Page
     
Audited Statements ;    
     
Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm   F-17
     
Balance Sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012   F-18
Statements of Operations for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012   F-19
Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity as of December 31, 2013 and 2012   F-20
Statements of Cash Flows for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012   F-21
Notes to Financial Statements   F-22
     
Unaudited Statements :    
     
Condensed Interim Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013   F-28
Condensed Interim Statements of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013   F-29
Condensed Interim Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity as of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013   F-30
Condensed Interim Statements of Cash Flows for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013   F-31
Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements   F-32

 

33
 

 

PRO FORMA FINANCIAL STATEMENTS.OF EASTSIDE DISTILLING, INC. AND EASTSIDE DISTILLING LLC.

 

    Page
     
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September 30, 2014   F-35
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014   F-36
Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statement of Operations for the year ended December 31, 2013   F-37
Notes to Unaudited Pro Form Condensed Consolidated Financial Statements   F-38

 

34
 

 

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

The Board of Directors

Eurocan Holdings Ltd.

1 Union Square West, Suite 610

New York, NY 10003

 

We have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Eurocan Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiary (collectively, the “Company”) as of December 31, 2013 and 2012 and the related consolidated statement of operations, changes in stockholders’ deficit and cash flows for the years then ended. These financial statements are the responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits.

 

We conducted our audits in accordance with standards of the Public Company Accounting Oversight Board (United States). Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free of material misstatements. The Company is not required to have, nor were we engaged to perform, an audit of its internal control over financial reporting. Our audit included consideration of internal control over financial reporting as a basis for designing audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the Company’s internal control over financial reporting. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence supporting the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting principles used and significant estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We believe that our audits provide a reasonable basis for our opinion.

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Eurocan Holdings Ltd. and its subsidiary as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of their operations and their cash flows for the years then ended in conformity with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared assuming that the Company will continue as a going concern. As discussed in Note 3 to the consolidated financial statements, the Company has suffered losses from operations and has a working capital deficit. These conditions raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern. Management’s plans in regards to these matters are also described in Note 3. The consolidated financial statements do not include any adjustments that might result from the outcome of this uncertainty.

 

/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP  
MaloneBailey, LLP  
www.malone−bailey.com  
Houston, Texas  
   
April 10, 2014  

 

F- 1
 

 

Eurocan Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Balance Sheets

(Expressed in US dollars)

 

    December 31,
2013
$
    December 31,
2012
$
 
             
ASSETS                
                 
Current Assets                
                 
Cash     618       5,899  
Accounts receivable     -       300  
                 
Total Current Assets     618       6,199  
                 
Other Assets                
Security Deposit     -       3,075  
                 
Total Assets     618       9,274  
                 
LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS’ DEFICIT                
                 
Current Liabilities                
                 
Accounts payable     37,640       37,771  
Accrued liabilities     31,199       9,583  
Deferred revenue     730       -  
Due to related party (Note 6)     1,214       -  
Notes payable (Note 5)     7,150       155,000  
                 
Total Liabilities     77,933       202,354  
                 
Contingencies and Commitments     -       -  
                 
Stockholders’ Deficit                
                 
Preferred Stock, 100,000,000 shares authorized, par value $0.0001; None issued and outstanding     -       -  
                 
Common Stock, 900,000,000 shares authorized, par value $0.0001; 32,910,000 and 12,710,000 shares issued and outstanding, respectively     3,291       1,271  
                 
Additional Paid-In Capital     246,691       46,711  
                 
Deficit     (327,297 )     (241,062 )
                 
Total Stockholders’ Deficit     (77,315 )     (193,080 )
                 
Total Liabilities and Stockholders’ Deficit     618       9,274  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 2
 

 

Eurocan Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Operations

(Expressed in US dollars)

 

    For the
Year
Ended
    For the
Year
Ended
 
    December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
    $     $  
             
Revenue     64,036       122,320  
                 
Cost of Sales     8,216       9,285  
                 
Gross Margin     55,820       113,035  
                 
Expenses                
                 
Rent     10,631       18,750  
General and administrative     38,649       44,991  
Management fees (Note 6)     14,275       20,665  
Professional fees     74,032       79,678  
                 
Total Operating Expenses     137,587       164,084  
                 
Loss from Operations     (81,767 )     (51,049 )
                 
Other Income (Expenses)                
                 
Other income     10,742       8,805  
Interest and bank charges     (15,210 )     (14,774 )
                 
Total Other Income (Expenses)     (4,468 )     (5,969 )
                 
Net Loss     (86,235 )     (57,018 )
                 
Net Loss Per Share – Basic and Diluted     (0.01 )     (0.00 )
                 
Weighted Average Common Shares Outstanding – Basic and Diluted     15,034,384       12,710,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 3
 

 

Eurocan Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows

(Expressed in US dollars)

 

    For the
Year Ended
December 31, 2013
$
    For the
Year Ended
December 31, 2012
$
 
             
Cash Flows From Operating Activities                
                 
Net loss for the period     (86,235 )     (57,018 )
                 
Adjustment to reconcile net loss to net cash used in operating activities:                
Gain on sale of property and equipment     (4,405 )     -  
Bad debt expense     490       -  
                 
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     (190 )     365  
Prepaid expenses and other current assets     -       2,800  
Security deposits     3,075       (3,075 )
Deferred revenue     730       (1,200 )
Accounts payable and accrued liabilities     21,485       (9,101 )
                 
Net Cash Used In Operating Activities     (65,050 )     (67,229 )
                 
Cash Flows From Investing Activities                
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     4,405       -  
                 
Net Cash Provided by Investing Activities     4,405       -  
                 
Cash Flows From Financing Activities                
Proceeds from related party debt     1,214       -  
Principal payments on related party debt     -       (4,610 )
Proceeds from notes payable     54,150       75,000  
                 
Net Cash Provided By (Used In) Financing Activities     55,364       70,390  
                 
Net Increase (Decrease) in Cash     (5,281 )     3,161  
                 
Cash - Beginning of Period     5,899       2,738  
                 
Cash - End of Period     618       5,899  
                 
Supplemental Disclosures                
Cash paid during the year for:                
                 
Income taxes paid     50       2,110  
Interest paid     8,935       10,263  
                 
Supplemental Schedule of Non-Cash Investing and Financing Activities                
                 
Assignment of debt between creditors     202,000       -  
Conversion of debt for common stock     202,000       -  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 4
 

 

Eurocan Holdings Ltd.

Consolidated Statement of Stockholders’ Deficit

(Expressed in U.S. dollars)

 

    Number of
Shares
    Amount     Additional
Paid-In
Capital
    Deficit     Total  
    #     $     $     $     $  
                               
Balance – December 31, 2011     12,710,000       1,271       46,711       (184,044 )     (136,062 )
                                         
Net loss for the year                       (57,018 )     (57,018 )
                                         
Balance – December 31, 2012     12,710,000       1,271       46,711       (241,062 )     (193,080 )
                                         
Issuance of common stock – note conversion     20,200,000       2,020       199,980       -       202,000  
                                         
Net loss for the year     -       -       -       (86,235 )     (86,235 )
                                         
Balance – December 31, 2013     32,910,000       3,291       246,691       (327,297 )     (77,315 )

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 5
 

 

1. Nature of Operations and Continuance of Business

 

Eurocan Holdings Ltd. (the “Company”) was incorporated in the state of Nevada on February 11, 2004. Effective September 1, 2006, the Company acquired 100% of the issued and outstanding common stock of Michael Williams Web Design Inc. (“MWWD”); a private US based company, in exchange for 7,500,000 shares of common stock of the Company. MWWD was incorporated in the State of New York on February 26, 2004 and was owned by the President of the Company.

 

The acquisition resulted in the sole shareholder of MWWD having voting and operating control of the combined company, and, prior to the acquisition, the Company was a non-operating shell corporation with nominal net assets. The acquisition was considered a capital transaction in substance and therefore has been accounted for as a recapitalization. Under recapitalization accounting MWWD is considered the acquirer for accounting and financial reporting purposes, and acquired the assets and assumed the liabilities of the Company. Assets acquired and liabilities assumed are reported at their historical amounts. These consolidated financial statements include the accounts of the Company since the effective date of the recapitalization being September 1, 2006 and the historical accounts of the business of MWWD since inception being February 26, 2004.

 

On November 13, 2013, Building 400 Ltd (“The Investor”) exercised its right under a convertible debenture dated October 28, 2013 to convert $202,000 in debt secured by the debenture into 20,200,000 shares of the Company’s common stock. As a result of the Issuance of stock, the investor’s beneficial ownership is 61.4% of The Company’s common stock.

 

The Company’s principal business is web site design for corporate customers. These consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which implies the Company will continue to realize its assets and discharge its liabilities in the normal course of business. See Note 3 for further discussion.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

a. Basis of Presentation and Fiscal Year

 

These consolidated financial statements and related notes are presented in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States, and are expressed in U.S, dollars. The Company’s fiscal years-end is December 31.

 

b. Consolidation

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements represent the consolidated operations of Eurocan Holdings. Ltd. and its wholly-owned subsidiary MWWD. Intercompany balances and transactions have been eliminated in consolidation.

 

c. Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of these consolidated financial statements in accordance with United States generally accepted accounting principles requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and

 

c. Use of Estimates (continued)

 

the reported amounts of revenue and expenses in the reporting period. The Company regularly evaluates estimates and assumptions related to recoverability of long-lived assets, and deferred income tax asset valuations. The Company bases its estimates and assumptions on currents facts, historical experience and various other factors that it believes to be reasonable under the circumstances, the results of which form the basis for making judgments about the carrying values of assets and liabilities and the accrual of costa and expenses that are not readily apparent from other sources. The actual results experienced by the Company may differ materially and adversely from the Company’s estimates. To the extent there are material differences between the estimates and the actual results, future results of operations will be affected.

 

F- 6
 

 

d. Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

The Company considers all highly liquid instruments with maturity of three months or less at the time of issuance to be cash equivalents.

 

e. Accounts Receivable:

 

The Company considers accounts receivable to be fully collectible: accordingly, no allowance for doubtful accounts is required. Management reviews accounts annually and if amounts are considered uncollectible, they are charged to operations.

 

f. Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consists of computer hardware. These assets are recorded at cost and are being amortized on the straight-line basis over the estimated life of three years. Repair and maintenance expenditures, which do not result in improvements, are charged to expense as incurred.

 

g. Financial Instruments

 

The Company’s financial instruments consist principally of cash, accounts receivable, accounts payable, notes payable and amounts due to a related party. The Company believes that the recorded values of all of other financial instruments approximate their current fair values because of their nature and respective maturity dates or durations.

 

h. Long-Lived Assets

 

In accordance with Financial Accounting Standards Board (“FASB”) Accounting Standards Codification (“ASC”) 360, Property, Plant and Equipment, the Company tests long-lived assets or asset groups for recoverability when events or changes in circumstances indicate that their carrying amount may not be recoverable. Circumstances which could trigger a review include, but are not limited to; significant decreases in the market price of the asset; significant adverse changes in the business climate or legal factors; accumulation of costs significantly in excess of the amount originally expected for the acquisition or construction of the asset; current period cash flow or operating losses combined with a history of losses or a forecast of continuing losses associated with the use of the asset; and current expectation that the asset will more likely than not be sold or disposed significantly before the end of its estimated useful life. Recoverability is assessed based on the carrying amount of the asset and its fair value which is generally determined based on the sum of the undiscounted cash flow expected to result from the use and the eventual disposal of the asset, as well as specific appraisal in certain instances. An impairment loss is recognized when the carrying amount is not recoverable and exceeds fair value. No impairment losses were recognized for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

h. Basic and Diluted Net Income (Loss) per Share

 

The Company computes earnings (loss) per share in accordance with ASC 260, Earnings per Share. ASC 260 requires presentation of both basic and diluted earnings per share (“EPS”) on the face of the income statement. Basic EPS is computed by dividing net income (loss) available to common shareholders (numerator) by the weighted average number of common shares outstanding (denominator) during the period. Diluted EPS gives effect to all dilutive potential common shares outstanding the period including stock options, using the treasury stock method, and convertible preferred stock, using the if-converted method. In computing diluted EPS, the average stock price for the period is used in determining the number of shares assumed to be purchased from the exercise of stock options or warrants. Diluted EPS excludes all dilutive potential common shares if their effect is anti-dilutive. There were no common stock equivalents as of December 31, 2013 and 2012. Therefore, basic and diluted EPS are the same for the periods then ended.

 

F- 7
 

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

i. Fair Value Measurements

 

The fair value of assets and liabilities approximate the carrying amount because of the short maturity of these instruments.

 

j. Income Taxes

 

The Company accounts for income taxes using the asset and liability method in accordance with ASC 740, Income Taxes, Potential benefits of income tax losses are not recognized in the accounts until realization is more likely than not. The Company is required to compute tax assets benefits for net operating losses carried forward.

 

The Company does not file a consolidated tax return with its Subsidiary company. The Company evaluates tax positions taken or expected to be taken in the course of preparing the Company’s tax returns to determine whether the tax positions are “more-likely-than-not” of being sustained by the applicable tax authorities. Tax positions not deemed to meet the more-likely-than-not threshold are recorded as tax benefits or expenses in the current year. Management has analyzed the company’s tax positions taken on Federal tax returns for all open tax years and has concluded that

 

k. Income Taxes (continued)

 

no provision for federal income tax is required in the Company’s financial statement. The Company files a Nevada state return which has no state corporation tax.

 

The Subsidiary has elected to be treated as an “S” Corporation for Federal and New York State income tax purposes. The stockholders of an S Corporation include their respective shares of the corporation’s income or loss in their individual income tax returns. Accordingly, the Subsidiary pays no federal and New York State income taxes, and pays de minims New York City taxes.

 

The Company and Subsidiary’s prior tax returns remain open for examination by tax authorities.

 

k. Revenue Recognition

 

Revenue consists of web designing, web hosting, and maintenance services and is recognized only when the price is fixed or determinable, persuasive evidence of an arrangement exist, the service is delivered, and collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Revenue from fixed-price contracts are recognized using the completed-contract method. A contract is considered complete when all costs except insignificant items have been incurred and

the final product is delivered to the customer according to specifications. Revenues from time-and-material contracts are recognized as the work is performed.

 

l. Deferred Revenue

 

The Company typically receives payments as certain milestones are completed on individual contracts. These advance payments are recorded as deferred revenue on the balance sheet and reclassified as revenue on the statement of operations only after the contract is considered completed and the revenue has been earned.

 

m. Recently Adopted Accounting Pronouncements

 

The Company has implemented all new accounting pronouncements that are in effect and that may impact its financial statements and does not believe that there are any other new accounting pronouncements that have been issued that might have a material impact on its financial position or results of operations.

 

F- 8
 

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (continued)

 

n. Subsequent Events

 

The Company and Affiliate have evaluated subsequent events and transactions for potential recognition or disclosure through the date of the accountants’ compilation report, which is the date the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

3. Going Concern

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Since inception, the Company has incurred losses of $327,297. In addition, the Company generated negative cash flows from operations during the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.

 

If necessary, the Company will pursue additional equity and/or debt financing while managing cash flows from operations in an effort to provide funds to meet its obligations on a timely basis and to support future business development.

 

The consolidated financial statements do not contain any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

4. Notes Payable

 

As of December 31, 2012 the Company had received advances totaling $155,000 of which $125,000 earned interest at 5%, was unsecured and due on demand. The remaining $30,000 promissory note was non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand. These were assigned to the holder of the convertible debenture on October 18, 2013.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 the Company received advances totaling $47,000 and issued promissory notes to non-related parties. The notes bear interest at 5%, are unsecured and are due on demand. These were assigned to the holder of the convertible debenture on October 18, 2013.

 

On October 18, 2013, the Company issued an unsecured convertible note debenture in the principal amount of $202,000 to an unrelated party. Notes payable in the amount of $202,000 were assigned to the holder of the debenture. The convertible debenture agreement allowed the holder to convert any or the entire principal into fully paid and non-assessable common shares of the Company at a conversion rate equal to one common share for each $0.01 of indebtedness. The debenture was converted into 20,200,000 shares of common stock on November 13, 2013.

 

During October, 2013 the Company received advances totaling $7,150 and issued non-interest bearing promissory notes, unsecured and due on demand.

 

5. Related Party Transactions

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, a director of the Company received $14,275 and $20,665, respectively, as compensation for management services provided to the Company.

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012 the Company owed $1,214 and $ 0, respectively to the President of the Company. This amount is non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand.

 

F- 9
 

 

6. Common Stock and Preferred Stock

 

The Company has 100,000,000 shares of preferred stock authorized and none issued. The Company has 900,000,000 shares of common stock authorized, of which 32,910,000 and 12,710,000 shares are issued and outstanding for years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively. All shares of common stock are non-assessable and non-cumulative, with no pre-emptive rights.

 

During the year, ended December 31, 2012 the Company issued 20,200,000 shares of Common stock at $0.01 per share on conversion of a debenture.

 

7. Commitment

 

In 2011 the Company renewed its lease agreement for two years with a company to provide office space. The Company agreed to pay equal monthly installments of $1,600 on the first year and $1,625 in the second year as rent expense and related security charges. The Company did not renew its lease agreement in 2013.

 

Rent expense was $10,631 and $18,750 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively.

 

8. Income Taxes

 

The Company uses the liability method, where deferred tax assets and liabilities are determined based on the expected future tax consequences of temporary differences between the carrying amounts of assets and liabilities for financial and income tax reporting purposes.

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, the Company incurred net losses and, therefore, had no tax liability. The net deferred tax asset generated by the loss carry-forward has been fully reserved. The cumulative net operating loss carry-forward is approximately $391,511 and $305,276 as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and will expire in the years 2027 through 2033.

 

As of December 31, 2013 and 2012, deferred tax assets consisted of the following:

 

    December 31, 2013     December 31, 2012  
    $     $  
             
Current Deferred Tax Assets:                
                 
Operating loss carry-forwards     137,029       106,847  
Less: valuation allowance     (137,029 )     (106,847 )
                 
Net Deferred Tax Asset     -       -  

 

9. Major Customers

 

During the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012 four customers accounted for approximately 83% and 85% of revenue.

 

10. Subsequent Events

 

During the three month period ended March 31, 2014, the Company issued eight promissory notes to non-affiliated investors to secure the repayment of $56,965.35 advanced to the Company and on its behalf by the investor. The promissory notes are payable on demand and do not accrue interest. There has been no repayment of any indebtedness secured by the promissory notes.

 

F- 10
 

 

EUROCAN HOLDINGS LTD.

CONSOLIDATED BALANCE SHEETS

(EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS) 

 

    September 30,     December 31,  
    2014     2013  
    (unaudited)     (audited)  
ASSETS                
                 
CURRENT ASSETS                
Cash     229       618  
Accounts Receivable     5,240       -  
Interest receivable     2,241       -  
Note receivable     150,000       -  
                 
TOTAL CURRENT ASSETS     157,710       618  
                 
TOTAL ASSETS     157,710       618  
                 
LIABILITIES & STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT                
                 
CURRENT LIABILITIES                
Accounts payable     38,100       37,640  
Accrued liabilities     11,302       31,199  
Deferred revenue     2,860       730  
Due to related party     8,358       1,214  
Demand notes payable     76,945       7,150  
Convertible note payable, net of unamortized discount of $90,729     59,271       -  
                 
TOTAL CURRENT LIABILITIES     196,836       77,933  
                 
STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT                
Preferred stock - $.0001 par value, 100,000,000 shares authorized, 0 shares issued and outstanding     -       -  
Common stock- $.0001 par value, 900,000,000 shares authorized, 32,910,000 shares issued and outstanding     3,291       3,291  
Additional paid-in capital     340,441       246,691  
Accumulated deficit     (382,858 )     (327,297 )
TOTAL STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT     (39,126 )     (77,315 )
TOTAL LIABILITIES AND STOCKHOLDERS' DEFICIT     157,710       618  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F- 11
 

 

EUROCAN HOLDINGS LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF OPERATIONS

( EXPRESESSED IN US DOLLARS) 

 

    For The     For The     For The     For The  
    Three Months     Three Months     Nine Months     Nine Months  
    Ended     Ended     Ended     Ended  
    September 30,     September 30,     September 30,     September 30,  
    2014     2013     2014     2013  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
                         
REVENUE     19,889       11,395       28,028       60,758  
                                 
COST OF SALES     178       1,352       393       7,479  
                                 
GROSS MARGIN     19,711       10,043       27,635       53,279  
                                 
OPERATING EXPENSES                                
Rent     -       -       -       7,192  
General and administrative     8,448       10,927       17,012       34,235  
Management fees     -       3,075       -       14,275  
Professional fees     9,394       18,626       56,369       59,073  
TOTAL OPERATING EXPENSES     17,842       32,628       73,381       114,775  
                                 
INCOME (LOSS) FROM OPERATIONS     1,869       (22,585 )     (45,746 )     (61,496 )
                                 
OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)                                
Interest income     1,887       -       2,241       -  
Other income     -       -       -       4,405  
Bank fees & interest     (5,981 )     (4,418 )     (12,056 )     (11,923 )
TOTAL OTHER INCOME (EXPENSE)     (4,094 )     (4,418 )     (9,815 )     (7,518 )
                                 
NET INCOME (LOSS)     (2,225 )     (27,003 )     (55,561 )     (69,014 )
                                 
NET LOSS PER SHARE-BASIC AND DILUTED     -       -       -       -  
                                 
WEIGHTED AVERAGE SHARES OUTSTANDING BASIC AND DILUTED     32,910,000       12,710,000       32,910,000       12,710,000  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F- 12
 

 

EUROCAN HOLDING LTD.

CONSOLIDATED STATEMENTS OF CASH FLOWS

(EXPRESSED IN US DOLLARS)

 

    For The     For The  
    Nine Months     Nine Months  
    Ended     Ended  
    September 30,     September 30,  
    2014     2013  
    (unaudited)     (unaudited)  
CASH FLOWS FROM OPERATING ACTIVITIES                
Net loss     (55,561 )     (69,014 )
Adjustments to reconcile net loss to net cash (used in) in operating activities:                
Amortization of note payable discount     3,021       -  
Interest receivable     (2,241 )     -  
Gain on sale of property and equipment     -       (4,405 )
Changes in assets and liabilities affecting operations:                
Accounts receivable     (5,240 )     (2,295 )
Accounts payable and accrued expenses     (19,437 )     16,631  
Deferred revenue     2,130       -  
Security Deposits     -       3,075  
                 
NET CASH (USED IN) OPERATING ACTIVITIES     (77,328 )     (56,008 )
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM INVESTING ACTIVITIES                
Note receivable     (150,000 )     -  
Proceeds from sale of property and equipment     -       4,405  
                 
NET CASH (USED IN) PROVIDED BY INVESTING ACTIVITIES     (150,000 )     4,405  
                 
CASH FLOWS FROM FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
Proceeds from related party debt     7,144       -  
Proceeds from notes payable     219,795       47,000  
                 
NET CASH FLOWS PROVIDED BY FINANCING ACTIVITIES     226,939       47,000  
                 
NET (DECREASE) IN CASH     (389 )     (4,603 )
                 
CASH – beginning of year     618       5,899  
                 
CASH – end of period     229       1,296  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL DISCLOSURES                
Cash paid during the year for:                
                 
Income taxes     -       50  
Interest     7,248       6,629  
                 
SUPPLEMENTAL SCHEDULE OF NON-CASH INVESTING AND FINANCING ACTIVITIES                
                 
Beneficial conversion feature     93,750       -  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral part of these financial statements

 

F- 13
 

 

EUROCAN HOLDINGS LTD.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2014

 

1. Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited interim financial statements of the Company have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission, and should be read in conjunction with the Company’s audited 2013 annual financial statements and notes thereto. In the opinion of management, all adjustments consisting of normal recurring adjustments, necessary for a fair presentation of financial position and the results of operations for the interim periods presented have been reflected herein. The results of operations for interim periods are not necessarily indicative of the results to be expected for the full year. Notes to the financial statements, which would substantially duplicate the disclosures required in the Company’s 2013 annual financial statements have been omitted.

 

2. Going Concern

 

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared on a going concern basis, which contemplates the realization of assets and satisfaction of liabilities in the normal course of business. Since inception, the Company has incurred losses of ($382,858). In addition, the Company generated negative cash flows from operations during the year ended December 31, 2013. These factors, among others, raise substantial doubt about the Company’s ability to continue as a going concern for a reasonable period of time.

 

If necessary, the Company will pursue additional equity and/or debt financing while managing cash flows from operations in an effort to provide funds to meet its obligations on a timely basis and to support future business development.

 

The consolidated financial statements do not contain any adjustments to reflect the possible future effects on the classification of assets or the amounts and classification of liabilities that may result should the Company be unable to continue as a going concern.

 

3. Note Receivable

 

On June 17, 2014, the Company loaned the sum of $150,000 to Eastside Distilling LLC, an Oregon corporation. The loan accrues interest daily at the rate of 5% per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days and compounded monthly) and is secured with any and all assets of the Eastside Distilling LLC from June 13, 2014. The loan matures on June 13, 2015, but it may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time prior to the maturity date. As of September 30, 2014, the entire principal amount of the loan and $2,241 in accrued interest remain outstanding.

 

F- 14
 

 

EUROCAN HOLDINGS LTD.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2014

 

4. Notes Payable

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 the Company received advances totaling $47,000 and issued promissory notes to non-related parties. The notes bear interest at 5%, are unsecured and are due on demand. These were assigned to the holder of the convertible debenture on October 18, 2013.

 

On October 18, 2013, the Company issued an unsecured convertible note debenture in the principal amount of $202,000 to an unrelated party. Notes payable in the amount of $202,000 were assigned to the holder of the debenture. The convertible debenture agreement allowed the holder to convert any or the entire principal into fully paid and non-assessable common shares of the Company at a conversion rate equal to one common share for each $0.01 of indebtedness. The debenture was converted into 20,200,000 shares of common stock on November 13, 2013.

 

During October, 2013 the Company received advances totaling $7,150 and issued non-interest bearing promissory notes, unsecured and due on demand. As of September 30, 2014, the entire principal amount of the note remains outstanding.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 the Company received advances totaling $219,795 and issued twelve promissory notes to non-related parties. These notes are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand. One of these notes was amended on September 19, 2014, as discussed below

 

On September 19, 2014, the Company amended a previously issued non-interest bearing demand note in the amount of $150,000 issued on June 13, 2014 to include new terms including interest, conversion rights, a maturity date and a pre-payment penalty. The amended note bears interest at 5% per annum and has a maturity date of June 13, 2015. The amended note may be converted into shares of the Company’s common stock at a fixed conversion price of $0.40 per share. The beneficial conversion feature was recorded at a discount amount of $93,750. The note payable discount balance was $90,729 as of September 30, 2014. This note may be prepaid upon payment of 150% of the outstanding principal amount to the holder.

 

5. Related Party Transactions

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2013 a director of the Company received $14,275 as compensation for management services provided to the Company.

 

As of September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013, the Company owed $8,358 and $1,214, respectively to the director of the Company. The amount is non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand.

 

F- 15
 

 

EUROCAN HOLDINGS LTD.

NOTES TO UNAUDITED CONSOLIDATED FINANCIAL STATEMENTS

SEPTEMBER 30, 2014

 

6. Subsidiary

 

On September 30, 2014, Eastside Distilling Inc. was incorporated in the state of Nevada. One hundred percent of the 1,000 shares at .01 par value authorized are issued to the Company. Eastside Distilling, Inc. (the Subsidiary) had no activity on September 30, 2014.

 

7. Subsequent Event

 

On October 31, 2014, the Company consummated the acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Eastside Distilling, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company (“Eastside”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger by and among the Company, Eastside, and Eastside Distilling, Inc., a Nevada corporation our wholly-owned subsidiary. Pursuant to the Merger Agreement, Eastside merged with and into Eastside Distilling, Inc. The merger consideration for the acquisition consisted of 32,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of our common stock.   In addition, certain of the Company’s stockholders cancelled an aggregate of 24,910,000 shares of the Company’s common stock held by them. As a result, the Company has 40,000,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, of which 32,000,000 shares are held by the former members of Eastside.    In connection with the closing of the Merger Agreement, noteholders with debt obligations in the aggregate amount of $86,014.10 cancelled these obligations and provided the Company with a release from all claims.

 

On November 4, 2014, the Company received advances totaling $103,525 and issued two promissory notes to unrelated parties. The notes bear interest at a rate of 2.25% per annum, are unsecured and due on demand.  

 

F- 16
 

 

Independent Auditors’ Report

 

To the Members

Eastside Distilling, LLC

Portland, Oregon

 

We have audited the accompanying financial statements of Eastside Distilling, LLC (an Oregon limited liability company), which comprise the balance sheets as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the related statements of income, changes in members’ equity, and cash flows for the years then ended, and the related notes to the financial statements.

 

Management’s Responsibility for the Financial Statements

 

Management is responsible for the preparation and fair presentation of these financial statements in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America; this includes the design, implementation, and maintenance of internal control relevant to the preparation and fair presentation of financial statements that are free from material misstatement, whether due to fraud or error.

 

Auditors’ Responsibility

 

Our responsibility is to express an opinion on these financial statements based on our audits. We conducted our audits in accordance with auditing standards generally accepted in the United States of America. Those standards require that we plan and perform the audit to obtain reasonable assurance about whether the financial statements are free from material misstatement.

 

An audit involves performing procedures to obtain audit evidence about the amounts and disclosures in the financial statements. The procedures selected depend on the auditor’s judgment, including the assessment of the risks of material misstatement of the financial statements, whether due to fraud or error. In making those risk assessments, the auditor considers internal control relevant to the entity’s preparation and fair presentation of the financial statements in order to design audit procedures that are appropriate in the circumstances, but not for the purpose of expressing an opinion on the effectiveness of the entity’s internal control. Accordingly, we express no such opinion. An audit also includes evaluating the appropriateness of accounting policies used and the reasonableness of significant accounting estimates made by management, as well as evaluating the overall presentation of the financial statements.

 

We believe that the audit evidence we have obtained is sufficient and appropriate to provide a basis for our audit opinion.

 

Opinion

 

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects, the financial position of Eastside Distilling, LLC as of December 31, 2013 and 2012, and the results of its operations and its cash flows for the years then ended in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America.

 

San Francisco, California

October 8, 2014

 

F- 17
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Balance Sheets

 

December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

    2013     2012  
ASSETS                
                 
Current assets:                
Cash   $ 29,784     $ 23,045  
Accounts receivable     63,177       34,975  
Inventories     59,051       42,730  
Prepaid expenses     -       2,567  
                 
Total current assets     152,012       103,317  
                 
Property and equipment, net     22,395       5,557  
                 
Total assets   $ 174,407     $ 108,874  
                 
LIABILITIES AND MEMBERS’ EQUITY                
                 
Current liabilities:                
Accounts payable   $ 13,506     $ 2,530  
Accrued liabilities     10,086       33,771  
Deferred revenue     15,356       30,467  
Current portion of notes payable     2,301       6,542  
                 
Total current liabilities     41,249       73,310  
                 
Notes payable, less current portion     30,000       17,049  
                 
Total liabilities     71,249       90,359  
                 
Members’ equity     103,158       18,515  
                 
Total liabilities and members’ equity   $ 174,407     $ 108,874  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral

part of these financial statements.

 

F- 18
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Statements of Income

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

    2013     2012  
                 
Sales   $ 880,454     $ 347,232  
Less excise taxes     138,897       69,219  
                 
Net sales     741,557       278,013  
Cost of sales     303,220       92,359  
                 
Gross profit     438,337       185,654  
                 
Selling, general and administrative expenses     347,582       176,947  
                 
Income from operations     90,755       8,707  
                 
Other expenses:                
Interest expense     1,552       1,240  
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     2,217       -  
                 
Net income   $ 86,986     $ 7,467  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral

part of these financial statements.

 

F- 19
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Statements of Changes in Members’ Equity

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

Balance, January 1, 2012   $ 1,548  
Contributions from members     10,000  
Distributions to members     (500 )
Net income     7,467  
         
Balance, December 31, 2012     18,515  
Contributions from members     1,954  
Distributions to members     (4,287 )
Buyout of member     (10 )
Net income     86,986  
         
Balance, December 31, 2013   $ 103,158  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral

part of these financial statements.

 

F- 20
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Statements of Cash Flows

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

    2013     2012  
             
Cash flows from operating activities:                
Net income   $ 86,986     $ 7,467  
Adjustments to reconcile net income to net cash provided by (used in) operating activities:                
Depreciation and amortization expense     2,790       1,755  
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     2,217       -  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities:                
Accounts receivable     (28,202 )     (34,092 )
Inventories     (16,321 )     (39,185 )
Prepaid expenses     2,567       (2,567 )
Accounts payable     10,976       1,682  
Accrued liabilities     (23,685 )     22,289  
Deferred revenue     (15,111 )     30,467  
                 
Net cash provided by (used in) operating activities     22,217       (12,184 )
                 
Cash flows from investing activities:                
Purchases of property and equipment     (21,845 )     -  
                 
Net cash used in investing activities     (21,845 )     -  
                 
Cash flows from financing activities:                
Proceeds from notes payable     30,000       25,000  
Payments of principal on notes payable     (21,290 )     (1,409 )
Contributions from members     1,954       10,000  
Distributions to members     (4,287 )     (500 )
Buyout of member     (10 )     -  
                 
Net cash provided by financing activities     6,367       33,091  
                 
Net increase in cash     6,739       20,907  
                 
Cash, beginning of year     23,045       2,138  
                 
Cash, end of year   $ 29,784     $ 23,045  
                 
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information
Cash paid during the year for interest
  $ 1,552     $ 1,240  

 

The accompanying notes are an integral

part of these financial statements.

 

F- 21
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

1. Organization and Liquidity

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC (the Company) was formed in 2008 in the state of Oregon. The Company is a limited liability company, which is a legal entity in which the owners' (members') liabilities are limited to their investment in the entity.

 

The Company was originally incorporated under the name of Deco Distilling, LLC on January 25, 2008 and later changed its name to Eastside Distilling, LLC on January 12, 2012.

 

The Company's primary operations consist of producing local, hand-crafted spirits which are primarily sold in the Pacific Northwest. The Company operates out of its facilities located in Portland, Oregon and is subject to the Oregon Liquor Control Commission (OLCC) and the Alcohol and Tobacco Tax and Trade Bureau (TTB).

 

Liquidity

 

The Company has cash on hand of $29,784 and working capital of $110,763 at December 31, 2013. The Company intends to aggressively grow revenues and will require additional capital. Although management recognizes that it may need to raise additional funds in the future, there can be no assurance that such financing will be successful or that, in the event that they are successful, the terms and conditions of such financing will not be unfavorable. Any failure to obtain additional financing will have a material adverse effect upon the Company and will likely result in a substantial reduction in the scope of the Company’s operations. The Company’s ultimate success depends on its ability to achieve profitable operations and generate cash flows from operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will maintain profitable operations.

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

 

Basis of Presentation

 

The financial statements are prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America (GAAP).

 

Use of Estimates

 

The preparation of financial statements in accordance with GAAP requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect the reported amounts of assets and liabilities and disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities at the date of the financial statements and the reported amounts of revenues and expenses during the reporting period. Actual results could differ from those estimates.

 

Revenue Recognition

 

The Company records revenue when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

 

The Company recognizes sales when merchandise is shipped from a warehouse directly to wholesale customers (except in the case of a consignment sale). For consignment sales, which include sales to the OLCC, the Company recognizes sales upon the consignee’s shipment to the customer. Postage and handling charges billed to customers are also recognized as sales upon shipment of the related merchandise. Shipping terms are generally FOB shipping point, and title passes to the customer at the time and place of shipment or purchase by customers at a retail location. For consignment sales, title passes to the consignee concurrent with the consignee’s shipment to the customer. The customer has no cancellation privileges after shipment or upon purchase at retail locations, other than customary rights of return. The Company excludes sales tax collected and remitted to various states from sales and cost of sales. Sales from items sold through the Company’s retail location are recognized at the time of sale.

 

Continued

F- 22
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

 

Revenue Recognition , continued

 

Revenue received from online merchants who sell discounted gift certificates for the Company's merchandise and tastings is deferred until the customer has redeemed the discounted gift certificate or the gift certificate has expired, whichever occurs earlier.

 

Shipping and Fulfillment Costs

 

Freight costs incurred related to shipment of merchandise from the Company’s distribution facilities to customers are recorded in cost of sales.

 

Cash and Cash Equivalents

 

Cash equivalents are considered to be highly liquid investments with maturities of three months or less at the time of the purchase. The Company had no cash equivalents at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Concentrations

 

The Company sells to third-party resellers and performs ongoing credit evaluations of trade accounts receivable due from third-party resellers. Generally, the Company does not require collateral. An allowance for doubtful accounts is determined with respect to those amounts that the Company has determined to be doubtful of collection using specific identification of doubtful accounts and an aging of receivables analysis based on invoice due dates. Generally, accounts receivable are past due after 30 days after an invoice date, unless special payment terms are provided. The Company did not record an allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, one customer represented 63% and 42% of accounts receivable, respectively.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, one customer represented 36% and 37% of sales, respectively.

 

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

 

Financial instruments consist principally of accounts receivable, accounts payable, accrued liabilities and notes payable. The estimated fair value of accounts receivable, accounts payable and accrued liabilities approximates their carrying value due to the short period of time to their maturities. At December 31, 2012 and 2013, all of the Company’s notes payable are at fixed rates and the carrying value approximates fair value.

 

Continued

F- 23
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

 

Inventories

 

Inventories primarily consist of bulk and bottled liquor and merchandise and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using an average costing methodology, which approximates cost under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. A portion of inventory is held by the OLCC on consignment until it is sold to a third party. The Company regularly monitors inventory quantities on hand and records write-downs for excess and obsolete inventories based primarily on the Company’s estimated forecast of product demand and production requirements. Such write-downs establish a new cost basis of accounting for the related inventory. The Company has recorded no write-downs of inventory for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment is stated at cost less accumulated depreciation and amortization. Depreciation is computed using the straight-line method over the estimated useful lives of the assets, ranging from two to seven years. Amortization of leasehold improvements is computed using the straight-line method over the life of the lease or the useful lives of the assets, whichever is shorter. The cost and related accumulated depreciation and amortization of property and equipment sold or otherwise disposed of are removed from the accounts and any gain or loss is reported as other income or expense.

 

Long-lived Assets

 

The Company accounts for long-lived assets, including property and equipment, at amortized cost. Management reviews long-lived assets for probable impairment whenever events or circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of such assets may not be recoverable. If there is an indication of impairment, management would prepare an estimate of future cash flows (undiscounted and without interest charges) expected to result from the use of the asset and its eventual disposition. If these estimated cash flows were less than the carrying amount of the asset, an impairment loss would be recognized to write down the asset to its estimated fair value.

 

Income Taxes

 

As a limited liability company, all income tax effects of the Company's operations are passed through to its members individually, accordingly, the accompanying financial statements do not include any income tax effects for the Company.

 

The Company had no unrecognized income tax benefits, nor any interest or penalties associated with unrecognized income tax benefits, accrued or expensed as of and for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

The Company files federal income tax returns in the U.S. and state income tax returns in Oregon. The Company is no longer subject to examinations by the related tax authorities for the Company's U.S. federal and state income tax returns for years prior to 2010.

 

Continued

F- 24
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies , continued

 

Advertising

 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was approximately $56,000 and $53,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of income.

 

Comprehensive Income

 

Comprehensive income consists of net income and other comprehensive income. The Company does not have any reconciling other comprehensive income items for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Excise Taxes

 

The Company is responsible for compliance with the TTB regulations which includes making timely and accurate excise tax payments. The Company is subject to periodic compliance audits by the TTB. Individual states also impose excise taxes on alcohol beverages in varying amounts. The Company calculates its excise tax expense based upon units produced and on its understanding of the applicable excise tax laws.

 

3. Inventories  

 

Inventories consist of the following at December 31:

 

    2013     2012  
             
Raw materials   $ 17,129     $ 20,931  
Finished goods     41,922       21,799  
                 
Total   $ 59,051     $ 42,730  

 

4. Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consists of the following at December 31:

 

    2013     2012  
             
Furniture and fixtures   $ 22,716     $ 11,475  
Leasehold improvements     5,487       -  
                 
Total cost     28,203       11,475  
                 
Less accumulated depreciation     (5,808 )     (5,918 )
                 
Property and equipment, net   $ 22,395     $ 5,557  

 

Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $2,790 and $1,755 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and December 31, 2012, respectively. 

 

Continued

F- 25
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

5. Notes Payable

 

Notes payable consists of the following at December 31:

 

    2013     2012  
             
Unsecured note payable bearing interest at 7.00%. The note is payable in monthly interest only payments from May 1, 2012 and May 1, 2013, followed by principal and interest payments through May 1, 2015. Paid in full during 2014.   $ 2,301     $ 23,591  
                 
Unsecured note payable bearing interest at 6.00%. The note is payable in monthly principal plus interest payments of $1,079 beginning March 1, 2014, maturing September 2016. Subsequent to December 31, 2013, this note payable was increased to $50,000 and subsequently considered paid in full with promise of a transfer of $100,000 restricted shares by October 30, 2014 (see Note 7).     30,000       -  
                 
Total notes payable     32,301       23,591  
                 
Less current portion (See Note 7)     (2,301 )     (6,542 )
                 
Long-term portion of notes payable   $ 30,000     $ 17,049  

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies

 

Operating Lease

 

The Company leases its warehouse and tasting room space under an operating lease agreement which expires in March 2015. Monthly rent expense ranged from $1,300 to $1,426 during 2012 and 2013, and increased to $1,460 in April of 2014 for the duration of the lease. At December 31, 2013, future minimum lease payments required under the operating lease are approximately as follows:

 

2014   $ 17,400  
2015     4,400  
         
Total   $ 21,800  

 

Total rent expense was approximately $16,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Continued

F- 26
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Notes to Financial Statements

 

December 31, 2013 and 2012

 

 

 

6. Commitments and Contingencies , continued

 

Legal Matters

 

The Company is involved in certain legal matters arising from the ordinary course of business. Management does not believe that the outcome of these matters will have a significant effect on the Company's financial position or results of operations.

 

7. Subsequent Events

 

In March 2014, the Company entered into an unsecured note payable agreement which increased its outstanding note payable from $30,000 to $50,000 (see Note 5).  In June 2014, the Company agreed to transfer 100,000 restricted shares of the Company's stock to the holder of the note payable no later than October 30, 2014 in full satisfaction of the note payable.  Accordingly, the note payable is recorded as a noncurrent liability at December 31, 2013.  This transfer of restricted shares is to take place subsequent to the business combination transaction discussed below.

 

In June 2014, the Company signed a memorandum of understanding (MOU) to enter into a business combination transaction with Eurocan Holdings Ltd. (Pubco).  Under the terms of the MOU, a transaction that is jointly determined will occur, and Pubco will provide the Company or the shareholders of the Company with a to-be-determined number of restricted shares of common stock.  Additionally, in connection with the MOU, the Company entered into a promissory note to Pubco in the amount of $150,000 bearing interest at 5.00%, maturing June 2015, and collateralized by all of the Company's assets.  The MOU is subject to the parties operating in good faith to negotiate a definitive agreement, and the transaction is expected to be completed during 2014.

 

In July 2014, the Company leased an additional warehouse space in Portland, Oregon.  The lease term is from November 2014 through October 2020 with an option to extend for an additional five years after the end of the initial term.  Monthly rentals range from $6,000 to $24,000 after a period of free rent from November 2014 through January 2015.  An additional $90,000 of prepaid rent is due November 1, 2014.  The lease is guaranteed by a member of the Company and its chief executive officer. 

 

Management has evaluated, for potential recognition or disclosure in the financial statements, subsequent events that have occurred through October 8, 2014, which is the date that the financial statements were available to be issued.

 

F- 27
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Condensed Interim Balance Sheets

 

September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013

 

    September 30     December 31  
    2014     2013  
    (unaudited)     (1)  
Assets                
Current assets                
Cash   $ 16,307     $ 29,784  
Accounts receivable     49,014       63,177  
Inventories     223,655       59,051  
Total current assets     288,976       152,012  
Property and equipment - net     24,550       22,395  
Deposit     48,000       -  
Total Assets   $ 361,526     $ 174,407  
                 
Liabilities and Members’ Equity (Deficit)                
Current liabilities                
Accounts payable   $ 261,969     $ 13,506  
Accrued liabilities     49,540       10,086  
Deferred revenue     -       15,356  
Due to related party     18,632       -  
Current portion of notes payable     149,980       2,301  
Total current liabilities     480,121       41,249  
Notes payable, less current portion     -       30,000  
Total liabilities     480,121       71,249  
Members’ equity (deficit)     (118,595 )     103,158  
Total Liabilities and Members’ Equity (Deficit)   $ 361,526     $ 174,407  

 

(1) Derived from the Company's December 31, 2013 audited financial statements

 

See notes to unaudited condensed interim financial statements.

 

F- 28
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Condensed Interim Statements of Operations

 

(unaudited)

 

    For the Nine Months Ended  
    September 30     September 30  
    2014     2013  
Sales   $ 738,639     $ 574,404  
Less excise taxes     127,936       86,121  
Net sales     610,703       488,283  
Cost of sales     290,036       220,429  
Gross profit     320,667       267,854  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     584,447       256,400  
(Loss) Income From Operations     (263,780 )     11,454  
Other expenses                
Interest expense     3,308       1,164  
Total other expenses     3,308       1,164  
Net (Loss) Income   $ (267,088 )   $ 10,290  

 

See notes to unaudited condensed interim financial statements.

 

F- 29
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Condensed Interim Statement of Changes in Members’ Equity

 

(unaudited)

 

    For the Nine
Months
Ended
September
30, 2014
 
Balance, December 31, 2013   $ 103,158  
Distributions to members     (1,518 )
Conversion of notes payable to equity     46,853  
Net loss     (267,088 )
Balance, September 30, 2014   $ (118,595 )

 

See notes to unaudited condensed interim financial statements.

 

F- 30
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC
 
Condensed Interim Statements of Cash Flows
 
(unaudited)

 

    For the Nine Months Ended  
    September 30     September 30  
    2014     2013  
Cash Flows From Operating Activities                
Net (loss) income   $ (267,088 )   $ 10,290  
Adjustments to reconcile net (loss) income to net cash (used) provided by operating activities                
Depreciation and amortization expense     3,071       1,793  
Changes in operating assets and liabilities                
Accounts receivable     14,163       14,984  
Inventories     (164,604 )     (3,322 )
Prepaid expenses     -       2,567  
Deposit     (48,000 )     -  
Accounts payable     248,463       27,866  
Accrued liabilities     39,454       (27,257 )
Deferred revenue     (15,356 )     (24,760 )
Due to related party     18,632       -  
Net cash (used) provided by operating activities     (171,265 )     2,161  
Cash Flows From Investing Activities                
Purchases of property and equipment     (5,226 )     (5,279 )
Net cash used by investing activities     (5,226 )     (5,279 )
Cash Flows From Financing Activities                
Proceeds from notes payable     169,980       10,000  
Payments of principal on notes payable     (5,448 )     (4,010 )
Distributions to members     (1,518 )     (3,999 )
Buyout of member     -       (10 )
Net cash provided by financing activities     163,014       1,981  
Net Decrease in Cash     (13,477 )     (1,137 )
Cash - beginning of period     29,784       23,045  
Cash - End of Period   $ 16,307     $ 21,908  
Supplemental Disclosure of Cash Flow Information                
Cash paid during the period for interest   $ 1,067     $ 1,164  
                 
Supplemental Disclosure of Non-Cash Financing Activity                
Conversion of notes payable to equity   $ 46,853     $ -  

 

See notes to unaudited condensed interim financial statements.

 

F- 31
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements

 

September 30, 2014

 

1. Basis of Presentation

 

The accompanying unaudited condensed interim financial statements of Eastside Distilling, LLC ("the Company" or "Eastside") have been prepared in accordance with accounting principles generally accepted in the United States of America ("GAAP") for interim financial information and, therefore, do not include all disclosures necessary for a complete presentation of financial condition, results of operations, and cash flows in conformity with GAAP. However, all adjustments which are, in the opinion of management, necessary for a fair presentation of the interim financial statements have been included. All such adjustments are of a normal recurring nature. The unaudited financial statements should be read in conjunction with the audited financial statements as of and for the year ended December 31, 2013, which were issued on October 8, 2014. The unaudited results of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 are not necessarily indicative of the results that may be expected for the entire fiscal year ending December 31, 2014. Notes to the unaudited financial statements which would substantially duplicate the disclosures required in the Company's 2013 audited financial statements have been omitted.

 

2. Liquidity

 

The Company has cash on hand of $16,307 and a negative working capital of $191,145 at September 30, 2014. The Company intends to aggressively grow revenues and will require additional capital. Although management recognizes that it may need to raise additional funds in the future, there can be no assurance that such financing will be successful or that, in the event that they are successful, the terms and conditions of such financing will not be unfavorable. Any failure to obtain additional financing will have a material adverse effect upon the Company and will likely result in a substantial reduction in the scope of the Company’s operations. The Company’s ultimate success depends on its ability to achieve profitable operations and generate cash flows from operations. There can be no assurance that the Company will maintain profitable operations.

 

3. Inventories

 

Inventories consist of the following at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

    2014     2013  
Raw materials   $ 124,060     $ 17,129  
Finished goods     99,595       41,922  
Total   $ 223,655     $ 59,051  

 

4. Property and Equipment

 

Property and equipment consists of the following at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

    2014     2013  
Furniture and fixtures   $ 27,942     $ 22,716  
Leasehold improvements     5,487       5,487  
Total cost     33,429       28,203  
Less accumulated depreciation     (8,879 )     (5,808 )
Property and equipment - net   $ 24,550     $ 22,395  

 

Depreciation and amortization expense totaled $3,071 and $1,793 for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

F- 32
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements

 

September 30, 2014

 

5. Notes Payable

 

Notes payable consists of the following at September 30, 2014 and December 31, 2013:

 

    2014     2013  
Unsecured note payable bearing interest at 7.00%.  The note is payable in monthly interest only payments from May 1, 2012 to May 1, 2013, followed by principal and interest payments through May 1, 2015.  Paid in full during 2014.   $ -     $ 2,301  
                 
Unsecured note payable bearing interest at 6.00%.  The note is payable in monthly principal plus interest payments of $1,079 beginning March 1, 2014, maturing September 2016.  The note payable was considered paid in full with the transfer of 100,000 restricted shares in August 2014 (see note 7).     -       30,000  
                 
Note payable to Eurocan Holdings Ltd. bearing interest at 5.00%.  Principal and interest are due June 2015.  Note is secured by all assets of the Company.     149,980       -  
                 
Total notes payable     149,980       32,301  
Less current portion     (149,980 )     (2,301 )
Long-term portion of notes payable   $ -     $ 30,000  

 

6. Operating Leases

 

The Company leases its warehouse and tasting room space under an operating lease agreement which expires in March 2015. Monthly rent expense ranged from $1,392 to $1,460 during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013. At September 30, 2014, future minimum lease payments required under this operating lease are approximately $8,800.

 

In July 2014, the Company leased an additional warehouse space in Portland, Oregon. The lease term runs through October 2020 with an option to extend for an additional five years after the end of the initial term. Monthly rentals range from $6,000 to $24,000 after a $90,000 rental prepayment due in November 2014 and a period of free rent from November 2014 through January 2015. The lease is guaranteed by a member of the Company and its chief executive officer. At September 30, 2014, future minimum lease payments required under this operating lease are $1,500,000.

 

Total rent expense was approximately $52,000 and 12,000 for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and 2013, respectively.

 

7. Subsequent Events

 

In May 2014, the Company entered into an additional unsecured note payable agreement for $20,000, bearing interest at 6.00%. In June 2014, the Company agreed to transfer 100,000 restricted shares of the Company's stock to the holder of the unsecured notes payable (see note 5) no later than October 30, 2014 in full satisfaction of the notes payable. In August 2014, the unpaid principal balance of the unsecured notes payable totaling $46,853 was converted to equity.

 

F- 33
 

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

Notes to Unaudited Condensed Interim Financial Statements

 

September 30, 2014

 

On October 31, 2014, Eurocan Holdings Ltd. (“Eurocan”) consummated the acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Eastside pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Agreement”) by and among Eurocan, Eastside, and Eastside Distilling, Inc., Eurocan's wholly-owned subsidiary. Pursuant to the Agreement, Eastside merged with and into Eastside Distilling, Inc. The merger consideration for the acquisition consisted of 32,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of Eurocan's common stock. In addition, certain of Eurocan's stockholders cancelled an aggregate of 24,910,000 shares of Eurocan's common stock held by them. As a result, on October 31, 2014, Eurocan had 40,000,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, of which 32,000,000 shares were held by the former members of Eastside. Consequently, for accounting purposes, the transaction will be accounted for as a reverse acquisition, with Eastside as the acquirer. Subsequent to the consummation of the transaction, the historical financial statements of Eastside will become the historical financial statements of the combined company and the assets and liabilities of Eurocan will be accounted for as required under the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of Eurocan will be included in Eastside's financial statements from the closing date of acquisition.

 

On December 31, 2014, the Company completed an offering of 5,512,500 shares of common stock at a price of $0.40 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,205,000. The Company's CEO purchased 37,500 shares of common stock for $15,000 in the offering. 

 

F- 34
 

 

Eastside Distilling, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Balance Sheets

September 30, 2014

 

    Historical              
    Eastside
Distilling
    Eurocan
Holdings
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Consolidated
 
Assets                                
Current assets                                
Cash   $ 16,307     $ 229     $ -     $ 16,536  
Accounts receivable     49,014       5,240       -       54,254  
Interest receivable     -       2,241       (2,241 )(2)     -  
Inventories     223,655       -       -       223,655  
Note receivable     -       150,000       (150,000 )(2)     -  
Total current assets     288,976       157,710       (152,241 )     294,445  
Property and equipment - net     24,550       -       -       24,550  
Deposit     48,000       -       -       48,000  
Goodwill     -       -       3,239,126 (1)     3,239,126  
Total Assets   $ 361,526     $ 157,710     $ 3,086,885     $ 3,606,121  
                                 
Liabilities and Equity (Deficit)                                
Current liabilities                                
Accounts payable   $ 261,969     $ 38,100     $ -     $ 300,069  
Accrued liabilities     49,540       11,302       (2,241 )(2)     58,601  
Deferred revenue     -       2,860       -       2,860  
Due to related party     18,632       8,358       -       26,990  
Current portion of notes payable     149,980       76,945       (150,000 )(2)     76,925  
Convertible note payable, net of unamortized discount of $90,729     -       59,271       -       59,271  
Total current liabilities     480,121       196,836       (152,241 )     524,716  
                                 
Equity (deficit)                                
Common stock     -       3,291       (3,291 )(1)     4,000  
                      4,000 (1)     -  
Additional paid-in capital     -       340,441       (340,441 )(1)     3,196,000  
                      3,196,000 (1)     -  
Accumulated deficit     (118,595 )     (382,858 )     382,858 (1)     (118,595 )
Total equity (deficit)     (118,595 )     (39,126 )     3,239,126       3,081,405  
Total Liabilities and Equity (Deficit)   $ 361,526     $ 157,710     $ 3,086,885     $ 3,606,121  

 

See the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 35
 

 

Eastside Distilling, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014

 

    Historical              
    Eastside
Distilling
    Eurocan
Holdings
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Consolidated
 
                         
Sales   $ 738,639     $ 28,028     $ -     $ 766,667  
Less excise taxes     127,936       -       -       127,936  
Net sales     610,703       28,028       -       638,731  
Cost of sales     290,036       393       -       290,429  
Gross profit     320,667       27,635       -       348,302  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     584,447       73,381       -       657,828  
Loss from operations     (263,780 )     (45,746 )     -       (309,526 )
Other income (expense)                                
Interest income     -       2,241       (2,241 )(2)     -  
Interest expense     (3,308 )     (12,056 )     2,241 (2)     (13,123 )
Total other expense - net     (3,308 )     (9,815 )     -       (13,123 )
Net loss   $ (267,088 )   $ (55,561 )   $ -     $ (322,649 )
                                 
Net loss per share - basic and diluted           $ (0.00 )           $ (0.01 )
Number of common shares used in per share amounts             32,910,000               40,000,000  

  

See the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 36
 

 

Eastside Distilling, Inc.

Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated Statements of Operations

For the Year Ended December 31, 2013

 

    Historical              
    Eastside
Distilling
    Eurocan
Holdings
    Pro Forma
Adjustments
    Pro Forma
Consolidated
 
                         
Sales   $ 880,454     $ 64,036     $ -     $ 944,490  
Less excise taxes     138,897       -       -       138,897  
Net sales     741,557       64,036       -       805,593  
Cost of sales     303,220       8,216       -       311,436  
Gross profit     438,337       55,820       -       494,157  
Selling, general and administrative expenses     347,582       137,587       -       485,169  
Income (loss) from operations     90,755       (81,767 )     -       8,988  
Other income (expense)                                
Other income     -       10,742       -       10,742  
Interest expense     (1,552 )     (15,210 )     -       (16,762 )
Loss on disposal of property and equipment     (2,217 )     -       -       (2,217 )
Total other expense - net     (3,769 )     (4,468 )     -       (8,237 )
Net income (loss)   $ 86,986     $ (86,235 )   $ -     $ 751  
                                 
Net income (loss) per share - basic and diluted           $ (0.01 )           $ 0.00  
Number of common shares used in per share amounts             15,034,384               40,000,000  

 

See the accompanying notes to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements.

 

F- 37
 

 

Eastside Distilling, Inc.

 

Notes to Unaudited Pro Forma Condensed Consolidated

 

Financial Statements

 

1. Basis of Presentation

 

On October 31, 2014, Eurocan Holdings Ltd. (“Eurocan”) consummated the acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Eastside Distilling, LLC (“Eastside”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Agreement”) by and among Eurocan, Eastside, and Eastside Distilling, Inc., Eurocan's wholly-owned subsidiary. Pursuant to the Agreement, Eastside merged with and into Eastside Distilling, Inc. The merger consideration for the acquisition consisted of 32,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of Eurocan's common stock. In addition, certain of Eurocan's stockholders cancelled an aggregate of 24,910,000 shares of Eurocan's common stock held by them. As a result, on October 31, 2014, Eurocan had 40,000,000 shares of common stock issued and outstanding, of which 32,000,000 shares were held by the former members of Eastside. Consequently, for accounting purposes, the transaction will be accounted for as a reverse acquisition, with Eastside as the acquirer. Subsequent to the consummation of the transaction, the historical financial statements of Eastside will become the historical financial statements of the combined company and the assets and liabilities of Eurocan will be accounted for as required under the purchase method of accounting. The results of operations of Eurocan will be included in Eastside's consolidated financial statements from the closing date of acquisition.

 

The accompanying pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are unaudited and illustrate the effect of the Eastside reverse acquisition of Eurocan. The pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2014 are based on the historical balance sheets of Eastside and Eurocan as of that date and assume the acquisition took place on that date. The pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 and the year ended December 31, 2013 are based on the historical statements of operations of Eastside and Eurocan for those periods. The pro forma condensed consolidated statements of operations assume the acquisition took place on the first day of the respective periods, January 1, 2014 and January 1, 2013.

 

The pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements may not be indicative of the acquisition. In particular, the pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements are based on management's current estimate of the allocation of the purchase price, the actual allocation of which may differ.

 

The accompanying pro forma condensed consolidated financial statements should be read in connection with the historical financial statements of Eastside and Eurocan, including the related notes and other financial information included in the filing.

 

2. Pro Forma Adjustments

 

The pro forma adjustments to the unaudited pro forma condensed consolidated balance sheets are as follows:

 

(1) To reflect the reverse acquisition of Eurocan equal to the value of the stock retained by the stockholders of Eurocan in the merger. Eurocan stockholders will retain 8,000,000 shares of common stock valued at $0.40 per share based on Eurocan's stock price on the merger date of October 31, 2014.

 

(2) Adjustment to eliminate an intercompany note and related accrued interest between Eastside and Eurocan.

 

3. Pro Forma Net Income (Loss) Per Common Share

 

The unaudited pro forma basic and diluted net income (loss) per share are based on the assumption that the number of shares of Eurocan common stock issued in connection with the reverse acquisition of Eurocan were outstanding at the inception of the respective operating statements.

 

4. Subsequent Event

 

Spin-Off of Online Marketing and Media Solutions Business

 

On February 3, 2015, following consummation of the Acquisition, our new management conducted an evaluation of the online marketing and media solutions business (MWW) and an analysis of the business going forward. Management determined that due to MWW’s operating and net losses in each of the last two fiscal years, its working capital deficit as of the end of the latest fiscal year and as of the latest fiscal quarter, and its accumulated deficit, it was not in the best interest of the company and its stockholders to continue the operation of MWW going forward. Accordingly, on February 3, 2015, the company transferred all shares of MWW held by us along with all assets and liabilities related to MWW to Michael Williams in consideration of MWW’s and Mr. Williams’ full release of all claims and liabilities related to MWW and the MWW business. Mr. Williams is the sole officer, director and employee of MWW. The spin off of MWW will result in an impairment of goodwill related to recording the reverse merger of approximate $3.2 million in 2014.

 

F- 38
 

 

MANAGEMENT'S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS OF FINANCIAL CONDITION AND RESULTS OF
OPERATIONS OR PLAN OF OPERATION

 

This section of the Registration Statement includes a number of forward-looking statements that reflect our current views with respect to future events and financial performance. Forward-looking statements are often identified by words like believe, expect, estimate, anticipate, intend, project and similar expressions, or words which, by their nature, refer to future events. You should not place undue certainty on these forward-looking statements. These forward-looking statements are subject to certain risks and uncertainties that could cause actual results to differ materially from our predictions.

 

The following discussion should be read in conjunction with the consolidated financial statements and notes. In addition to historical information, this discussion and analysis contains forward-looking statements that involve risks, uncertainties and assumptions, which could cause actual results to differ materially from management's expectations.

 

Overview

 

We were incorporated on February 11, 2004 in Nevada as Eurocan Holdings, Ltd. Until closing of the Acquisition (described below), Eurocan operated solely as an online marketing and media solutions firm specializing in digital interactive media, which business was conducted through Eurocan’s wholly-owned subsidiary, Michael Williams Web Design Inc. of New York, NY (“MWW”).

 

On December 1, 2014, we changed our corporate name to “Eastside Distilling, Inc.” from Eurocan Holdings Ltd, to reflect our recent acquisition of Eastside resulting in us primarily conducting Eastside’s business (See “The Acquisition of Eastside Distilling, LLC” below).   Until February 3, 2015, we continued to operate our online marketing and media solutions’ business through MWW (See “Spin-Off of MWW” below).

 

The Acquisition of Eastside Distilling, LLC

 

On October 31, 2014, Eurocan Holdings Ltd. (“we,” “us,” or the “Company”) consummated the acquisition (the “Acquisition”) of Eastside Distilling, LLC (“Eastside”) pursuant to an Agreement and Plan of Merger (the “Agreement”) by and among the Company, Eastside, and Eastside Distilling, Inc., our wholly-owned subsidiary. Pursuant to the Agreement, Eastside merged with and into Eastside Distilling, Inc. The merger consideration for the acquisition consisted of 32,000,000 shares (the “Shares”) of our common stock.   In addition, certain of our stockholders cancelled an aggregate of 24,910,000 shares of our common stock held by them. As a result, we now have 40,000,000 shares of our common stock issued and outstanding, of which 32,000,000 shares are held by the former members of Eastside.  The issuance of these Shares was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to exemptions afforded by Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act, Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, and/or Regulation S promulgated thereunder.

 

At the effective time of the Acquisition, our officers and directors resigned, and appointed Steven Earles and Lenny Gotter as directors to our board of directors. In addition, the Company appointed Mr. Earles as Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer and Chairman and Mr. Gotter as Chief Operating Officer and Secretary.

 

Following the Acquisition, we conduct the business of Eastside as our primary business.

 

Eastside is a manufacturer, developer, producer and marketer of hand-crafted spirits in the following beverage alcohol categories: bourbon, whiskey, rum and vodka. Eastside currently distributes its products in five states (Oregon, Washington, Minnesota, Georgia and Pennsylvania).  Eastside also generates revenue from tastings, tasting room tours, private parties and merchandise sales from its distillery and showroom located on the Distillery Row in Portland, Oregon.

 

35
 

 

Spin-Off of MWW

 

Following consummation of the Acquisition, our new management conducted an evaluation of the MWW business and an analysis of the business going forward. Management determined that due to MWW’s operating and net losses in each of the last two fiscal years, its working capital deficit as of the end of the latest fiscal year and as of the latest fiscal quarter, and its accumulated deficit, it was not in the best interest of the company and its stockholders to continue the operation of MWW going forward. Accordingly, on February 3, 2015, we transferred all shares of MWW held by us along with all assets and liabilities related to MWW to Michael Williams in consideration of MWW’s and Mr. Williams’ full release of all claims and liabilities related to MWW and the MWW business.. Mr. Williams is the sole officer, director and employee of MWW. The spin off of MWW will result in the impairment of goodwill of approximately $3.2 million in 2014.

 

Recent Developments

 

On December 31, 2014, we completed an offering (the “Offering”) of 5,512,500 shares of our common stock, par value $0.0001 per share (“Common Stock”) at a price of $0.40 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,205,000. The Offering was made to accredited investors and was exempt from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”) pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. We intend to use the net proceeds from the Offering for the build-out of new facility, marketing expenditures, repayment of indebtedness and working capital and general corporate purposes. Steven Earles, our president and chief executive officer, purchased 37,500 shares of Common Stock in the Offering for $15,000 in cash in the Offering.

 

Corporate Information

 

Our executive offices are located at 1805 SE Martin Luther King Jr. Blvd., Portland, Oregon 97214. Our telephone number is (971) 888-4264 and our Internet address is www.eastsidedistilling.com . The information on, or that may be, accessed from our website is not part of this Prospectus.

 

PRESENTATION OF MANAGEMENT’S DISCUSSION AND ANALYSIS

 

Management's Discussion and Analysis of Financial Condition and Results of Operations for each of Eurocan Holdings Ltd., a Nevada Corporation (now known as Eastside Distilling, Inc.) and Eastside Distilling LLC, an Oregon limited liability company will be presented, on a separate basis.

 

Eurocan Holdings, Ltd. (now known as Eastside Distilling, Inc.—Results of Operations

Three Months Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to the Three Months Ended September 30, 2013

 

Revenue for the three months ended September 30, 2014 increased to $19,889 from $11,395 for the three months ended September 30, 2013. The increase in revenue can be directly attributed to an increase in contracts completed. During the three month period ended September 30, 2014, we completed 1 contract resulting in revenue of $19,889.

 

During the three month period ended September 30, 2014, cost of sales decreased to $178 from $1,352 for the same period in 2013. The decrease was due to a decreased need for specialized independent contractor services.

 

Operating expenses for the three months ended September 30, 2014 decreased to $17,842 compared to $32,628 for the three months ended September 30, 2013. This decrease is primarily due to a reduction in professional fees, general and administrative expenses, and management fees. The decrease in professional fees during the period was due to reduced legal and accounting fees related to regulatory compliance and the public offering of our securities. The decrease in general and administrative expense was a result of a reduced operations with commensurate reductions in utilities, travel, entertainment and office expenses. We did not pay rent during the period.

 

We had interest income of $1,887 during the three months ended September 30, 2014 related to our issuance of a promissory note to Eastside Distilling LLC in June 2014. We incurred $5,981 in interest expenses due to debt financing during the three months ended September 30, 2014, which is an increase from $ 4,418 for the same period in 2013.

 

36
 

 

We experienced a net loss of $2,225 during the three months ended September 30, 2014, as compared to a net loss of $27,003 for the three months ended September 30, 2013.

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2012

 

Revenue for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 decreased to $28,028 from $60,758 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The decrease in revenue can be directly attributed to a decrease in contracts completed. During the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, we completed 2 contracts resulting in revenue of $28,028.

 

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, cost of sales decreased to $393 from $7,479 for the same period in 2013. The decrease was due to a decreased need for specialized independent contractor services.

 

Operating expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 decreased to $73,381 compared to $114,775 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. This decrease is due to a reduced general and administrative expense, professional fees, management fees and rent. The decrease in professional fees during the period was due to reduced legal and accounting fees related to regulatory compliance and the public offering of our securities. The decrease in rent during the period was due to a rent-free period arranged with the Company’s landlord from June 1, 2013 through to December 31, 2013. The decrease in general and administrative expense was a result of decreased operations during the period with commensurate increases in utilities, travel, entertainment and office expenses.

 

We had interest income of $2,241 during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 related to our issuance of a promissory note to Eastside Distilling LLC in June 2014. We incurred $12,056 in interest expenses due to debt financing during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, which is an increase from $11,923 for the same period in 2013.

 

We experienced a net loss of $55,561 during the nine months ended September 30, 2014, as compared to a net loss of $69,014for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

 

Eurocan Holdings, Ltd. (now known as Eastside Distilling, Inc.—Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of September 30, 2014, our total assets were $157,710 comprised of $229 in cash, a note receivable for $150,000 $5,240 in accounts receivable and $2,241 in interest receivable. This is an increase in total assets from $618 as of December 31, 2013. Our working capital deficit as of September 30, 2014 was $129,423, compared to a working capital deficit of $77,315 as of December 31, 2013.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we used $77,328 of cash for operating activities compared to $56,008 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

 

Our cash flows from operations and our available capital are not presently sufficient to sustain our current level of operations for the next 12 months. Furthermore, we will require a minimum of $500,000 to expand and market our business. We plan to improve our cash position by focusing on increasing sales, improving profitability and a combination of capital sources, including debt and equity financings.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014 the Company received advances totaling $219,795 and issued twelve promissory notes to non-related parties. These notes are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand.

 

On June 17, 2014, the Company loaned the sum of $150,000 to Eastside Distilling LLC, an Oregon corporation. The loan accrues interest daily at the rate of 5% per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days and compounded monthly) from June 13, 2014. The loan matures on June 13, 2015, but it may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time prior to the maturity date.

 

On September 19, 2014, we amended the terms of the previously issued June 13, 2014 $150,000 demand note to include additional terms, including interest, conversion features and a maturity date. The amended note bears interest at 5% per annum and has a maturity date of June 13, 2015. The amended note may be converted into shares of our common stock at a fixed conversion price of $0.40 per share. This amended note may be prepaid upon payment of 150% of the outstanding principal amount to the holder.

 

37
 

 

On October 28, 2014, in connection with the closing of the Acquisition, noteholders with debt obligations in the aggregate amount of $86,014.10 cancelled these obligations and provided the Company with a release from all claims.

 

Eastside Distilling LLC.—Results of Operations

 

Nine Months Ended September 30, 2014 Compared to the Nine Months Ended September 30, 2013

 

Sales for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increased to $738,639, or approximately 28.6%, from $574,404 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. The increase in revenue is primarily attributable to additional liquor sales during the period.

 

Excise taxes for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increased to $127,936, or approximately 48.6%, from $86,121 for the comparable 2013 period. The increase is attributable to the increase in liquor sales during the period.

 

During the nine month period ended September 30, 2014, cost of sales increased to $290,036, or approximately 31.6%, from $220,429 for the comparable 2013 period. The increase is primarily attributable to the costs associated with our increased liquor sales in the period.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increased to $584,447, or approximately 128%, from $256,400 for the nine months ended September 30, 2013. This increase is primarily due to the hiring of additional sales personnel and event coordinators.

 

Interest expense increased to $3,308 during the nine months ended September 30, 2014 from $1,164 for the comparable 2013 period. The increase is attributable to increased borrowings during the 2014 period.

 

Eastside’s net loss for the nine months ended September 30, 2014 increased to $267,088 as compared to net income of $10,290 in the nine months ended September 30, 2013. Eastside’s increase in net loss is primarily attributable to Eastside’s increased selling, general and administrative expenses during the 2014 period.

 

Year Ended December 31, 2013 Compared to the Year Ended December 31, 2012

 

Sales for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased to $880,454, or approximately 154%, from $347,232 for the year ended December 31, 2012. The increase in revenue is primarily attributable to our increased liquor sales during the period.

 

Excise taxes for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased to $138,897, or approximately 101%, from $69,219 for the comparable 2012 period. The increase is attributable to the increase in liquor sales during the period.

 

During the year ended December 31, 2013, cost of sales increased to $303,220, or approximately 228%, from $92,359 for the comparable 2012 period. The increase is primarily attributable to the costs associated with our increased liquor sales in the period.

 

Selling, general and administrative expenses for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased to $347,582, or approximately 96.4%, from $176,947 for the year ended December 31, 2012. This increase is primarily due to the hiring of additional sales personnel and event coordinators.

 

Interest expense increased to $1,552 during the year ended December 31, 2013 from $1,240 for the comparable 2012 period. The increase is attributable to increased borrowings during the 2013 period. Eastside had a loss on asset disposal of $2,217 during the year ended December 31, 2013 related to product spillage. Eastisde did not have any such expense during the comparable 2012 period.

 

38
 

 

Eastside’s net income for the year ended December 31, 2013 increased to $86,986 from net income of $7,467 during the comparable 2012 period. The increase is attributable to increased sales during the period which was offset by increased expenses.

 

Eastside Distilling LLC—Liquidity and Capital Resources

 

As of September 30, 2014, our total assets were $361,526 comprised of $16,307 in cash, $49,014 in accounts receivables, $223,655 in inventories, $24,550 in property and equipment and $48,000 in deposits. This is an increase in total assets from $174,407 as of December 31, 2013. Our working capital deficit as of September 30, 2014 was $191,145, compared to working capital of $110,763 as of December 31, 2013.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, we used $171,265 of cash for operating activities compared to $2,161 of cash provided by operating activities for the nine months ended September 30, 2013.

 

Our cash flows from operations and our available capital are presently sufficient to sustain our current level of operations for the next 12 months. Furthermore, we will require a minimum of $5 million to expand and market our business. We plan to improve our cash position by focusing on increasing sales, improving profitability and a combination of capital sources, including debt and equity financings.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, the Company received advances totaling $169,980 and issued twelve promissory notes to non-related parties. These notes are non-interest bearing, unsecured and due on demand.

 

On June 17, 2014, Eurocan Holdings Ltd. loaned Eastside $150,000, which accrues interest daily at the rate of 5% per annum (computed on the basis of the actual number of days elapsed and a year of 360 days and compounded monthly) from June 13, 2014. The loan matures on June 13, 2015, but it may be prepaid in whole or in part at any time prior to the maturity date.

 

During the nine months ended September 30, 2014, our president paid expenses on behalf of Eastside Distilling LLC on his personal credit card totaling $18,632. These advances do not bear interest and are due on demand.

 

Critical Accounting Policies

 

Revenue Recognition

 

Eastside records revenue when all four of the following criteria are met: (i) there is persuasive evidence that an arrangement exists; (ii) delivery of the products and/or services has occurred; (iii) the selling price is fixed or determinable; and (iv) collectability is reasonably assured.

 

Eastside recognizes sales when merchandise is shipped from a warehouse directly to wholesale customers (except in the case of a consignment sale). For consignment sales, which include sales to the Oregon Liquor Control Commission (OLCC), the Company recognizes sales upon the consignee’s shipment to the customer. Postage and handling charges billed to customers are also recognized as sales upon shipment of the related merchandise. Shipping terms are generally FOB shipping point, and title passes to the customer at the time and place of shipment or purchase by customers at a retail location. For consignment sales, title passes to the consignee concurrent with the consignee’s shipment to the customer. The customer has no cancellation privileges after shipment or upon purchase at retail locations, other than customary rights of return. The Company excludes sales tax collected and remitted to various states from sales and cost of sales. Sales from items sold through the Company’s retail location are recognized at the time of sale.

 

Revenue received from online merchants who sell discounted gift certificates for Eastside’s merchandise and tastings is deferred until the customer has redeemed the discounted gift certificate or the gift certificate has expired, whichever occurs earlier.

 

39
 

 

Shipping and Fulfillment Costs

 

Freight costs incurred related to shipment of merchandise from Eastside’s distribution facilities to customers are recorded in cost of sales.

 

Concentrations

 

The Company sells to third-party resellers and performs ongoing credit evaluations of trade accounts receivable due from third-party resellers. Generally, the Company does not require collateral. An allowance for doubtful accounts is determined with respect to those amounts that the Company has determined to be doubtful of collection using specific identification of doubtful accounts and an aging of receivables analysis based on invoice due dates. Generally, accounts receivable are past due after 30 days after an invoice date, unless special payment terms are provided. Eastside did not record an allowance for doubtful accounts at December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company to concentrations of credit risk consist principally of accounts receivable. At December 31, 2013 and 2012, one customer represented 63% and 42% of accounts receivable, respectively.

 

For the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, one customer represented 36% and 37% of sales, respectively.

 

Inventories

 

Inventories primarily consist of bulk and bottled liquor and merchandise and are stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using an average costing methodology, which approximates cost under the first-in, first-out (FIFO) method. A portion of inventory is held by the OLCC on consignment until it is sold to a third party. Eastside regularly monitors inventory quantities on hand and records write-downs for excess and obsolete inventories based primarily on the Company’s estimated forecast of product demand and production requirements. Such write-downs establish a new cost basis of accounting for the related inventory. Eastside has recorded no write-downs of inventory for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012.

 

Advertising

 

Advertising costs are expensed as incurred. Advertising expense was approximately $56,000 and $53,000 for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, respectively, and is included in selling, general and administrative expenses in the accompanying statements of income.

 

Excise Taxes

 

Eastside is responsible for compliance with the TTB regulations which includes making timely and accurate excise tax payments. Eastside is subject to periodic compliance audits by the TTB. Individual states also impose excise taxes on alcohol beverages in varying amounts. Eastside calculates its excise tax expense based upon units produced and on its understanding of the applicable excise tax laws.

 

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

 

None.

 

40
 

 

SELECTED FINANCIAL DATA

 

Not applicable because we are a smaller reporting company.

 

SUPPLEMENTARY FINANCIAL INFORMATION

 

Not applicable because we are a smaller reporting company.

 

CHANGES IN AND DISAGREEMENTS WITH ACCOUNTANTS ON ACCOUNTING AND FINANCIAL
DISCLOSURE

 

Previous independent registered public accounting firm

 

On December 16, 2014, we dismissed MaloneBailey, LLP as our independent accountants, and we have engaged Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc. as our independent registered public accounting firm.

 

The reports of MaloneBailey, LLP on our financial statements for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 did not contain an adverse opinion or a disclaimer of opinion, nor were such reports qualified or modified as to uncertainty, audit scope or accounting principles, except that the accountant’s reports of MaloneBailey, LLP on our financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 stated that we have suffered losses from operations and have a working capital deficit, and that these conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern.

 

The decision to change accountants from MaloneBailey, LLP to Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc. was approved by our board of directors.

 

During our fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 and the subsequent interim period through December 16, 2014, the date of the dismissal of MaloneBailey, LLP, we did not have any disagreement with MaloneBailey, LLP on any matter of accounting principles or practices, financial statement disclosure, or auditing scope or procedure.

 

During that time, there were no “reportable events” as set forth in Item 304(a)(1) of Regulation S-K adopted by the Securities and Exchange Commission, except that (i) the accountant’s reports of MaloneBailey, LLP on our financial statements as of and for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013 stated that we have suffered losses from operations and have a working capital deficit, and that these conditions raise substantial doubt about our ability to continue as a going concern, (ii) our disclosure controls and procedures were not effective for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, as reported in our annual reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, and (iii) our management identified material weaknesses in our internal control over financial reporting for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013, as reported in our annual reports on Form 10-K for the fiscal years ended December 31, 2012 and 2013. The material weaknesses included weaknesses in procedures for control evaluation, a lack of an audit committee, insufficient documentation of review procedures, and insufficient information technology procedures. Our board of directors have discussed these matters with Malone Bailey, LLP, and we have authorized Malone Bailey, LLP to respond fully to the inquiries of our successor accountant, Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc., concerning these matters.

 

We have provided MaloneBailey, LLP with a copy of this report prior to its filing with the Commission. MaloneBailey, LLP has provided a letter to us, dated December 22, 2014 and addressed to the Commission, which is attached hereto as Exhibit 16.1 and is hereby incorporated herein by reference.

 

New independent registered public accounting firm

 

On December 16, 2014, we engaged Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc. as our independent registered public accounting firm for our fiscal year ended December 31, 2004. The decision to engage Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc. as our independent registered public accounting firm was approved by the our board of directors.

 

41
 

 

During the two most recent fiscal years and through the December 16, 2014, we have not consulted with Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc. regarding either of the following:

 

  1. the application of accounting principles to any specified transaction, either completed or proposed, or the type of audit opinion that might be rendered on our financial statements, and neither a written report was provided to us nor oral advice was provided that Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc. concluded was an important factor considered by us in reaching a decision as to the accounting, auditing or financial reporting issue; or

 

  2. any matter that was either the subject of a disagreement (as defined in paragraph (a)(1)(iv) of Item 304 of Regulation S-K and the related instructions thereto) or a reportable event (as described in paragraph (a)(1)(v) of Item 304 of Regulation S-K).

 

QUANTITATIVE AND QUALITATIVE DISCLOSURES ABOUT MARKET RISK

 

Not applicable because we are a smaller reporting company.

 

42
 

 

6,512,500 Common Shares

 

EASTSIDE DISTILLING, INC.

 

PROSPECTUS

 

YOU SHOULD RELY ONLY ON THE INFORMATION CONTAINED IN THIS DOCUMENT OR THAT WE HAVE REFERRED YOU TO. WE HAVE NOT AUTHORIZED ANYONE TO PROVIDE YOU WITH INFORMATION THAT IS DIFFERENT. THIS PROSPECTUS IS NOT AN OFFER TO SELL COMMON STOCK AND IS NOT SOLICITING AN OFFER TO BUY COMMON STOCK IN ANY STATE WHERE THE OFFER OR SALE IS NOT PERMITTED.

 

Until ___________, 2015, all dealers that effect transactions in these securities whether or not participating in this offering may be required to deliver a prospectus. This is in addition to the dealer’s obligation to deliver a prospectus when acting as underwriters and with respect to their unsold allotments or subscriptions.

 

The Date of This Prospectus Is:    _____ __, 2015

 

43
 

 

PART II — INFORMATION NOT REQUIRED IN THE PROSPECTUS

 

Item. 13 Other Expenses Of Issuance And Distribution.

 

The estimated costs of this offering are as follows:

 

Securities and Exchange Commission registration fee   $ 1,400  
Transfer Agent Fees*   $ 1,000  
Accounting fees and expenses*   $ 10,000  
Legal fees and expenses*   $ 25,000  
Edgar filing, printing and engraving fees*   $ 4,000  
TOTAL   $ 41,400  

 

*Indicates expenses that have been estimated for filing purposes.

 

All amounts are estimates other than the Securities and Exchange Commission’s registration fee.

 

All amounts are estimates other than the Commission’s registration fee. We are paying all expenses of the offering listed above. No portion of these expenses will be borne by the selling shareholders. The selling shareholders, however, will pay any other expenses incurred in selling their common stock, including any brokerage commissions or costs of sale.

 

Item. 14 Indemnification Of Directors And Officers.

 

Nevada law provides for discretionary indemnification for each person who serves as one of our directors or officers. We may indemnify such individuals against all costs, expenses and liabilities incurred in a threatened, pending or completed action, suit or proceeding brought because such individual is one of our officers or directors. Such individual must have conducted himself in good faith and reasonably believed that his conduct was in, or not opposed to, our best interests. In a criminal action, he must not have had a reasonable cause to believe his conduct was unlawful.

 

Article 5 of our Articles of Incorporation states as follows:

 

A director or officer of the Corporation shall not be personally liable to the Corporation or its stockholders for damages for breach of fiduciary duty as a director or officer, but this Article shall not eliminate or limit the liability of a director or officer for (i) acts or omissions which involve intentional misconduct, fraud or a knowing violation of law or (ii) the unlawful payment of distributions. Any repeal or modification of this Article by the stockholders of the Corporation shall be prospective only, and shall not adversely affect any limitation on the personal liability of a director or officer of the Corporation for acts or omissions prior to such repeal or modification.

 

Article 6 of our Articles of Incorporation states as follows:

 

Every person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to or is involved in any action, suit or proceedings, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative, by reason of the fact that he is or was a director or officer of the corporation, shall be indemnified and held harmless to the fullest extent legally permissible under the law of the State of Nevada from time to time against all expenses, liability and loss (including attorney's fees, judgments, fines and amounts paid or to be paid in settlement) reasonably incurred or suffered by him in connection therewith. Such right of indemnification shall be a contract right that may be enforced in any manner desired by such person. Such right of indemnification shall not be exclusive of any other right which such directors, officers or representatives may have or hereafter acquire and, without limiting the generality of such statement, they shall be entitled to their respective rights of indemnification under any Bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders, provision of law or otherwise, as well as their rights under this Article. Without limiting the application of the foregoing, the board of directors may adopt bylaws from time to time with respect to indemnification to provide at all times the fullest indemnification permitted by the law of the State of Nevada and may cause the corporation to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a director or officer of the corporation as a director of officer of another corporation, or as its representative in a partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise against any liability asserted against such person and incurred in any such capacity or arising out of such status, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person.

 

II- 1
 

 

Article VIII or our Amended and Restated Bylaws provides for the following indemnification:

 

01. Indemnification

 

The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any proceeding, whether civil, criminal, administrative or investigative (other than an action by or in the right of the Corporation) by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorneys' fees), judgment, fines and amounts paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with such action, suit or proceeding if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action or proceeding, had no reasonable cause to believe such person's conduct was unlawful. The termination of any action, suit or proceeding by judgment, order, settlement, conviction, or upon a plea of  nolo contendere  or its equivalent, shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and with respect to any criminal action proceeding, had reasonable cause to believe that such person's conduct was unlawful.

 

02. Derivative Action

 

The Corporation shall indemnify any person who was or is a party or is threatened to be made a party to any threatened, pending or completed action or suit by or in the right of the Corporation to procure a judgment in the Corporation's favor by reason of the fact that such person is or was a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against expenses (including attorney's fees) and amount paid in settlement actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection with the defense or settlement of such action or suit if such person acted in good faith and in a manner such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation, and, with respect to amounts paid in settlement, the settlement of the suit or action was in the best interests of the Corporation; provided, however, that no indemnification shall be made in respect of any claim, issue or matter as to which such person shall have been adjudged to be liable for gross negligence or wilful misconduct in the performance of such person's duty to the Corporation unless and only to the extent that, the court in which such action or suit was brought shall determine upon application that, despite circumstances of the case, such person is fairly and reasonably entitled to indemnity for such expenses as such court shall deem proper. The termination of any action or suit by judgment or settlement shall not, of itself, create a presumption that the person did not act in good faith and in a manner which such person reasonably believed to be in or not opposed to the best interests of the Corporation.

 

II- 2
 

 

03. Successful Defense

 

To the extent that a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or Agent of the Corporation has been successful on the merits or otherwise, in whole or in part in defense of any action, suit or proceeding referred to in Paragraphs .01 and .02 above, or in defense of any claim, issue or matter therein, such person shall be indemnified against expenses (including attorneys' fees) actually and reasonably incurred by such person in connection therewith.

 

04. Authorization

 

Any indemnification under Paragraphs .01 and .02 above (unless ordered by a court) shall be made by the Corporation only as authorized in the specific case upon a determination that indemnification of the Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent is proper in the circumstances because such person has met the applicable standard of conduct set forth in Paragraphs .01 and .02 above. Such determination shall be made (a) by the Board of Directors of the Corporation by a majority vote of a quorum consisting of Directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (b) is such a quorum is not obtainable, by a majority vote of the Directors who were not parties to such action, suit or proceeding, or (c) by independent legal counsel (selected by one or more of the Directors, whether or not a quorum and whether or not disinterested) in a written opinion, or (d) by the Stockholders. Anyone making such a determination under this Paragraph .04 may determine that a person has met the standards therein set forth as to some claims, issues or matters but not as to others, and may reasonably prorate amounts to be paid as indemnification.

 

05. Advances

 

Expenses incurred in defending civil or criminal action, suit or proceeding shall be paid by the Corporation, at any time or from time to time in advance of the final disposition of such action, suit or proceeding as authorized in the manner provided in Paragraph .04 above upon receipt of an undertaking by or on behalf of the Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent to repay such amount unless it shall ultimately be by the Corporation is authorized in this Section.

 

06. Nonexclusivity

 

The indemnification provided in this Section shall not be deemed exclusive of any other rights to which those indemnified may be entitled under any law, bylaw, agreement, vote of stockholders or disinterested Directors or otherwise, both as to action in such person's official capacity and as to action in another capacity while holding such office, and shall continue as to a person who has ceased to be a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent and shall inure to the benefit of the heirs, executors, and administrators of such a person.

 

07. Insurance

 

The Corporation shall have the power to purchase and maintain insurance on behalf of any person who is or was a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of the Corporation, or is or was serving at the request of the Corporation as a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of another corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, against any liability assessed against such person in any such capacity or arising out of such person's status as such, whether or not the corporation would have the power to indemnify such person against such liability.

 

II- 3
 

 

08. "Corporation" Defined

 

For purposes of this Section, references to the "Corporation" shall include, in addition to the Corporation, an constituent corporation (including any constituent of a constituent) absorbed in a consolidation or merger which, if its separate existence had continued, would have had the power and authority to indemnify its Directors, Trustees, Officers, employees or agents, so that any person who is or was a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of such constituent corporation or of any entity a majority of the voting Shares of which is owned by such constituent corporation or is or was serving at the request of such constituent corporation as a Director, Trustee, Officer, employee or agent of the corporation, partnership, joint venture, trust or other enterprise, shall stand in the same position under the provisions of this Section with respect to the resulting or surviving Corporation as such person would have with respect to such constituent corporation if its separate existence had continued.

 

09. Further Bylaws

 

The Board of Directors may from time to time adopt further bylaws with specific respect to indemnification and may amend these and such bylaws to provide at all times the fullest indemnification permitted by the General Corporation Law of the State of Nevada.

 

Disclosure of Commission Position of Indemnification for Securities Act Liabilities

 

Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Act, may be permitted to our directors, officers and controlling persons pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, we have been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable.

 

Item. 15 Recent Sales of Unregistered Securities

 

On February 10, 2015, we issued our Chief Marketing Officer an option to purchase 200,000 shares of stock at an exercise price of $1.85 pursuant to the terms of his employment agreement with us. The issuance was exempt under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”).

  

On December 31, 2014, we completed an offering (the “Offering”) of 5,512,500 shares of our common stock, par value $0.001 per share (“Common Stock”) at a price of $0.40 per share for an aggregate purchase price of $2,205,000. The Offering was made to accredited investors and was exempt from registration under the Securities Act pursuant to Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act and/or Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder. The Company intends to use the net proceeds from the Offering for the build-out of new facility, marketing expenditures, repayment of indebtedness and working capital and general corporate purposes.

 

On October 31, 2014, in connection with the closing of our acquisition of Eastside Distilling, LLC, we issued 32,000,000 shares of our common stock to the members of Eastside Distilling, LLC. The issuance of these shares was from registration under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended (the “Securities Act”), pursuant to exemptions afforded by Section 4(2) of the Securities Act, Rule 506 of Regulation D promulgated thereunder, and/or Regulation S promulgated thereunder.

 

In October 2014, Eastside Distilling agreed to issue an option to purchase 1,000,000 shares of our common stock to a third-party consultant at an exercise price of $0.40 per share in consideration of services rendered, which agreement was assumed by us upon closing of our acquisition of Eastside Distilling on October 31, 2014. The option was issued on February 10, 2015. The issuance was exempt under Section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

On September 19, 2014, we amended a previously issued non-interest bearing demand note in the amount of $150,000 issued on June 13, 2014 to include new terms including interest, conversion rights, a maturity date and a pre-payment penalty. The amended note bears interest at 5% per annum and has a maturity date of June 13, 2015. The amended note may be converted into shares of our common stock at a fixed conversion price of $0.40 per share. This note may be prepaid upon payment of 150% of the outstanding principal amount to the holder. We did not receive any proceeds for issuance of the amended note. The proceeds received from the original note were used for working capital and general corporate purposes. The issuance of the amended note was exempt under Section 4(a)(2) and Section 3(a)(9) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended.

 

II- 4
 

 

On November 9, 2013, an unrelated third party investor domiciled outside the United States (the “Investor”), delivered notice of its exercise of a right under a convertible debenture dated October 18, 2013 (the “Debenture”), to convert $202,000 in debt secured by the Debenture into 20,200,000 shares of our common stock (the “Shares”). The Shares were issued on November 13, 2013, in a transaction that was exempt from registration under section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Regulation S promulgated thereunder. We did not receive any proceeds from the issuance of the Shares.

 

On October 18, 2013, we issued an unsecured convertible note debenture in the principal amount of $202,000 to an unrelated party investor domiciled outside of the United States. Notes payable in the amount of $202,000 were assigned to the holder of the debenture. The convertible debenture agreement allowed the holder to convert any or the entire principal into fully paid and non-assessable shares of our common stock at a conversion rate equal to one common share for each $0.01 of indebtedness. The issuance was exempt from registration under section 4(a)(2) of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, and Regulation S promulgated thereunder.

 

Item 16. Exhibits.

 

Exhibit No.   Description
     
2.1   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated October 20, 2014 by and among Eurocan Holdings Ltd., Eastside Distilling, Inc., and Eastside Distilling, LLC., incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated October 20, 2014 and filed on October 23, 2014.
2.2   Agreement and Plan of Merger dated November 19, 2014 between Eurocan Holdings, Ltd. and Eastside Distilling, Inc. incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 19, 2014 and filed on November 25, 2014.
2.3   Separation and Share Transfer Agreement dated February 3, 2015 by and among Eastside Distilling, Inc., Michael Williams Web Design, Inc. and Michael Williams, incorporated by reference to our Current Report on 8-K dated February 3, 2015 and filed on February 5, 2015.
3.1   Amended and Restated Articles of Incorporation of Eurocan Holdings, Inc. (now known as Eastside Distilling, Inc.), incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on November 14, 2011 (File No. 333-177918).
3.2   Amended and Restated Bylaws of Eurocan Holdings, Inc. (now known as Eastside Distilling, Inc.), incorporated by reference to Registration Statement on Form S-1 filed on November 14, 2011 (File No. 333-177918).
3.3   Articles of Merger dated November 19, 2014 between of Eastside Distilling, Inc. and Eurocan Holdings, Ltd incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated November 19, 2014 and filed on November 25, 2014.
4.1   Amended 5% Convertible Note dated September 19, 2014, incorporated by reference to our Quarterly Report on Form 10-Q for the period ended September 30, 2014
5.1   Legal Opinion of Indeglia & Carney, LLP (2)
10.1   Form of Subscription Agreement, incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 31, 2014 and filed on January 5, 2015.
10.2   Registration Rights Agreement, incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated December 31, 2014 and filed on January 5, 2015.
10.3   Lease Agreement dated July 17, 2014 between PJM Bldg. II LLC and Eastside Distilling LLC. (1)
10.4   2015 Stock Incentive Plan of Eastside Distilling, Inc. (1)
10.5   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2015 between Steven Earles and Eastside Distilling, Inc., incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2015 and filed on February 10, 2015.

 

II- 5
 

 

10.6   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2015 between Steven Earles and Eastside Distilling, Inc., incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2015 and filed on February 10,  2015.
10.7   Employment Agreement dated February 6, 2015 between Steven Earles and Eastside Distilling, Inc., incorporated by reference to our Current Report on Form 8-K dated February 6, 2015 and filed on February 10, 2015
10.8   Lease Agreement with Oregon City Building Limited Partnership (1)
10.9   Specialty Lease Agreement dated January 20, 2205 between RPR Washington Square LLC and Eastside Distilling (1)
10.10   License Agreement dated October 10, 2014 between Clackamas Town Center and Eastside Distilling (1)
14   Code of Ethics (1)
23.1   Consent of MaloneBailey, LLP (1)
23.2   Consent of Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc. (1)
23.3   Consent of Indeglia & Carney, LLP (filed as part of Exhibit 5.1) (2)
     
101.INS   XBRL Instance Document ***
101.SCH   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Schema Document ***
101.CAL   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Calculation Linkbase Document ***
101.DEF   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Definition Linkbase Document  ***
101.LAB   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Label Linkbase Document  ***
101.PRE   XBRL Taxonomy Extension Presentation Linkbase Document  ***

 

(1) Filed herewith
(2) To be filed by amendment 
*** Pursuant to Rule 406T of Regulation S-T, the Interactive Data Files on Exhibit 101 hereto are deemed not filed or part of a registration statement or prospectus for purposes of Sections 11 or 12 of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, are deemed not filed for purposes of Section 18 of the Securities and Exchange Act of 1934, as amended, and otherwise are not subject to liability under those sections.

  

Item 17. Undertakings.

 

The undersigned registrant hereby undertakes:

 

(1)          To file, during any period in which offers or sales are being made, a post-effective amendment to this registration statement:

 

i.          To include any prospectus required by section 10(a)(3) of the Securities Act of 1933;

 

ii.          To reflect in the prospectus any facts or events arising after the effective date of the registration statement (or the most recent post-effective amendment thereof) which, individually or in the aggregate, represent a fundamental change in the information set forth in the registration statement. Notwithstanding the foregoing, any increase or decrease in volume of securities offered (if the total dollar value of securities offered would not exceed that which was registered) and any deviation from the low or high end of the estimated maximum offering range may be reflected in the form of prospectus filed with the Commission pursuant to Rule 424(b) if, in the aggregate, the changes in volume and price represent no more than 20% change in the maximum aggregate offering price set forth in the "Calculation of Registration Fee" table in the effective registration statement.

 

iii.          To include any material information with respect to the plan of distribution not previously disclosed in the registration statement or any material change to such information in the registration statement;

 

(2)          That, for the purpose of determining any liability under the Securities Act of 1933, each such post-effective amendment shall be deemed to be a new registration statement relating to the securities offered therein, and the offering of such securities at that time shall be deemed to be the initial bona fide offering thereof.

 

(3)          To remove from registration by means of a post-effective amendment any of the securities being registered which remain unsold at the termination of the offering.

 

II- 6
 

 

(4)          Insofar as indemnification for liabilities arising under the Securities Act of 1933 may be permitted to directors, officers and controlling persons of the registrant pursuant to the foregoing provisions, or otherwise, the registrant has been advised that in the opinion of the Securities and Exchange Commission such indemnification is against public policy as expressed in the Act and is, therefore, unenforceable. In the event that a claim for indemnification against such liabilities (other than the payment by the registrant of expenses incurred or paid by a director, officer or controlling person of the registrant in the successful defense of any action, suit or proceeding) is asserted by such director, officer or controlling person in connection with the securities being registered, the registrant will, unless in the opinion of its counsel the matter has been settled by controlling precedent, submit to a court of appropriate jurisdiction the question whether such indemnification by it is against public policy as expressed in the Act and will be governed by the final adjudication of such issue.

 

(5)          Each prospectus filed pursuant to Rule 424(b) as part of a registration statement relating to an offering, other than registration statements relying on Rule 430B or other than prospectuses filed in reliance on Rule 430A, shall be deemed to be part of and included in the registration statement as of the date it is first used after effectiveness. Provided, however, that no statement made in a registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement or made in a document incorporated or deemed incorporated by reference into the registration statement or prospectus that is part of the registration statement will, as to a purchaser with a time of contract of sale prior to such first use, supersede or modify any statement that was made in the registration statement or prospectus that was part of the registration statement or made in any such document immediately prior to such date of first use.

 

(6)          That, for the purpose of determining liability of the registrant under the Securities Act of 1933 to any purchaser in the initial distribution of the securities: The undersigned registrant undertakes that in a primary offering of securities of the undersigned registrant pursuant to this registration statement, regardless of the underwriting method used to sell the securities to the purchaser, if the securities are offered or sold to such purchaser by means of any of the following communications, the undersigned registrant will be a seller to the purchaser and will be considered to offer or sell such securities to such purchaser:

 

i.          Any preliminary prospectus or prospectus of the undersigned registrant relating to the offering required to be filed pursuant to Rule 424;

 

ii.          Any free writing prospectus relating to the offering prepared by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant or used or referred to by the undersigned registrant;

 

iii.          The portion of any other free writing prospectus relating to the offering containing material information about the undersigned registrant or its securities provided by or on behalf of the undersigned registrant; and

 

iv.          Any other communication that is an offer in the offering made by the undersigned registrant to the purchaser.

 

II- 7
 

 

SIGNATURES

 

In accordance with the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, the registrant certifies that it has reasonable grounds to believe that it meets all of the requirements for filing on Form S-1 and authorized this registration statement to be signed on its behalf by the undersigned on February 11, 2015.

 

  EASTSIDE DISTILLING, INC.
     
  By:     /s/ Steven Earles
    Steven Earles
    President, Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial
Officer and Director
    (Principal Executive and Financial and Accounting
Officer)

 

POWER OF ATTORNEY

 

KNOW ALL PERSONS BY THESE PRESENTS, that each person whose signature appears below hereby constitutes and appoints Steven Earles, as his true and lawful attorneys-in-fact and agents, each with full power of substitution, for him or her in any and all capacities, to sign any and all amendments to this registration statement (including post-effective amendments), and to file the same, with all exhibits thereto and other documents in connection therewith, with the SEC, granting unto said attorneys-in-fact and agents, with full power of each to act alone, full power and authority to do and perform each and every act and thing requisite and necessary to be done in connection therewith, as fully for all intents and purposes as he or she might or could do in person, hereby ratifying and confirming all that said attorneys-in-fact and agents, or his or their substitute or substitutes, may lawfully do or cause to be done by virtue hereof.

 

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, this Registration Statement has been signed by the following person in the capacities and on the date indicated.

 

Signatures   Title   Date
         
/s/Steven Earles   President, Chief Executive Officer,   February 11, 2015
Steven Earles   Chief Financial Officer, and director    
    (Principal Executive and Financial    
    And Accounting Officer)    
         
/s/ Lenny Gotter   Chief Operating Officer, Secretary   February 11, 2015
Lenny Gotter   and director    
         
/s/ Martin Kunkel   Chief Marketing Officer and director   February 11, 2015
Martin Kunkel        

 

II- 8

 

 

Exhibit 10.3

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

PJM BLDG. II LLC, an Oregon limited liability company

 

(Landlord)

 

and

 

Eastside Distilling, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company

 

(Tenant)

 

Dated: July 17, 2014

 

 
 

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

ARTICLE I: DEFINITIONS 1
1.1 Defined Terms 1
   
ARTICLE II: PREMISES LEASED 2
2.1 Premises 2
   
ARTICLE III : IMPROVEMENTS 3
3.1 Premises As-Is 3
   
ARTICLE IV: TERM; Early access; contingency 3
4.1 Term 3
4.2 Early Access 3
4.3 OLCC Contingency 3
4.4 Option to Extend 3
   
ARTICLE V: RENT 4
5.1 Base Rent 4
5.2 Abated Rent 5
5.3 Additional Rent 5
5.4 Late Payment 5
5.5 Security Deposit 5
5.6 Net Lease 6
   
ARTICLE VI: operating expenses AND PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES 6
6.1 Operating Expenses 6
6.2 Real Property Taxes 6
6.3 Tenant’s Personal Property Taxes 7
   
ARTICLE VII: INSURANCE 7
7.1 Landlord's Insurance 7
7.2 Tenant’s Public Liability 7
7.3 Tenant’s Property and Other Insurance 7
7.4 Form of Insurance/Certificates 7
7.5 Tenant’s Failure 8
7.6 Waiver of Subrogation 8
7.7 Tenant’s Properties and Fixtures 8
7.8 Indemnification 8
7.9 Damage to Tenant’s Property 9
   
ARTICLE VIII: REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE 9
8.1 Repairs and Maintenance 9
8.2 Utilities and Services 9
8.3 Non-liability of Landlord 9
8.4 Inspection of Premises 9
   
ARTICLE IX: FIXTURES, PERSONAL PROPERTY AND ALTERATIONS 10
9.1 Fixtures and Personal Property 10
9.2 Tenant’s Work 10
9.3 Alterations 10
9.4 Liens 11
   
ARTICLE X: USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS 11
10.1 General Use and Compliance with Laws 11
10.2 Liquor Service 11
10.3 Hazardous Materials 12
10.4 Signs 13

 

i
 

 

ARTICLE XI: DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION 13
11.1 Reconstruction 13
11.2 Excessive Damage or Destruction 13
11.3 Uninsured Casualty 13
11.4 Mortgagee’s Right 14
11.5 Damage Near End of Term 14
   
ARTICLE XII: EMINENT DOMAIN 14
   
ARTICLE XIII: DEFAULT 14
13.1 Events of Default 14
13.2 Remedies 15
13.3 Landlord’s Default 16
   
ARTICLE XIV: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING 16
14.1 Prohibition 16
14.2 Scope 16
14.3 Waiver 17
14.4 Change in Control 17
   
ARTICLE XV: ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE, ATTORNMENT AND SUBORDINATION 17
15.1 Estoppel Certificates 17
15.2 Attornment 17
15.3 Subordination 17
15.4 Recording 17
   
ARTICLE XVI: MISCELLANEOUS 18
16.1 Notices 18
16.2 Successors Bound 18
16.3 Waiver 18
16.4 Subdivision and Easements 18
16.5 Accord and Satisfaction 18
16.6 Limitation of Landlord’s Liability 18
16.7 Survival 18
16.8 Attorneys’ Fees 19
16.9 Captions; Article Numbers; Construction 19
16.10 Severability 19
16.11 Applicable Law 19
16.12 Submission of Lease 19
16.13 Holding Over 19
16.14 No Nuisance 19
16.15 Broker; Agency Disclosure 19
16.16 Landlord’s Right to Perform 20
16.17 Assignment by Landlord 20
16.18 Entire Agreement 20
16.19 Financial Covenants 20
16.20 Consents 20
16.21 Exhibits 20
16.22 Time 20
16.23 Authority to Bind Landlord 21
16.24 Authority to Bind Tenant 21
16.25 Interpretation 21
16.26 Excused Delays 21
16.27 USA Patriot Act and Anti-Terrorism Laws 21
16.28 Amendment 22
16.29 Guaranty 22
16.30 Execution; Counterpart; Signature Transmitted 22
16.31 Effective Date 22

 

ii
 

 

LEASE AGREEMENT

 

THIS LEASE AGREEMENT (“Lease”) dated as of the Effective Date (defined in Section 16.31 below), is made by and between PJM Bldg. II LLC, an Oregon limited liability company (“Landlord”), and Eastside Distilling, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company (“Tenant”).

 

ARTICLE I: DEFINITIONS

 

1.1            Defined Terms. The following terms shall have the meanings specified in this Section, unless

otherwise specifically provided. Other terms may be defined in other parts of the Lease.

 

(a) Landlord:   PJM Bldg. II LLC
       
(b) Landlord’s Address:  

c/o Wyse Investment Services Co.

1501 SW Taylor Street, Suite 100

Portland, OR 97205

 

Telephone: (503) 294-0400

Facsimile: (503) 227-2507

       
  With a Copy to:  

Ball Janik LLP

101 SW Main Street, Suite 1100

Portland, OR 97204

Attn: Bradley S. Miller

Telephone: (503) 228-2525

Facsimile: (503) 295-1058

       
(c) Landlord’s Address for payment of Rent  

1501 SW Taylor Street, Suite 100

Portland, OR 97205

       
(d) Tenant:   Eastside Distilling, LLC
       
(e) Tenant’s Address:  

1805 SE Martin Luther King

Portland, OR 97214

Telephone: 503-926-7060

Email: steven@eastsidedistilling.com

       
(f) Tenant’s Use:   Distillery and tasting room and related purposes and for no other purpose
       
(g) Building:   That certain building located at 1805 SE Martin Luther King Blvd., Portland, OR 97214
       
(h) Premises:   The entire Building, which contains approximately 27,958 square feet of first floor space, including approximately 2,500 square feet of office and tasting room space as well as 13,213 square feet of mezzanine space for a total of 41,171 square feet, along with the parking lot located north of the Building and surrounding landscaped, trash and loading areas, all as more particularly shown on Exhibit A and legally described on Exhibit A-l attached hereto.

 

1
 

 

 

(i) Term:   Commencing on November 1,2014 and expiring on October 31,2020, subject to Tenant’s Option to Extend the Term as provided in Section 4.4 below.
       
(j) Base Rent:    

 

Months   Monthly Installments  
       
November 1, 2014 - January 31, 2015   $ 0.00  
February 1, 2015 - April 30, 2015   $ 6,000.00  
May 1, 2015 - October 31, 2015   $ 12,000.00  
November 1, 2015 - October 31, 2016   $ 20,000.00  
November 1, 2016 - October 31, 2017   $ 21,000.00  
November 1, 2017 - October 31, 2018   $ 22,000.00  
November 1, 2018 - October 31, 2019   $ 23,000.00  
November 1, 2019 - October 31, 2020   $ 24,000.00  

 

(k) Security Deposit:   $48,000.00
       
(l) Pre-Paid Rent:   $90,000.00 which shall be due and payable November 1, 2014, as set forth in Section 5.3 below
       
(m) Guarantors:  

Lenny Gotter, an individual

Steven Earles, an individual

       
(n) Address of Guarantors:  

Lenny Gotter

5812 SE Bush Street

Portland, OR 97206

 

Steven Earles

74068 College View Circle West

Palm Desert, CA 92211

       
(o) Broker(s):  

NAI Norris, Beggs & Simpson, representing Landlord

(“Landlord’s Broker”)

 

CBRE, Inc., representing Tenant (“Tenant’s Broker”)

       
(p) Exhibits:   Exhibit A: Site Plan of Premises
      Exhibit A-1: Legal Description
      Exhibit B: Guaranty
      Exhibit C: Tenant’s Work

 

ARTICLE II: PREMISES LEASED

 

2.1            Premises.

 

(a)          Landlord hereby leases to Tenant, and Tenant hereby leases from Landlord, subject to the provisions of this Lease, the Premises.

 

(b)          The area of the Premises specified in Section 1.1 is approximate. Tenant is satisfied with such approximations and with Landlord’s measurement of the areas of the Premises. Tenant acknowledges that, except as otherwise expressly set forth in this Lease, neither Landlord nor any agent, property manager or broker of Landlord has made any representation or warranty with respect to the Premises and that the Premises is leased in its “As-Is” condition existing at the time of execution of this Lease.

 

2
 

 

ARTICLE III: IMPROVEMENTS

 

3.1            Premises As-ls. Tenant is familiar with the condition of the Premises and is leasing the Premises in its “As-ls” condition and Landlord shall have no obligations to make any improvements to the Premises.

 

ARTICLE IV: TERM; EARLY ACCESS; CONTINGENCY

 

4.1            Term. The Term shall commence on the Commencement Date, as set forth in Section 1.1 (i). The Term shall expire upon the date set forth in Section 1.1 (i), unless sooner terminated as hereinafter provided.

 

4.2            Early Access. Tenant shall have the right to occupy the Premises as of the mutual execution and delivery of this Lease by Landlord and Tenant and the payment of the Security Deposit as required herein. Such early access to the Premises by Tenant shall be solely for the purpose of performing Tenant’s Work (defined below) in accordance with the terms of this Lease, provided however, no construction may begin in the Premises until the OLCC Contingency (defined below) has been satisfied, deemed waived or waived in writing by Tenant in the Premises and such early access shall be subject to the following conditions: (i) prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises, Tenant provides Landlord with proof that Tenant has the insurance that Tenant is required to maintain under this Lease, (ii) prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises, Tenant provides Landlord with such evidence as reasonably required that Tenant has received all required governmental approvals to enter the Premises, (iii) prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises, Tenant provides Landlord with contractor’s licenses, insurance and bonds for all contractors entering the Premises in connection with any work to be performed on by Tenant in the Premises, (iv) Tenant shall be responsible for paying all utilities and operating costs during such early access period and (v) all terms and conditions of this Lease shall be in full force and effect, except for Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent.

 

4.3            OLCC Contingency. Tenant’s obligations under this Lease are subject to Tenant securing a liquor license from the Oregon Liquor Control Commission (the “OLCC”) pertaining to the Premises (the “OLCC Contingency”). Tenant shall apply for a the necessary liquor license required by OLCC for Tenant’s Permitted Use immediately following the mutual execution of this Lease and thereafter use Tenant’s best efforts to obtain such liquor license as soon as practicable. If Tenant fails to obtain such liquor license by the date which is sixty (60) days after the Effective Date (the “Contingency Expiration Date”), Tenant may terminate this Lease by written notice to Landlord; provided if Tenant fails to so terminate this Lease on or before 5:00 pm on the Contingency Expiration Date, Tenant shall automatically be deemed to have waived the OLCC Contingency and this Lease shall remain in full force and effect. If Tenant terminates this Lease because it is unable to obtain the OLCC license, Landlord shall be entitled to retain Twenty-Four Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($24,000.00) of the Security Deposit, as the reasonable costs and fees incurred by Landlord hereunder, but will return the balance of the Security Deposit and any Pre-Paid Rent promptly within seven (7) days of Tenant’s written notice.

 

4.4            Option to Extend. Landlord hereby grants Tenant the right to extend the Term of the Lease for one (1) additional period of five (5) years (such extended period is hereinafter referred to as the “Extended Term”) on the same terms and conditions contained in the Lease, except that (i) Base Rent for the Extended Term shall be as set forth herein below, (ii) no additional options to extend shall apply following the expiration of the Extended Term, and (iii) Landlord shall have no obligation to make any improvements to the Premises or contribute any amounts therefor. Written notice of Tenant’s exercise of its option to extend (“Option to Extend”) the Term of this Lease for the Extended Term must be given to Landlord no more than twelve (12) months and no less than nine (9) months prior to the date the Term of the Lease would otherwise expire. If Tenant is in default under this Lease, Tenant shall have no Option to Extend the Term of this Lease until such default is cured within the cure period set forth in this Lease for such default, if any; provided, that the period of time within which said Option to Extend may be exercised shall not be extended or enlarged by reason of Tenant’s inability to exercise said Option to Extend because of a default. In the event Tenant validly exercises its Option to Extend the Term of this Lease as herein provided, Base Rent shall be adjusted as of the commencement date of the Extended Term as follows (but in no event shall it be less than the Base Rent for the month immediately prior to the commencement of the Extended Term):

 

3
 

 

(a)          Not later than six (6) months prior to the commencement of an Extended Term, Landlord shall provide Tenant with Landlord’s determination of the fair market Base Rent for such Extended Term, including periodic increases as dictated by the current market (“Landlord’s Determination of Base Rent for Extended Term”). Tenant shall provide notice to Landlord within ten (10) days after receipt of such notice from Landlord as to whether Tenant accepts Landlord’s Determination of Base Rent for Extended Term. In the event Tenant does not agree to Landlord’s Determination of Base Rent for the Extended Term, Landlord and Tenant shall attempt to agree upon Base Rent for the Premises for the Extended Term, such rent to be the fair market Base Rent, as defined in Subsection (c) below. If the parties are unable to agree upon the Base Rent for the Extended Term by the date three (3) months prior to the commencement of the Extended Term, then within ten (10) days thereafter each party, at its own cost and by giving notice to the other party, shall appoint a real estate appraiser with at least five (5) years full- time commercial real estate appraisal experience in the area in which the Premises are located to appraise and set Base Rent for the Extended Term. If a party does not appoint an appraiser within ten (10) days after the other party has given notice of the name of its appraiser, the single appraiser appointed shall be the sole appraiser and shall set Base Rent for the Extended Term. If each party shall have so appointed an appraiser, the two (2) appraisers shall meet promptly and attempt to set the Base Rent for the Extended Term. If the two (2) appraisers are unable to agree within thirty (30) days after the second appraiser has been appointed, they shall attempt to select a third appraiser meeting the qualifications herein stated within ten (10) days after the last day the two (2) appraisers are given to set Base Rent. If the two (2) appraisers are unable to agree on the third appraiser within such ten (10) day period, either of the parties to this Lease, by giving five (5) days’ notice to the other party, may apply to the Arbitration Service of Portland for the selection of a third appraiser meeting the qualifications stated in this Section. Each of the parties shall bear one-half (1/2) of the cost of appointing the third appraiser and of paying the third appraiser’s fee. The third appraiser, however selected, shall be a person who has not previously acted in any capacity for either party.

 

(b)          The fair market Base Rent shall be fixed by the appraisers) in accordance with the following procedure. Each party-appointed appraiser shall state, in writing, such appraiser’s determination of the fair market Base Rent supported by the reasons therefor and shall make counterpart copies for the other party-appointed appraiser and any neutral appraiser. The party-appointed appraisers shall arrange for a simultaneous exchange of their proposed fair market Base Rent determinations. The role of any neutral appraiser shall be to select whichever of the two (2) proposed determinations of fair market Base Rent most closely approximate the neutral appraiser’s own determination of fair market Base Rent. The neutral appraiser shall have no right to propose a middle ground or any modification of either of the two (2) proposed determinations of fair market Base Rent. The determination of fair market Base Rent the neutral appraiser chooses as that most closely approximating the neutral appraiser’s determination of the fair market Base Rent shall constitute the decision of the appraisers and shall be final and binding upon the parties. The appraisers shall have no power to modify the provisions of this Lease.

 

(c)          For purposes of the appraisal, the term “fair market Base Rent” shall mean the price that a ready and willing tenant would pay, as of the Extended Term commencement date, as a base rent to a ready and willing landlord of industrial premises comparable to the Premises, in terms of size, quality and comparable term, in their then-improved state (excluding the value of Tenant’s Work, other than any base building improvements), in the Portland, Oregon market, if such premises were exposed for lease on the open market for a reasonable period of time; including any rent increases over the Extended Term. In no event shall there be deducted from such fair market rental the value of any concessions, including without limitation, commission and/or “down time.”

 

(d)          Any neutral appraiser’s decision shall be made not later than thirty (30) days after the submission by the appraisers of their proposals with respect to the fair market Base Rent. The parties have included these time limits in order to expedite the proceeding, but they are not jurisdictional, and the neutral appraiser may for good cause allow reasonable extensions or delays, which shall not affect the validity of the award. Absent fraud, collusion or willful misconduct by the neutral appraiser, the award shall be final, and judgment may be entered in any court having jurisdiction thereof. The Option to Extend the Lease hereby granted is personal to the entity executing this Lease as tenant and is not transferable; in the event of any assignment or subletting under this Lease, the Option to Extend the Lease shall automatically terminate and shall thereafter be null and void.

 

ARTICLE V: RENT

 

5.1            Base Rent. The Base Rent (“Base Rent”) shall be as set forth in Section 1.1 (j). The Base Rent shall be paid in advance on the first day of each and every month during the Term to Landlord at the address set forth in Section 1.1(c) hereof or at such other place as Landlord may direct in writing, without any prior notice or demand therefor and without any abatement, deduction, offset, or setoff whatsoever. If the Term commences on any day other than the first day of a calendar month and/or ends on any day other than the last day of a calendar month, Base Rent for the fraction(s) of a month at the commencement and/or upon the expiration of the Term shall be prorated based upon the actual number of days in such fractional month(s).

 

4
 

 

5.2            Abated Rent. As reflected in Section 1.1 (j), (a) Tenant shall have no obligation to pay monthly Base Rent for the first three (3) full months of the Term, commencing with the Commencement Date resulting in an abatement of monthly Base Rent in the amount of Twenty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($20,000.00) per month and (b) Base Rent during the next three (3) full months of the Term shall be partially abated resulting in an abatement of monthly Base Rent in the amount of Fourteen Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($14,000.00) per month and (c) Base Rent during the next six (6) full months of the Term shall be partially abated resulting in an abatement of monthly Base Rent in the amount of Eight Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($8,000.00) per month (the “Abated Rent Period”) resulting in an aggregate abatement of monthly Base Rent in the amount of One Hundred Fifty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($150,000.00). If this Lease is terminated during such Abated Rent Period, Tenant shall not be entitled to any such rent abatement after the date of termination nor shall Tenant be entitled to assert any right to rent abatement after such termination against any sums due Landlord. The rent abatement granted under this Section is solely for the benefit of the entity executing this Lease as tenant and is not transferable to any assignee or subtenant. In the event of a default by Tenant under the terms of this Lease which results in early termination pursuant to the provisions hereof, then as a part of the recovery to which Landlord shall be entitled shall be included a portion of such rent which was abated under the provisions of this Section, which portion shall be determined by multiplying the total amount of rent which was abated under this Section by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of months remaining in the Term of the Lease at the time of such default and the denominator of which is the number of months during the Term of the Lease that Tenant is obligated to pay monthly Base Rent. Notwithstanding the foregoing, during the Abated Rent Period, Tenant shall pay all utilities and operating costs.

 

5.3            Additional Rent. In addition to Base Rent, Tenant shall pay to Landlord all sums of money or other charges required to be paid by the Tenant under this Lease other than Base Rent (all such sums being herein deemed “Additional Rent”), and whether or not the same are designated “Additional Rent” the same shall be payable in lawful money of the United States of America without deduction, set-off or abatement whatsoever. Any Additional Rent provided for in this Lease shall become due with the next monthly installment of Base Rent unless otherwise provided. The term “Rent”, as used in this Lease, shall refer collectively to “Base Rent” and “Additional Rent.” Prior to the Commencement Date, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the sum set forth in Section 1.1(1) for the Base Rent due under the Lease for the first twelve (12) after the Commencement Date.

 

5.4            Late Payment. If any payment of Rent is not received by Landlord within five (5) days after the same is due, Tenant shall pay to Landlord a late payment charge equal to five percent (5%) of the amount of such delinquent payment of Rent in addition to the installment of Rent then owing, regardless of whether or not a notice of default has been given by Landlord. In addition, Tenant shall pay interest on such late payment and late charge from the due date of the late payment at an interest rate equal to twelve percent (12%), but in no event higher than the maximum rate permitted by applicable law (hereafter the “Default Rate”), until such amounts are paid. Landlord and Tenant recognize that the damages which Landlord will suffer as a result of Tenant’s failure to timely pay Rent are difficult or impracticable to ascertain, and agree that said interest and late charge are a reasonable approximation of the damages which Landlord will suffer in the event of Tenant’s late payment. This provision shall not relieve Tenant from payment of Rent at the time and in the manner herein specified. Acceptance by Landlord of any such interest and late charge shall not constitute a waiver of Tenant’s default with respect to said overdue amount, nor shall it prevent Landlord from exercising any other rights or remedies available to Landlord.

 

5.5            Security Deposit. Tenant will simultaneously with execution of this Lease, deposit with Landlord the sum specified in Section 1. l(k) of this Lease. This sum shall belong to Landlord and shall constitute partial consideration for the execution of this Lease. Landlord shall pay Tenant the remaining balance thereof, without any liability for interest thereon, within thirty (30) days after the expiration or prior termination of the Lease Term, or any extension thereof, if and only if Tenant has fully performed all of its obligations under the terms of this Lease. Landlord shall be entitled to withdraw from the deposit the amount of any unpaid Base Rent, Additional Rent or other charges not paid to Landlord when due, and Tenant shall immediately re-deposit an amount equal to that so withdrawn within three (3) days of demand.

 

5
 

 

5.6            Net Lease. It is the intention of the parties that the Rent herein specified shall be completely net to Landlord in each month during the term of this Lease so that this Lease shall yield to Landlord the net rent specified herein during the term of this Lease. Any amount and any obligation which is not expressly declared herein to be that of Landlord pertaining to the Premises shall be deemed to be the obligation of Tenant to be performed by, and at the expense of, Tenant. Except as otherwise specifically provided in this Lease, all costs, expenses, and obligations of every kind and nature whatsoever relating to the maintenance, repair, restoration, replacement and operation of the Premises during the term shall be paid or performed by Tenant. Tenant shall reimburse, indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all claims, liabilities, costs, expenses and obligations which are to be paid or performed by Tenant hereunder.

 

ARTICLE VI: OPERATING EXPENSES AND PERSONAL PROPERTY TAXES

 

6.1            Operating Expenses. In addition to Base Rent and other sums payable by Tenant under this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as Additional Rent, amounts for the Operating Expenses (defined below) for the Premises. Upon the Commencement Date, and thereafter prior to the commencement of each calendar year occurring wholly or partially within the Term or as soon as practical thereafter, Landlord shall estimate the annual amount of Operating Expenses payable by Tenant pursuant to this provision, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord on the first day of each month in advance, one twelfth (l/12th) of such estimated amount. In the event that during any calendar year of the Term, Landlord determines that the actual amount of Operating Expenses for such year will exceed the estimate, Landlord may revise such estimate by written notice to Tenant, and Tenant shall pay to Landlord, concurrently with the regular monthly rent payment next due following the receipt of the revised estimate, an amount equal to the difference between the initial monthly estimate and the revised monthly estimate multiplied by the number of months expired during such calendar year and shall also pay an amount equal to the revised monthly estimate for the month of such payment. Subsequent installments shall be payable concurrently with the regular monthly Base Rent due for the balance of the calendar year and shall continue until the next calendar year’s estimate is rendered or Landlord next revises such estimate, whichever occurs sooner. Within one hundred twenty (120) days following the end of each year or a reasonable time thereafter, Landlord shall provide Tenant with a written statement of the actual total Operating Expenses for such year and there shall be an adjustment made to account for any difference between the amounts paid by Tenant and the actual amount of such Operating Expenses. If Tenant has overpaid, Landlord shall, provided Tenant is not in default hereunder, credit such overpayment to Tenant’s account. If Tenant has underpaid, Tenant shall pay the total amount of such deficiency to Landlord as Additional Rent with the next payment of Base Rent due under this Lease following delivery of written notice of said deficiency from Landlord to Tenant. Unless Tenant objects in writing regarding specific discrepancies in the Operating Expenses calculations for any calendar year within ninety (90) days after receipt of Landlord’s final calculations for such calendar year, Tenant shall be deemed to have approved the same and to have waived the right to object to such calculations. “Operating Expenses” means Real Property Taxes (defined below), Landlord’s insurance premiums set forth in Section 7.1 and Landlord’s total costs for roof replacement as set forth in Section 8.1 to the extent the cost of such roof replacement is amortized over the useful life of such capital item, in each case with interest on the unamortized balance at a rate of ten percent (10%) per annum. As part of Operating Expenses Tenant shall also pay a monthly property management fee equal to four percent (4%) of monthly Operating Expenses and Base Rent (during the Abated Rent Period, such fee shall be equal to four percent (4%) of monthly Base Rent as though Base Rent was Twenty Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($20,000.00) per month).

 

6.2            Real Property Taxes. For purposes of this Lease, “Real Property Taxes” shall consist of all real estate taxes and all other taxes relating to the Premises, all other taxes which may be levied in lieu of real estate taxes, all assessments, local improvement districts, assessment bonds, levies, fees and other governmental charges, including, but not limited to, charges for traffic facilities and improvements, water service studies, and improvements or amounts necessary to be expended because of governmental orders, whether general or special, ordinary or extraordinary, unforeseen as well as foreseen, of any kind and nature for public improvements, services, benefits, or any other purpose, which are assessed, levied, confirmed, imposed or become a lien upon the Premises or become payable during the Term (or which become payable after the expiration or earlier termination hereof and are attributable in whole or in part to any period during the Term hereof), together with all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in successfully contesting, resisting or appealing any such taxes, rates, duties, levies or assessments. “Real Property Taxes” shall exclude any franchise, estate, inheritance or succession transfer tax of Landlord, or any federal or state income, profits or revenue tax or charge upon the net income of Landlord from all sources; provided, however, that if at any time during the Term there is levied or assessed against Landlord a federal, state or local tax or excise tax on rent, or any other tax however described on account of rent or gross receipts or any portion thereof, Tenant shall pay one hundred percent (100%) of the such tax or excise applicable to Tenant’s Rent as Additional Rent.

 

6
 

 

6.3            Tenant's Personal Property Taxes. Tenant shall pay or cause to be paid, prior to delinquency,

any and all taxes and assessments levied upon all trade fixtures, inventories and other real or personal property placed or installed in and upon the Premises by Tenant. If any such taxes on Tenant’s personal property or trade fixtures are levied against Landlord or Landlord’s property or if the assessed value of the Building is increased by the inclusion therein of a value placed upon such real or personal property or trade fixtures of Tenant, and if Landlord pays the taxes based upon such increased assessment, Tenant shall, upon demand, repay to Landlord the taxes so levied or the portion of such taxes resulting from such increase in the assessment.

 

ARTICLE VII: INSURANCE

 

7.1            Landlord's Insurance. During the Term, Landlord shall procure and maintain in full force and effect with respect to the Building a policy or policies of property insurance (including, to the extent required, sprinkler leakage, vandalism and malicious mischief coverage), and any other endorsements required by the holder of any fee or leasehold mortgage and earthquake, and terrorism insurance to the extent Landlord reasonably deems prudent and/or to the extent required by any mortgagee. Landlord shall have the right, at its option, to keep and maintain in full force and effect during the Term such other insurance in such amounts and on such terms as Landlord and/or any mortgagees or the beneficiary of any first trust deed against the Building may reasonably require from time to time in form, in amounts and for insurance risks against which a prudent Landlord would protect itself, including but not limited to rental abatement, rental interruption, earthquake, and terrorism insurance.

 

7.2            Tenant’s Public Liability. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, keep and maintain in full force during the Term and any other period of occupancy of the Premises by Tenant, on an “occurrence” basis, a policy or policies of commercial liability insurance, written by a reputable insurance company authorized to do business in the State of Oregon in form and content acceptable to Landlord insuring Tenant’s activities with respect to the Premises and the Building for loss, damage or liability for personal injury or death of any person or loss or damage to property occurring in, upon or about the Premises in an amount of not less than Three Million Dollars and No/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00) combined single limit or such larger amounts as may hereafter be reasonably requested by Landlord. The policy shall insure the hazards of the Premises and Tenant’s operations therein, shall include independent contractor and contractual liability coverage (covering the indemnity contained in Section 7.8 hereof) and shall (a) name Landlord and the Landlord’s mortgagee under a mortgage or beneficiary under a deed of trust either having a lien against the Building (the “Lender”) as an additional insured; (b) contain a cross-liability provision and; (c) contain a provision that the insurance provided hereunder shall be primary and non-contributing with any other insurance available to Landlord.

 

7.3            Tenant’s Property and Other Insurance. Tenant shall, at its own cost and expense, keep and maintain in full force during the Term and any other period of occupancy of the Premises, a policy or policies of standard form property insurance insuring against the perils of fire, extended coverage, vandalism, malicious mischief, special extended coverage and sprinkler leakage. This insurance policy shall be upon all property owned by Tenant, for which Tenant is legally liable or that was installed at Tenant’s expense, and which is located in the Premises, including without limitation, furniture, fittings, installations, cabling, fixtures (other than the improvements installed by Landlord), and any other personal property, in the amount of not less than one hundred percent (100%) of the full replacement costs thereof. This insurance policy shall also insure direct or indirect loss of Tenant’s earning attributable to Tenant’s inability to use fully or obtain access to the Premises.

 

7.4            Form of Insurance/Certificates. All policies shall be written in a form satisfactory to Landlord and shall be taken out with insurance companies licensed in the state in which the Building is located and holding a General Policy Holder’s Rating of “A” and a financial rating of “X” or better, as set forth in the most current issues of Best’s Insurance Guide and shall have deductibles of not more than Two Thousand Five Hundred and No/100 Dollars ($2,500.00). Tenant shall furnish to Landlord, prior to Tenant’s entry into the Premises and thereafter within ten (10) days prior to the expiration of each such policy, a certificate of insurance (or renewal thereof) issued by the insurance carrier of each policy of insurance carried by Tenant pursuant hereto and, upon request by Landlord, a copy of each such policy of insurance. Said certificates shall expressly provide that such policies shall not be cancelable or subject to reduction of coverage below the minimum amounts required by this Lease or required by any lender having an interest in the Building or otherwise be subject to modification except after thirty (30) days prior written notice to the parties named as insured in Section 7.2. No policy of insurance shall be written such that the proceeds thereof will produce less than the minimum coverage required hereunder by reason of co-insurance provisions or otherwise.

 

7
 

 

 

7.5            Tenant’s Failure. If Tenant fails to maintain any insurance required in the Lease, Tenant shall be liable for any loss or cost resulting from said failure, and Landlord shall have the right to obtain such insurance on Tenant’s behalf and at Tenant’s sole expense. This Section 7.5 shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any of Landlord’s rights and remedies under any other section of this Lease. If Landlord obtains any insurance which is the responsibility of Tenant to obtain under this Article VII, Landlord shall deliver to Tenant a written statement setting forth the cost of any such insurance and showing in reasonable detail the manner in which it has been computed and Tenant shall promptly remit said amount as Additional Rent to Landlord.

 

7.6            Waiver of Subrogation. Any all risk policy or policies of fire, extended coverage or similar casualty insurance which either party obtains in connection with the Building, the Premises or Tenant’s personal property therein shall include a clause or endorsement denying the insurer any rights of subrogation against the other party to the extent rights have been waived by the insured prior to the occurrence of injury or loss. Landlord and Tenant waive any rights of recovery against the other for liability, injury or loss due to hazards covered by insurance containing such a waiver of subrogation clause or endorsement to the extent of the liability, injury or loss covered thereby.

 

7.7            Tenant’s Properties and Fixtures. Tenant assumes the risk of damage to any furniture, equipment, machinery, goods, supplies or fixtures which are or remain the property of Tenant or as to which Tenant retains the right of removal from the Premises, except to the extent due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord. Tenant shall not do or keep anything in or about the Premises which will in any way tend to increase insurance rates paid by Landlord and maintained with respect to the Premises unless Tenant pays directly to Landlord the increase cost of the premiums. In no event shall Tenant carry on any activities which would invalidate any insurance coverage maintained by Landlord. Tenant shall promptly comply with all reasonable requirements of the insurance underwriters and/or any governmental authority having jurisdiction thereover, necessary for the maintenance of reasonable fire and extended insurance for the Building.

 

7.8            Indemnification.

 

(a)          Tenant, as a material part of the consideration to be rendered to Landlord, hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend and hold Landlord, Landlord’s managing agent and Lender, and the Building harmless for, from and against (i) any and all liability, penalties, losses, damages, costs and expenses, demands, causes of action, claims, judgments or appeals arising from any injury to any person or persons or any damage to any property to the extent as a result of Tenant’s or Tenants’ officers, employees, agents, assignees, subtenants, concessionaires, licensees, contractors or invitees’ use, maintenance, occupation, operation or control of the Premises during the Term, or resulting from any breach or default in the performance of any obligation to be performed by Tenant hereunder or for which Tenant is responsible under the terms of the Lease or pursuant to any governmental or insurance requirement, or to the extent arising from any act, neglect, fault or omission of Tenant or any of Tenant’s officers, employees, agents, servants, subtenants, concessionaires, licensees, contractors or invitees, and (ii) from and against all reasonable legal costs and charges, including reasonable attorneys’ and other reasonable professional fees, incurred in and about any of such matters and the defense of any action arising out of the same or in discharging the Building or any part thereof from any and all liens, charges or judgments which may accrue or be placed thereon by reason of any act or omission of the Tenant, except and to the extent as may arise out of the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord and/or its agents, employees or contractors.

 

(b)          In no event shall Landlord, its agents, employees and/or contractors be liable for any personal injury or death or property damage caused by other lessees or persons in or about the Building, as the case may be, or caused by public or quasi-public work, or for consequential damages arising out of any loss of the use of the Premises or any equipment or facilities therein by Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant.

 

8
 

 

(c)          Landlord hereby indemnifies and agrees to defend and hold Tenant and its agents and employees harmless for, from and against any and all liability, penalties, losses, damages, costs and expenses, demands, causes of action, claims, judgments or appeals in connection with loss of life, bodily injury, personal injury and/or damage to property of whatever kind or character occasioned wholly or in part by negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, its agents, employees or contractors; provided, however, that Landlord shall not indemnify Tenant or its agents or employees from or in respect of any claim or matter to the extent resulting from the (y) negligence or willful misconduct of Tenant or any of its shareholders, directors, officers, agents, employees, clients, customers or invitees, or (z) breach or default by Tenant in the performance of its obligations under this Lease.

 

7.9            Damage to Tenant's Property. Except to the extent due to the gross negligence or willful misconduct of Landlord, Landlord, its agents, employees and/or contractors shall not be liable for (i) any damage to property entrusted to employees or security officers of the Building, (ii) loss or damage to any property by theft or otherwise, or (iii) any injury or damage to persons or property resulting from fire, explosion, falling substances or materials, steam, gas, electricity, water or rain which may leak from any part of the Building or from the pipes, appliances or plumbing work therein or from the roof, street, or subsurface or from any other place or resulting from dampness or any other cause, except to the extent Landlord receives consideration for such damage or injury from a third party. Neither Landlord nor its agents, employees or contractors shall be liable for interference with light or incorporeal hereditaments. Tenant shall give prompt notice to Landlord and appropriate emergency response officials if Tenant is or becomes aware of fire or accidents in the Building or of defects therein in the fixtures or equipment.

 

ARTICLE VIII: REPAIRS AND MAINTENANCE

 

8.1            Repairs and Maintenance. Landlord shall, at its sole cost and expense, maintain the structure of the Building and foundation of the Building in good condition and repair. Landlord shall also be responsible for any necessary replacement of the roof, as determined by Landlord in its reasonable discretion. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, maintain in good condition and repair all portions of the Building (other than the structural portions of the Building and the foundation of the Building) and the Premises, including but not by way of limitation, the roof and roof membrane (excluding roof replacement), all interior walls, doors, ceiling, fixtures, furnishings, drapes, specialty lamps, light bulbs, starters and ballasts, subfloors, carpets and floor coverings, elevators and heating, ventilation, air-conditioning and other utility and mechanical systems within the Premises to the extent serving the Premises exclusively, in good repair and in a clean and safe condition, including replacement as necessary. Upon expiration or earlier termination of the Term, Tenant shall surrender the Premises to Landlord in the same condition as when leased, reasonable wear and tear and damage by fire or other casualty not required to be repaired by Tenant pursuant to this Lease excepted.

 

8.2            Utilities and Services. Tenant shall pay before delinquency, at its sole cost and expense, all charges for water, heat, electricity, power, telephone service, sewer service charges and other utilities or services charged or attributable to the Premises during the Term and during the early access period set forth in Section 4.2 above.

 

8.3            Non-liability of Landlord. Landlord shall not be in default hereunder or be liable for any damages directly or indirectly resulting from, nor shall the Rent herein reserved be abated or rebated by reason of (a) the interruption or curtailment of the use of the Premises as a result of the installation of any equipment in connection with the Building; or (b) the limitation, curtailment, rationing or restriction of the use of water or electricity, gas or any other form of energy or any other service or utility whatsoever serving the Premises.

 

8.4            Inspection of Premises. Upon twenty-four (24) hours verbal notice (except in the case of an emergency, in such case, no prior notice is required) Landlord may enter the Premises to inspect the performance by Tenant of the terms and conditions hereof, show the Premises to prospective purchasers, tenants and lenders and for all other purposes as Landlord shall reasonably deem necessary or appropriate; provided, that Landlord shall use reasonable efforts not to interfere with Tenant’s business in exercise of Landlord’s rights hereunder. Tenant hereby waives any claim for damages for any injury or inconvenience to or interference with Tenant’s business, any loss of occupancy or quiet enjoyment of the Premises and any other loss in, upon or about the Premises, arising from exercise by Landlord of its rights hereunder except as otherwise provided in Article XI hereof.

 

9
 

 

ARTICLE IX: FIXTURES, PERSONAL PROPERTY AND ALTERATIONS

 

9.1            Fixtures and Personal Property. Tenant, at Tenant’s expense, may install any necessary trade fixtures, equipment and furniture in the Premises, provided that such items are installed and are removable without damage to the structure of the Premises, including, but not limited to, damage to drywall, doors, door frames and floors. Such improvements must be submitted for Landlord’s written approval prior to installation, or Landlord may remove or replace such items at Tenant’s sole expense. Said trade fixtures, equipment, personal property and furniture shall remain Tenant’s property and shall be maintained in good condition while on the Premises and removed by Tenant upon the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease. As a covenant which shall survive the expiration or earlier termination of the Lease, Tenant shall repair, at Tenant’s sole expense, or at Landlord's election, reimburse Landlord for the cost to repair all damage caused by the installation or removal of said trade fixtures, equipment, furniture, personal property or temporary improvements. If Tenant fails to remove the foregoing items prior to or upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Landlord, at its option and without liability to Tenant for loss thereof, may keep and use them or remove any or all of them and cause them to be stored or sold in accordance with applicable law, and Tenant shall, upon demand of Landlord, pay to Landlord as Additional Rent hereunder all costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in so storing and/or selling said items. In the event any such fixtures, equipment, and/or furniture of Tenant are sold by Landlord, the proceeds of such sale shall be applied, first, to all expenses of Landlord incurred in connection with storage and sale; second, to any amounts owed by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease or otherwise, and, third, the remainder, if any, shall be paid to Tenant.

 

9.2            Tenant’s Work. Subject to the provisions of Section 9.3 below, Tenant may make the improvements to the Premises set forth on Exhibit C attached hereto (“Tenant’s Work”). Tenant shall be responsible for the finish and interior design of the Premises, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Tenant shall be responsible for all permitting fees and systems development charges in connection with Tenant’s use of the Premises and the performance of Tenant’s Work. Tenant shall perform all Tenant’s Work in the Premises in accordance with Section 9.3 below and all of Tenant’s Work shall be performed by licensed and bonded contractors.

 

9.3            Alterations. Tenant shall not make or allow to be made any material alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises (defined as alterations, additions or improvements costing in excess of One Thousand and No/100 Dollars ($1,000.00) individually or in the aggregate with respect to separate items relating to the same improvement or alteration or any alterations, additions or improvements that affect the structure or exterior of the Building or any building, mechanical, electrical or life safety system), either at the inception of the Lease (including Tenant’s Work) or subsequently during the Term, without obtaining the prior written consent of Landlord which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion with respect to any alteration, addition or improvement that affects the structure or exterior of the Building or any building, mechanical, electrical or life safety systems. Tenant shall deliver to Landlord the contractor’s name, references and state license number, a certificate of liability insurance naming Landlord and Landlord’s manager and lenders) as an additional insured, as well as full and complete plans and specifications of all such alterations, additions or improvements, and any subsequent modifications or additions to such plans and specifications, and no proposed work shall be commenced or continued by Tenant until Landlord has received and given its written approval of each of the foregoing. Landlord shall either approve or disapprove any proposed alteration, addition or improvement on or before thirty (30) days following receipt of all of the foregoing items. Landlord does not expressly or implicitly covenant or warrant that any plans or specifications submitted by Tenant are accurate, safe or sufficient or that the same comply with any applicable laws, ordinances, building codes, or the like. Further, Tenant shall indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord and Landlord’s agents, employees and contractors and the Building harmless for, from and against any loss, damage, liability, claims, cost or expense, including attorneys’ fees and costs, incurred as a result of any defects in design, materials or workmanship resulting from Tenant’s alterations, additions or improvements to the Premises. All alterations, telephone or telecommunications lines, cables, conduits and equipment and all other additions or improvements to the Premises made by Tenant shall remain the property of Tenant until termination of the Lease, at which time they shall, unless otherwise elected by Landlord by written notice to Tenant accompanying Landlord’s approval of such alterations, additions or improvement, be and become the property of Landlord. Landlord may, as a condition to approval of any such alterations, additions or improvements, require Tenant to remove any partitions, counters, railings, telephone and telecommunications lines, cables, conduits and equipment and/or other improvements installed by Tenant during the Term, and Tenant shall repair all damage resulting from such removal or, at Landlord’s option, shall pay to Landlord all costs arising from such removal. All repairs, alterations, additions and restorations by Tenant hereinafter required or permitted shall be done in a good and workmanlike manner and in compliance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord and in compliance with all applicable laws and ordinances, building codes, bylaws, regulations and orders of any federal, state, county, municipal or other public authority and of the insurers of the Premises and as-built plans and specifications shall be provided to Landlord by Tenant upon completion of the work. If required by Landlord, Tenant shall secure at Tenant’s own cost and expense a completion and lien indemnity bond or other adequate security, including without limitation an indemnity agreement from Tenant’s parent in form and substance reasonably satisfactory to Landlord. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for Landlord’s reasonable charges (including any professional fees incurred by Landlord and a reasonable administrative fee as established by Landlord from time to time) for reviewing and approving or disapproving plans and specifications for any proposed alterations, except Landlord shall not be reimbursed for reviewing and approving Tenant’s Work.

 

10
 

 

9.4            Liens. Tenant shall promptly file and/or record, as applicable, all notices of completion provided for by law, and shall pay and discharge all claims for work or labor done, supplies furnished or services rendered at the request of Tenant or at the request of Landlord on behalf of Tenant, and shall keep the Premises free and clear of all mechanics’ and materialmen’s liens in connection therewith. Landlord shall have the right, and shall be given ten (10) business days written notice by Tenant prior to commencement of the work, to post or keep posted on the Premises, or in the immediate vicinity thereof, any notices of non-responsibility for any construction, alteration, or repair of the Premises by Tenant. If any such lien is filed, Tenant shall cause same to be discharged of record within ten (10) days following written notice thereof, or if Tenant disputes the correctness or validity of any claim of lien, Landlord may, in its reasonable discretion, permit Tenant to post or provide security in a form and amount acceptable to Landlord to insure that title to the Building remains free from the lien claimed. If said lien is not timely discharged Landlord may, but shall not be required to, take such action or pay such amount as may be necessary to remove such lien and Tenant shall pay to Landlord as Additional Rent any such amounts expended by Landlord, together with interest thereon at the Default Rate (as defined in Section 5.3 hereof), within five (5) days after notice is received from Landlord of the amount expended by Landlord.

 

ARTICLE X: USE AND COMPLIANCE WITH LAWS

 

10.1          General Use and Compliance with Laws. Tenant shall only use the Premises for Tenant’s business described in Section 1.1(f) above, and uses customarily incidental thereto and for no other use without the prior written consent of Landlord. Tenant shall, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, comply with applicable requirements of municipal, county, state, federal and other applicable governmental authorities now or hereafter in force pertaining to Tenant’s business operations, alterations and/or specific use of the Premises, and shall secure any necessary permits therefore and shall faithfully observe in the use of the Premises, applicable municipal, county, state, federal and other applicable governmental entities’ requirements which are now or which may hereafter be in force. Tenant, in Tenant’s use and occupancy of the Premises, shall not subject or permit the Premises to be used in any manner which would tend to damage any portion thereof, or which would increase the cost of any insurance paid by Landlord with respect thereto. Tenant shall not allow the Premises to be used for any improper, immoral, unlawful or objectionable purpose, nor shall Tenant cause, maintain or permit a nuisance in, on or about the Premises.

 

10.2          Liquor Service. Tenant agrees to provide Landlord with a copy of the liquor license issued by the State of Oregon prior to the sale of any alcoholic beverages in the Premises, and to keep such license in full force and effect and to comply with all rules and regulations issued by the State of Oregon and any local authority regarding the sale of liquor on the Premises. Tenant shall carry at its own expense throughout the term of this Lease or any renewal thereof, and in addition to any other insurance policy or policies which Tenant shall be required to maintain by the terms of this Lease, liquor liability insurance in the amount of Three Million and No/100 Dollars ($3,000,000.00) covering the Premises and Tenant's use thereof, in companies and in a form satisfactory to Landlord, and to deposit a certificate of such policy or policies with Landlord prior to the date Tenant commences the sale of alcoholic beverages in the Premises. Such policy or policies shall name Landlord as an additional insured and shall bear endorsements to the effect that the insurer agrees to notify Landlord not less than thirty (30) days in advance of any modification or cancellation thereof. Should Tenant fail to obtain and/or maintain such liquor liability insurance, Landlord shall have the right, but not obligation, to: (i) terminate Tenant's right to sell alcohol from the Premises until such time as Tenant shall provide proof of the insurance required hereunder, or (ii) obtain such insurance on behalf of Tenant and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of such policy or policies immediately upon Landlord's demand, plus an additional fifteen percent (15%) of such cost as a reimbursement for Landlord's administrative expense.

 

11
 

 

10.3          Hazardous Materials.

 

(a)           Defined Terms.

 

(i)           “Hazardous Materials” means, among other things, any of the following, in any amount: (a) any petroleum or petroleum derived or derivative product, asbestos in any form, urea formaldehyde and polychlorinated biphenyls and medical wastes; (b) any radioactive substance; (c) any toxic, infectious, reactive, corrosive, ignitable or flammable chemical or chemical compound; and (d) any chemicals, materials or substances, whether solid, liquid or gas, defined as or included in the definitions of “hazardous substances,” “hazardous wastes,” “hazardous materials,” “extremely hazardous wastes,” “restricted hazardous wastes,” “toxic substances,” “toxic pollutants,” “solid waste,” or words of similar import in any federal, state or local statute, law, ordinance or regulation or court decisions now existing or hereafter existing as the same may be interpreted by government offices and agencies.

 

(ii)          “Hazardous Materials Laws” means any federal, state or local statutes, laws, ordinances or regulations or court decisions now existing or hereafter existing that control, classify, regulate, list or define Hazardous Materials or require remediation of Hazardous Materials contamination.

 

(b)           Compliance with Hazardous Materials Laws. Tenant will not cause any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, kept, generated or used on the Premises in a manner or for a purpose prohibited by or that could result in liability under any Hazardous Materials Law; provided, however, in no event shall Tenant allow any Hazardous Material to be brought upon, kept, generated or used on the Premises other than those Hazardous Materials for which Tenant has received Landlord’s prior written consent (other than small quantities of cleaning or other/industrial supplies as are customarily used by a tenant in the ordinary course in a general office facility). Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, will comply with (and obtain all permits required under) all Hazardous Materials Laws, groundwater wellhead protection laws, storm water management laws, fire protection provisions, and prudent industry practice relating to the presence, storage, transportation, disposal, release or management of Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises that Tenant brings upon, keeps, generates or uses on the Premises (including, without limitation, but subject to this Section 10.3, immediate remediation of any Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises that Tenant brings upon, keeps, generates or uses on the Premises in compliance with Hazardous Materials Laws) and in no event shall Tenant allow any liens or encumbrances pertaining to Tenant’s use of Hazardous Materials to attach to any portion of the Premises. On or before the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease, Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, will completely remove from the Premises (regardless whether any Hazardous Materials Law requires removal), in compliance with all Hazardous Materials Laws, all Hazardous Materials Tenant causes to be present in, on, under or about the Premises. Tenant will not take any remedial action in response to the presence of any Hazardous Materials in on, under or about the Premises, nor enter into (or commence negotiations with respect to) any settlement agreement, consent decree or other compromise with respect to any claims relating to or in any way connected with Hazardous Materials in, on, under or about the Premises, without first notifying Landlord of Tenant’s intention to do so and affording Landlord reasonable opportunity to investigate, appear, intervene and otherwise assert and protect Landlord’s interest in the Premises. Landlord shall have the right from time to time to inspect the Premises to determine if Tenant is in compliance with this Section 10.3.

 

(c)           Notice of Actions. Tenant will notify Landlord of any of the following actions affecting Landlord, Tenant or the Premises that result from or in any way relate to Tenant’s use of the Premises immediately after receiving notice of the same: (a) any enforcement, clean-up, removal or other governmental or regulatory action instituted, completed or threatened under any Hazardous Materials Law; (b) any claim made or threatened by any person relating to damage, contribution, liability, cost recovery, compensation, loss or injury resulting from or claimed to result from any Hazardous Material; and (c) any reports made by any person, including Tenant, to any environmental agency relating to any Hazardous Material, including any complaints, notices, warnings or asserted violations. Tenant will also deliver to Landlord, as promptly as possible and in any event within five (5) business days after Tenant first receives or sends the same, copies of all claims, reports, complaints, notices, warnings or asserted violations relating in any way to the Premises or Tenant’s use of the Premises. Upon Landlord’s written request, Tenant will promptly deliver to Landlord documentation acceptable to Landlord reflecting the legal and proper disposal of all Hazardous Materials removed or to be removed from the Premises. All such documentation will list Tenant or its agent as a responsible party and the generator of such Hazardous Materials and will not attribute responsibility for any such Hazardous Materials to Landlord or Landlord’s property manager.

 

12
 

  

(d)           Disclosure and Warning Obligations. Tenant acknowledges and agrees that all reporting and warning obligations required under Hazardous Materials Laws resulting from or in any way relating to Tenant’s use of the Premises are Tenant’s sole responsibility, regardless whether the Hazardous Materials Laws permit or require Landlord to report or warn.

 

(e)           Indemnification. Tenant releases and will indemnify, defend (with counsel reasonably acceptable to Landlord), protect and hold harmless the Landlord and Landlord’s agents, employees and contractors for, from and against any and all claims, liabilities, damages, losses, costs and expenses whatsoever arising or resulting, in whole or in part, directly or indirectly, from the presence, treatment, storage, transportation, disposal, release or management of Hazardous Materials in, on, under, upon or from the Premises (including water tables and atmosphere) that Tenant brings upon, keeps, generates or uses on the Premises. Tenant’s obligations under this Section include, without limitation and whether foreseeable or unforeseeable, (a) the costs of any required or necessary repair, clean-up, detoxification or decontamination of the Premises; (b) the costs of implementing any closure, remediation or other required action in connection therewith as stated above; (c) the value of any loss of use and any diminution in value of the Premises, and (d) consultants’ fees, experts’ fees and response costs. The Tenant’s obligations under this section survive the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease.

 

(f)           Hazardous Materials Representation by Landlord. Landlord represents to Tenant that, to its actual knowledge and except as Landlord has previously disclosed to Tenant, Landlord has not caused the generation, storage or release of Hazardous Materials upon the Premises, except in accordance with Hazardous Materials Laws and prudent industry practices regarding construction of the Premises.

 

10.4          Signs. The Tenant shall not paint, display, inscribe, place or affix any sign, picture, advertisement, notice, lettering, or direction on any part of the outside of the Building, except as first approved by Landlord.

 

ARTICLE XI: DAMAGE AND DESTRUCTION

 

11.1          Reconstruction. If the Building is damaged or destroyed during the Term, Landlord shall, except as hereinafter provided, diligently repair or rebuild it to substantially the condition in which it existed immediately prior to such damage or destruction. If Landlord is obligated or elects to repair or restore as herein provided, Landlord shall be obligated to make repair or restoration of only those portions of the Building which were initially provided at Landlord’s expense or as part of the original installation by Landlord for Tenant and the repair and/or restoration of other items within the Building shall be the obligation of the Tenant.

 

11.2          Excessive Damage or Destruction. If the Building is damaged or destroyed to the extent that it cannot within Landlord’s reasonable discretion, with reasonable diligence, be fully repaired or restored by Landlord within the earlier of (i) one hundred twenty (120) days after the date of the damage or destruction, or (ii) the expiration of the Term hereof, Landlord may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days of the date of the damage or destruction. If Landlord does not terminate the Lease, this Lease shall remain in full force and effect and Landlord shall diligently repair and restore the damage as soon as reasonably possible.

 

11.3          Uninsured Casualty. Notwithstanding anything contained herein to the contrary, in the event of damage to or destruction of all or any portion of the Building, which damage or destruction is not fully covered by the insurance proceeds received by Landlord under the insurance policies required under Section 7.1 hereinabove, Landlord may terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant given within sixty (60) days after the date of notice to Landlord that said damage or destruction is not so covered. If Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease, the Lease shall remain in full force and effect and the Building shall be repaired and rebuilt in accordance with the provisions for repair set forth in Section 11.1 hereinabove.

 

13
 

 

11.4          Mortgagee’s Right. Notwithstanding anything herein to the contrary, if the holder of any indebtedness secured by a mortgage or deed of trust covering the Building requires that the insurance proceeds be applied to such indebtedness, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease by delivering written notice of termination to Tenant within fifteen (15) days after such requirement is made. Upon any termination of this Lease under the provisions hereof, the parties shall be released without further obligation to the other from date possession of the Premises is surrendered to Landlord, except for items which are theretofore accrued and are then unpaid.

 

11.5          Damage Near End of Term. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary contained in this Article

XI, in the event the Building is subject to excessive damage (as defined in Section 11.2) during the last twenty-four (24) months of the Term or any applicable extension periods, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease by written notice to Tenant within thirty (30) days after the date of such damage.

 

ARTICLE XII: EMINENT DOMAIN

 

In the event the whole of the Premises and/or such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Tenant’s use and occupation thereof, shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or is sold in lieu of or to prevent such taking, then Tenant shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to said authority. In the event the whole of the Premises or such part thereof as shall substantially interfere with Landlord’s use and occupation thereof, or if any access points to adjoining streets, shall be taken for any public or quasi-public purpose by any lawful power or authority by exercise of the right of appropriation, condemnation or eminent domain, or is sold in lieu of or to prevent such taking, then Landlord shall have the right to terminate this Lease effective as of the date possession is required to be surrendered to said authority. Except as provided below, Tenant shall not assert any claim against Landlord or the taking authority for any compensation because of such taking, and Landlord shall be entitled to receive the entire amount of any award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant in the Premises. Nothing contained in this Article XII shall be deemed to give Landlord any interest in any separate award made to Tenant for the taking of personal property and fixtures belonging to Tenant or for Tenant’s moving expenses. In the event the amount of property or the type of estate taken shall not substantially interfere with the conduct of Tenant’s business, Landlord shall be entitled to the entire amount of the award without deduction for any estate or interest of Tenant, Landlord shall promptly proceed to restore the Building to substantially their same condition prior to such partial taking less the portion thereof lost in such condemnation, and the Base Rent shall be proportionately reduced by the time during which, and the portion of the Premises which, Tenant shall have been deprived of possession on account of said taking and restoration.

 

ARTICLE XIII: DEFAULT

 

13.1          Events of Default. The occurrence of any of the following events shall constitute an “Event of Default” on the part of the Tenant with or without notice from Landlord:

 

(a)          Tenant shall fail to pay on or before the due date any installment of Rent or other payment required pursuant to this Lease;

 

(b)          Tenant shall abandon the Premises, whether or not Tenant is in default of the Rent payments due under this Lease;

 

(c)          Tenant shall fail to comply with any term, provision, or covenant of this Lease, other than the payment of Rent or other sums of money due hereunder, and such failure is not cured within ten (10) days after written notice thereof to Tenant (said notice being in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required as a prerequisite to a forcible entry and detainer or similar action for possession of the Premises); provided that if the nature of such cure is such that a longer cure period is necessary, Tenant shall only be in default if Tenant shall have failed to commence such cure within said ten (10) day period and thereafter to have diligently prosecuted such cure to completion;

 

(d)          Tenant shall file a petition or be adjudged a debtor or bankrupt or insolvent under the United States Bankruptcy Code, as amended, or any similar law or statute of the United States or any State; or a receiver or trustee shall be appointed for all or substantially all of the assets of Tenant and such appointment or petition, if involuntary, is not dismissed within sixty (60) days of filing; or

 

14
 

 

(e)          Tenant shall make an assignment for the benefit of creditors.

 

13.2         Remedies.

 

(a)          Upon the occurrence of any Event of Default set forth in this Lease, in addition to any other remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity, Landlord shall have the immediate option to terminate this Lease and all rights of Tenant hereunder. In the event that Landlord shall elect to so terminate this Lease, then Landlord may recover from Tenant: (i) any unpaid rent which as been earned at the time of such termination plus interest at the rates contemplated by this Lease; plus (ii) the amount by which the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could have been reasonably avoided plus interest at the rates contemplated by this Lease; plus (iii) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such rental loss that Tenant proves could be reasonably avoided; plus (iv) the unamortized balance of the value of any free Rent, tenant improvement costs, commissions and any other monetary concessions provided to Tenant pursuant to this Lease, as amortized over the initial Term of this Lease; plus (v) any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the damage proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform Tenant’s obligation under this Lease or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom, including, but not limited to, costs to restore the Premises to good condition, to remodel, renovate or otherwise prepare the Premises, or portions thereof for a new tenant, leasing commissions, marketing expenses, attorneys’ fees, and free rent, moving allowances and other types of leasing concessions. As used in Subsections 13.2(a) (iii) above, the “worth at the time of award” is computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award plus one percent (1%).

 

(b)          In the event of any such default by Tenant, Landlord shall also have the right with or without terminating this Lease, to re-enter the Premises and remove all persons and property from the Premises; such property may be removed and stored in a public warehouse or elsewhere at the cost of and for the account of the Tenant. No re-entry or taking possession of the Premises by Landlord pursuant to this Section 13.2(b) shall be construed as an acceptance of a surrender of the Premises or an election to terminate this Lease unless a written notice of such intention is given to Tenant or unless the termination thereof is decreed by a court of competent jurisdiction.

 

(c)          In the event of the vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant or in the event that Landlord shall elect to re-enter as provided above or shall take possession of the Premises pursuant to legal proceedings or pursuant to any notice provided by law, then if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Lease as provided above, Landlord may from time to time, without terminating this Lease, either recover all Rent as it becomes due or relet the Premises or any part thereof for the Term of this Lease on terms and conditions as Landlord at its sole discretion may deem advisable with the right to make alterations and repairs to the Premises.

 

(d)          In the event that Landlord shall elect to so relet, the rents received by Landlord from such reletting shall be applied: first to the payment of any indebtedness other than Rent due hereunder from Tenant to Landlord; second to the payment of any costs of such reletting; third, to the payment of the cost of any alterations and repairs to the Premises; fourth, to the payment of Rent due and unpaid hereunder; and the residual, if any, shall be held by Landlord and applied to payment of future Rent as the same shall become due and payable hereunder. Should that portion of such rents received from such reletting during the month which is applied to the payment of Rent be less than the Rent payable during that month by Tenant hereunder, then Tenant shall pay any such deficiency to Landlord immediately upon demand therefor by Landlord. Such deficiency shall be calculated and paid monthly. Tenant shall also pay to Landlord, as soon as is certain, any of the costs and expenses incurred by Landlord in such reletting or in making such alterations and repairs not covered by the rents received from such reletting.

 

(e)          All rights, options and remedies of Landlord contained in this Lease shall be construed and held to be cumulative, and no one of them shall be exclusive of the other, and Landlord shall have the right to pursue any one or all of such remedies or any other remedy or relief which may be provided by law, whether or not stated in this Lease. No waiver of any default of Tenant hereunder shall be implied from any acceptance by Landlord of any Rent or other payments due hereunder or any omission by Landlord to take any action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect defaults other than as specified in said waiver. The consent or approval of Landlord to or of any act by Tenant requiring Landlord’s consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary Landlord’s consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar acts by Tenant.

 

15
 

 

(f)          In the event that during the term of this Lease, Tenant commits more than two (2) acts or omissions of default for which default notices are given by Landlord pursuant to this Article XIII (whether or not such defaults are cured by Tenant), Landlord may, at its option, elect to terminate this Lease. Landlord’s election to exercise its early termination rights shall be effective only upon written notice delivered to Tenant specifying Landlord’s election to cause an early termination of this Lease. Such early termination shall be in effect when such written notice is provided to Tenant. Landlord’s right of early termination shall be in addition to all other rights and remedies available to Landlord at law or in equity.

 

13.3          Landlord’s Default. Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord fails to perform its obligations under this Lease within thirty (30) days after written notice by Tenant, or if such failure is not reasonably capable of being cured within such thirty (30) day period, Landlord shall not be in default unless Landlord has failed to commence the cure and diligently pursue the cure to completion. In no event shall Tenant have the remedy to terminate this Lease except upon final adjudication of competent jurisdiction authorizing such default. In no event shall Landlord be liable to Tenant or any person claiming through or under Tenant for consequential, exemplary or punitive damages.

 

ARTICLE XIV: ASSIGNMENT AND SUBLETTING

 

14.1          Prohibition. Tenant shall not assign, mortgage, pledge or otherwise transfer or encumber this Lease, in whole or in part, nor sublet, assign, or permit occupancy by any party other than Tenant of all or any part of the Premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord in each instance which consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed. Tenant shall at the time the Tenant requests the consent of Landlord, deliver to Landlord such information in writing as Landlord may reasonably require respecting the proposed assignee or subtenant including, without limitation, the name, address, nature of business, ownership, financial responsibility and standing of such proposed assignee or subtenant and Landlord shall have not less than twenty (20) business days after receipt of all required information to elect one of the following: (a) consent to such proposed assignment, encumbrance or sublease, or (b) refuse such consent, or (c) elect to terminate this Lease, in the case of a proposed assignment, or elect to terminate the Lease with respect to the portion of the Premises proposed to be subleased, as applicable. In addition, as a condition to Landlord’s consent to any assignment, sublease or encumbrance of this Lease shall be the delivery to Landlord of a true copy of the fully executed instrument of assignment, transfer or encumbrance and an agreement executed by the assignee, sublessee or other transferee in form and substance satisfactory to Landlord and expressly enforceable by Landlord, whereby the assignee assumes and agrees to be bound by the terms and provisions of this Lease and perform all the obligations of Tenant hereunder with respect to the assigned or subleased portion of the Premises. No assignment or subletting by Tenant shall relieve Tenant of any obligation under this Lease, including Tenant’s obligation to pay Base Rent and Additional Rent hereunder. Any purported assignment or subletting contrary to the provisions hereof without consent shall be void. The consent by Landlord to any assignment or subletting shall not constitute a waiver of the necessity for such consent to any subsequent assignment of subletting. Tenant’s sole remedy for Landlord’s refusal to consent to a proposed assignee or sublessee of Tenant will be an action or proceeding for specific performance, injunction or declaratory relief. Tenant shall pay Landlord’s reasonable processing costs and attorneys’ fees incurred in reviewing any proposed assignment or sublease.

 

14.2          Scope. The prohibition against assigning or subletting contained in this Article XIV shall be construed to include a prohibition against any assignment or subletting by operation of law. If this Lease be assigned, or if the underlying beneficial interest of Tenant is transferred, or if the Premises or any part thereof be sublet or occupied by anybody other than Tenant, Landlord may collect rent from the assignee, subtenant or occupant and apply the net amount collected to the Rent herein reserved and apportion any excess rent so collected in accordance with the terms of the immediately preceding paragraph, but no such assignment, subletting, occupancy or collection shall be deemed a waiver of this covenant, or the acceptance of the assignee, subtenant or occupant as tenant, or a release of Tenant from the further performance by Tenant of covenants on the part of Tenant herein contained. No assignment or subletting shall affect the continuing primary liability of Tenant (which, following assignment, shall be joint and several with the assignee), and Tenant shall not be released from performing any of the terms, covenants and conditions of this Lease.

 

16
 

 

14.3          Waiver. Notwithstanding any assignment or sublease, or any indulgences, waivers or extensions of time granted by Landlord to any assignee or sublessee or failure of Landlord to take action against any assignee or sublease, Tenant hereby agrees that Landlord may, at its option, and upon not less than ten (10) days’ notice to Tenant, proceed against Tenant without having taken action against or joined such assignee or sublessee, except that Tenant shall have the benefit of any indulgences, waivers and extensions of time granted to any such assignee or sublessee.

 

14.4          Change in Control. If Tenant is a partnership or limited liability company, a withdrawal of or

change in general partners or members, in one or more transfers, owning more than a fifty percent (50%) interest in the partnership, shall constitute a voluntary assignment and shall be subject to the provisions of this Article XIV. If the Tenant is a corporation, a transfer of fifty percent (50%) or more of the corporation’s stock or assets in one or more transfers to a single party and/or its affiliates, or a change in the control of such company pursuant to a merger, consolidation, sale of assets or otherwise, shall be deemed for the purposes hereof to be an assignment of this Lease, and shall be subject to the provisions of this Article XIV.

 

ARTICLE XV: ESTOPPEL CERTIFICATE, ATTORNMENT AND SUBORDINATION

 

15.1          Estoppel Certificates. Within ten (10) business days after request therefor by Landlord, or if on any sale, assignment or hypothecation by Landlord of Landlord’s interest in the Premises, or any part thereof, an estoppel certificate shall be required from Tenant, Tenant shall deliver a certificate in such other form as requested by Landlord, to any proposed mortgagee or purchaser, and to Landlord, certifying (if such be the case) that this Lease is in full force and effect, the date of Tenant’s most recent payment of Rent, and that Tenant has no defenses or offsets outstanding, or stating those claimed by Tenant, and any other information reasonably requested by Landlord or such proposed mortgagee or purchaser. Tenant’s failure to deliver said statement within said period shall, at Landlord’s option be an Event of Default hereunder and shall in any event be conclusive upon Tenant that: (i) this Lease is in full force and effect, without modification except as may be represented by Landlord; (ii) there are no uncured defaults in Landlord’s performance and Tenant has no right to offset, counterclaim or deduction against Rent hereunder; and (iii) no more than one period’s Base Rent has been paid in advance.

 

15.2          Attornment. Tenant shall, in the event any proceedings are brought for the foreclosure of, or in the event of exercise of the power of sale under, any mortgage or deed of trust made by Landlord, its successors or assigns, encumbering the Building, or any part thereof or in the event of termination of a ground lease, if any, and if so requested, attorn to the purchaser upon such foreclosure or sale or upon any grant of a deed in lieu of foreclosure and recognize such purchaser as Landlord under this Lease; provided, that such purchaser recognizes Tenant’s rights under this Lease and agrees not to disturb Tenant’s quiet possession of the Premises for so long as Tenant is not in default hereunder.

 

15.3          Subordination. The rights of Tenant hereunder are and shall be, at the election of any mortgagee or the beneficiary of a deed of trust encumbering the Building, subject and subordinate to the lien of such mortgage or deed of trust, or the lien resulting from any other method of financing or refinancing, now or hereafter in force against the Building, and to all advances made or hereafter to be made upon the security thereof. If requested, Tenant agrees to execute such documentation as may be required by Landlord or its lender to further effect the provisions of this Article.

 

15.4          Recording. Tenant covenants and agrees with Landlord that Tenant shall not record this Lease or any memorandum thereof without Landlord’s prior written consent Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 15.3, in the event that Landlord or its lender requires this Lease or a memorandum thereof to be recorded in priority to any mortgage, deed of trust or other encumbrance which may now or at any time hereafter affect in whole or in part the Building and whether or not any such mortgage, deed of trust or other encumbrance shall affect only the Building, or shall be a blanket mortgage, deed of trust or encumbrance affecting other premises as well, the Tenant covenants and agrees with Landlord that the Tenant shall execute promptly upon request from Landlord any certificate, priority agreement or other instrument which may from time to time be requested to give effect thereto.

 

17
 

 

ARTICLE XVI: MISCELLANEOUS

 

16.1          Notices. All notices between the parties relating to this Lease must be in writing and sent to the parties at the address set forth above. Any such notices must be sent either by (a) overnight delivery using a nationally-recognized courier (e.g., Fedex, Airborne Express or UPS) and delivery charges prepaid, in which case notice shall be effective one (1) business day after deposit with such courier, (b) facsimile, email, PDF file or other generally-recognized electronic means, in which case notice shall be effective upon transmission provided a copy of such electronic transmission is sent within one (1) day after electronic transmission by U.S. First Class mail and postage prepaid, or (c) personal delivery or mailed by U.S. certified mail and postage or equivalent charges prepaid, in which case notice shall be effective upon receipt provided that if any party refuses delivery, such notices shall be deemed given when mailed or, if made by personal delivery, upon delivery. Any notice sent by facsimile, email, PDF file or other electronic transmission after 5:00 p.m. local time where the Premises are located shall be effective the next business day. A party’s address may be changed by written notice to the other party; provided, however, that no notice of a change of address shall be effective until actual receipt of such notice. Notice to Tenant may always be delivered to the Premises. Rent shall be payable to Landlord at the same address and in the same manner, but shall be considered paid only when received by Landlord. Tenant agrees to accept service of process for all matters related to this Lease at the Premises.

 

16.2          Successors Bound. This Lease and each of its covenants and conditions shall be binding upon and shall inure to the benefit of the parties hereto and their respective assignees, subject to the provisions hereof. Whenever in this Lease a reference is made to Landlord, such reference shall be deemed to refer to the person in whom the interest of Landlord shall be vested, and Landlord shall have no obligation hereunder as to any claim arising after the transfer of its interest in the Building. Any successor or assignee of the Tenant who accepts an assignment of the benefit of this Lease and enters into possession or enjoyment hereunder shall thereby assume and agree to perform and be bound by the covenants and conditions thereof. Nothing herein contained shall be deemed in any manner to give a right of assignment without the prior written consent of Landlord pursuant to, or otherwise as provided in, Article XIV hereof.

 

16.3          Waiver. No waiver of any default or breach of any covenant by either party hereunder shall be implied from any omission by either party to take action on account of such default if such default persists or is repeated, and no express waiver shall affect any default other than the default specified in the waiver and said waiver shall be operative only for the time and to the extent therein stated. Waivers of any covenant, term or condition contained herein by either party shall not be construed as a waiver of any subsequent breach of the same covenant, term or condition. The consent or approval by either party to or of any act by either party requiring further consent or approval shall not be deemed to waive or render unnecessary their consent or approval to or of any subsequent similar acts.

 

16.4          Subdivision and Easements. Landlord reserves the right to alter the boundaries of the Premises and grant easements on the Premises and dedicate for public use portions thereof; provided, however, that no such grant or dedication shall materially interfere with Tenant’s use of the Premises. Tenant hereby consents to such subdivision, boundary revision, and/or grant or dedication of easements and agrees from time to time, at Landlord’s request, to execute, acknowledge and deliver to Landlord, in accordance with Landlord’s instructions, any and all documents, instruments, maps or plats necessary to effectuate Tenant’s consent thereto.

 

16.5          Accord and Satisfaction. No payment by Tenant or receipt by Landlord of a lesser amount than the Rent herein stipulated shall be deemed to be other than on account of the Rent, nor shall any endorsement or statement on any check or any letter accompanying any check or payment as Rent be deemed an accord and satisfaction, and Landlord may accept such check or payment without prejudice to Landlord’s right to recover the balance of such Rent or pursue any other remedy provided in this Lease.

 

16.6          Limitation of Landlord’s Liability. The obligations of Landlord under this Lease do not constitute personal obligations of the individual partners, directors, officers, members, employees or shareholders of Landlord or its partners, and Tenant shall look solely to the Premises, and the rents and profits therefrom, for satisfaction of any liability in respect of this Lease and will not seek recourse against the individual partners, directors, officers, members, employees or shareholders of Landlord or its partners or any of their personal assets for such satisfaction.

 

16.7          Survival. The obligations and liabilities of each party which are incurred or accrue prior to the expiration of this Lease or the termination of this Lease or of Tenant’s right of possession shall survive such expiration or termination, as shall all provisions by which a party is to provide defense and indemnity to the other party, all provisions waiving or limiting the liability of Landlord, and all attorneys’ fees provisions.

 

18
 

 

16.8          Attorneys' Fees. In the event either party requires the services of an attorney in connection with enforcing the terms of this Lease or in the event suit is brought for the recovery of any Rent due under this Lease or the breach of any covenant or condition of this Lease, or for the restitution of the Premises to Landlord and/or eviction of Tenant during the Term of this Lease, or after the expiration thereof, the substantially prevailing party will be entitled to a reasonable sum for attorneys’ fees, witness fees and other court costs, both at trial and on appeal.

 

16.9          Captions; Article Numbers; Construction. The captions, article, paragraph and section numbers and table of contents appearing in this Lease are inserted only as a matter of convenience and in no way define, limit, construe or describe the scope or intent of such sections or articles of this Lease nor in any way affect this Lease. All references to “days” in this Lease shall be construed to mean calendar days unless otherwise expressly provided and all references to “business days” shall be construed to mean days on which charter banks are open for business where the Premises are located.

 

16.10          Severability. If any term, covenant, condition or provision of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall to any extent be held by a court of competent jurisdiction to be invalid, void or unenforceable, the remainder of the terms, covenants, conditions or provisions of this Lease, or the application thereof to any person or circumstance, shall remain in full force and effect and shall in no way be affected, impaired or invalidated.

 

16.11          Applicable Law. This Lease, and the rights and obligations of the parties hereto, shall be construed and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Building is located.

 

16.12          Submission of Lease. The submission of this document for examination and negotiation does not constitute an offer to lease, or a reservation of or option for leasing the Premises. This document shall become effective and binding only upon execution and delivery hereof by Landlord and Tenant. No act or omission of any officer, employee or agent of Landlord or Tenant shall alter, change or modify any of the provisions hereof.

 

16.13          Holding Over. Should Tenant, or any of its successors in interest, hold over the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease without Landlord’s prior written consent, such holding over shall constitute and be construed as tenancy at sufferance only, at a monthly rent equal to one hundred fifty percent (150%) of the Base Rent owed during the final month of the Term of this Lease and otherwise upon the terms and conditions in the Lease, so far as applicable. Should Tenant, or any of its successors in interest, hold over the Premises or any part thereof after the expiration or earlier termination of this Lease with Landlord’s prior written consent, such holding over shall constitute and be construed as a tenancy from month to month only, at a fair market monthly rent as agreed by Landlord and Tenant and otherwise upon the terms and conditions of this Lease, so far as applicable. The acceptance by Landlord of Rent after such expiration or early termination shall not result in a renewal or extension of this Lease. The foregoing provisions of this Section are in addition to and do not affect Landlord’s right of re-entry or any other rights of Landlord hereunder or as otherwise provided by law. If Tenant fails to surrender the Premises on the expiration of this Lease and/or to remove all Tenant’s fixture and/or personal property pursuant to Section 9.1 hereof, Tenant shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless for, from and against all claims, damages, loss or liability, including without limitation, any claim made by any succeeding tenant resulting from such failure to surrender by Tenant and any attorneys’ fees and costs incurred by Landlord with respect to any such claim.

 

16.14          No Nuisance. Tenant shall conduct its business and control its agents, employees, invitees and visitors in such a manner as not to create any nuisance.

 

16.15          Broker; Agency Disclosure.

 

(a)          Each of Tenant and Landlord warrant that it has had no discussions, negotiations and/or other dealings with any real estate broker or agent in connection with the negotiation of this Lease other than the Broker(s) identified in Section 1.l(m) (“Brokers”), and that it knows of no other real estate broker or agent who is or may be entitled to any commission or finder’s fee in connection with this Lease. Landlord shall pay Brokers a commission pursuant to separate agreements. Brokers shall be obligated to pay any co-brokers a portion of the commission received by such Broker. Each Tenant and Landlord agrees to indemnify the other and hold the other harmless from and against any and all claims, demands, losses, liabilities, lawsuits, judgments, costs and expenses (including without limitation, attorneys’ fees and costs) with respect to any leasing commission or equivalent compensation alleged to be owing on account of such party’s discussions, negotiations and/or dealings with any real estate broker or agent This Section is not intended to benefit any third parties and shall not be deemed to give any rights to brokers or finders. No commissions) or finders fee(s) shall be paid to Tenant, employee(s) of Tenant or any unlicensed representative of Tenant.

 

19
 

 

(b)          At the signing of this Lease the Landlord’s Broker represented ( _X_ ) Landlord, (__) Tenant or (__) both Landlord and Tenant. At the signing of this Lease Tenant’s Broker represented (__) Landlord, (  X  ) Tenant or (__) both Landlord and Tenant.

 

16.16          Landlord’s Right to Perform. Upon Tenant’s failure to perform any obligation of Tenant hereunder after notice from Landlord pursuant to Section 13.1 above, including without limitation, payment of Tenant’s insurance premiums, charges of contractors who have supplied materials or labor to the Premises, etc., Landlord shall have the right to perform such obligation of Tenant on behalf of Tenant and/or to make payment on behalf of Tenant to such parties. Tenant shall reimburse Landlord the reasonable cost of Landlord’s performing such obligation on Tenant’s behalf, including reimbursement of any amounts that may be expended by Landlord, plus interest at the Default Rate, as Additional Rent.

 

16.17          Assignment by Landlord. In the event of a sale, conveyance, or other transfer by Landlord of the Building, or in the event of an assignment of this Lease by Landlord, the same shall operate to release Landlord from any further liability upon any of the covenants or conditions, express or implied, herein contained on the part of Landlord, and from any and all further liability, obligations, costs and expenses, demands, causes of action, claims or judgments arising out of this Lease from and after the effective date of said release. In such event, Tenant agrees to look solely to the successor in interest of transferor. If any Security Deposit is given by Tenant to secure performance of Tenant’s covenants hereunder, Landlord may transfer such Security Deposit to any purchaser and thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability in reference thereto. Notwithstanding anything in this Lease to the contrary, however, (i) in no event shall Landlord’s lender, who may have succeeded to the interest of Landlord by foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure, or any other means, have any liability for any obligation of Landlord to protect, defend, indemnify or hold harmless Tenant or any other person or entity except for those matters arising from the lender’s breach of the terms of this Lease after the date of such foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure or any other means, and (ii) such succeeding lender shall have no liability for any representations or warranties of the Landlord contained herein except for those matters arising from the lender’s breach of the terms of this Lease after the date of such foreclosure, deed in lieu of foreclosure or any other means.

 

16.18          Entire Agreement. This Lease sets forth all covenants, promises, agreements, conditions and understandings between Landlord and Tenant concerning the Building, and there are no covenants, promises, agreements, conditions or understandings, either oral or written, between Landlord and Tenant other than as are herein set forth.

 

16.19          Financial Covenants. At the request of Landlord’s lender or a potential lender or purchaser of the Building, Tenant shall provide such lender or purchaser with such financial statements as reasonably required by such lender or purchaser. In addition, Tenant shall provide Landlord with an annual copy of Tenant’s reviewed financial statements.

 

16.20          Consents. Whenever the approval or consent of Landlord or Tenant is required under the terms of this Lease, such consent shall not be unreasonably withheld or delayed unless a different standard of approval is specifically set forth in the particular Section containing that particular consent requirement.

 

16.21          Exhibits. Exhibits A, A-l, B and C are attached to this Lease after the signatures and by this reference incorporated herein.

 

16.22          Time. Time is of the essence with respect to the performance of every provision of this Lease in which time of performance is a factor.

 

20
 

 

16.23          Authority to Bind Landlord. The individuals signing this Lease on behalf of Landlord hereby represent and warrant that they are empowered and duly authorized to bind Landlord to this Lease.

 

16.24          Authority to Bind Tenant. The individuals signing this Lease on behalf of Tenant hereby represent and warrant that they are empowered and duly authorized to bind Tenant to this Lease. If Tenant is a corporation, limited liability company or limited or general partnership, each individual executing this Lease on behalf of Tenant represents and warrants that he or she is duly authorized to execute and deliver this Lease on behalf of Tenant, in accordance with a duly adopted resolution or consents of all appropriate persons or entities required therefor and in accordance with the formation documents of tenant, and that this Lease is binding upon Tenant in accordance with its terms. At Landlord’s request, tenant shall, prior to Landlord’s execution of this Lease, deliver to Landlord a copy of the appropriate resolution or consent, certified by an appropriate officer, partner or manager of Tenant, authorizing or ratifying the execution of this Lease.

 

16.25          Interpretation. The parties hereto specifically acknowledge and agree that the terms of this Lease have been mutually negotiated and the parties hereby specifically waive the rule or principle of contract construction which provides that any ambiguity in any term or provision of a contract will be interpreted or resolved against the party which drafted such term or provision.

 

16.26          Excused Delays. Except as otherwise set forth in this Section, neither party shall have liability to the other on account of the following acts (each of which is an “Excused Delay” and jointly all of which are “Excused Delays”)” which shall include: (a) the inability to fulfill, or delay in fulfilling, any obligations under this Lease by reason of strike, lockout, other labor trouble, dispute or disturbance; (b) governmental regulation, moratorium, action, preemption or priorities or other controls; (c) shortages of fuel, supplies or labor; (d) any failure or defect in the supply, quantity or character of electricity or water furnished to the Premises by reason of any requirement, act or omission of the public utility or others furnishing the Building with electricity or water; or (e) for any other reason, whether similar or dissimilar to the above, or for act of God beyond a party’s reasonable control. If this Lease specifies a time period for performance of an obligation of a party, that time period shall be extended by the period of any delay in the party’s performance caused by any of the events of Excused Delay described herein; provided, that notwithstanding anything to the contrary above, no payment of money (whether as Base Rent, Tenant’s Share of Operating Expenses, or any other payment due under this Lease) shall be postponed, delayed or forgiven by reason of any of the foregoing events of Excused Delay.

 

16.27          USA Patriot Act and Anti-Terrorism Laws.

 

(a)          Tenant represents and warrants to, and covenants with, Landlord that neither Tenant nor any of its respective constituent owners or affiliates currently are, or shall be at any time during the Term hereof, in violation of any laws relating to terrorism or money laundering (collectively, the “Anti-Terrorism Laws”), including without limitation, Executive Order No. 13224 on Terrorist Financing, effective September 24,2001, and relating to Blocking Property and Prohibiting Transactions With Persons Who Commit, Threaten to Commit, or Support Terrorism (the “Executive Order”) and/or the Uniting and Strengthening America by Providing Appropriate Tools Required to Intercept and Obstruct Terrorism Act of2001 (Public Law 107-56) (the “USA Patriot Act”).

 

(b)          Tenant covenants with Landlord that neither Tenant nor any of its respective constituent owners or affiliates is or shall be during the Term hereof a “Prohibited Person,” which is defined as follows: (i) a person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to, the provisions of the Executive Order; (ii) a person or entity owned or controlled by, or acting for or on behalf of, any person or entity that is listed in the Annex to, or is otherwise subject to the provisions of, the Executive Order; (iii) a person or entity with whom Landlord is prohibited from dealing with or otherwise engaging in any transaction by any Anti- Terrorism Law, including without limitation the Executive Order and the USA Patriot Act; (iv) a person or entity who commits, threatens or conspires to commit or support “terrorism” as defined in Section 3(d) of the Executive Order, (v) a person or entity that is named as a “specially designated national and blocked person” on the then- most current list published by the U.S. Treasury Department Office of Foreign Assets Control at its official website, http://www.treas.gov/offices/eotffc/ofac/sdn/tl 1 sdn.pdf. or at any replacement website or other replacement official publication of such list; and (vi) a person or entity who is affiliated with a person or entity listed in items (i) through (v), above.

 

21
 

 

(c)          At any time and from time-to-time during the Term, Tenant shall deliver to Landlord, within ten (10) days after receipt of a written request therefor, a written certification or such other evidence reasonably acceptable to Landlord evidencing and confirming Tenant’s compliance with this Section.

 

16.28          Amendment. No subsequent alteration, amendment, change or addition to the Lease shall be binding upon Landlord or Tenant unless reduced to writing and signed by Landlord and Tenant.

 

16.29          Guaranty. Concurrently with the execution of the Lease, Tenant shall cause the Guarantors to deliver to Landlord a guaranty ("Guaranty") in the form attached hereto as Exhibit B.

 

16.30          Execution; Counterpart; Signature Transmitted. This Lease may be executed simultaneously in one or more counterparts, each of which will be considered an original, but all of which together will constitute one and the same instrument. Signatures transmitted by facsimile, PDF file or other form of electronic transmission and received by the other party shall be sufficient evidence of the execution hereof by the applicable signatory and such signatures shall be treated as originals. At the request of a party, the other party will confirm an electronically transmitted signature page by delivering an original signature page to the requesting party.

 

16.31          Effective Date. For all purposes of this Lease, the term “Effective Date” shall mean the last date upon which both Landlord and Tenant have executed and delivered this Lease.

 

[SIGNATURE PAGE TO FOLLOW]

 

22
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties have executed this Lease as of the Effective Date.

 

“Landlord”   “Tenant”
     
PJM BLDG. II LLC, an Oregon limited liability company
By: Wyse Investment services Co

Its: Managing Agent
 

EASTSIDE DISTILLNG, LCC, an Oregon limited liability company

     
By:   By: /s/ Steven Earles /s/ Lenny Gotter
           
Its: Vice President   Its: CEO COO
           
Date: 7-17-14   Date: 7-17-14  

 

23
 

 

EXHIBIT A

 

SITE PLAN OF PREMISES AND PARKING

 

1805 SE MARTIN LUTHER KING JR. BLVD.

 

SE MILL ST.

 

 

1
 

 

EXHIBIT A-l

 

LEGAL DESCRIPTION OF PREMISES

 

Lots 1-4 inclusive, and Lots 5-8 inclusive (except the east 20 feet in Martin Luther King Jr. Boulevard), Block 44, STEPHENS ADDITION, City of Portland, Multnomah County, Oregon.

 

Commonly known as 1805 SE Martin Luther King Jr. Boulevard, Portland, Oregon.

 

1
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

GUARANTY

 

In consideration of the agreement of PJM BLDG. II LLC, an Oregon limited liability company (“Landlord”), to enter into a Lease dated July 17, 2014 (the “Lease"’) between Landlord and Eastside Distilling, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company (“Tenant”), pertaining to certain building located at 1805 SE Martin Luther King Blvd., Portland, OR 97214, the undersigned (“Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment of all Rent, as defined in the Lease, and all other payments required to be paid by Tenant under the Lease, and the prompt performance of all other obligations of Tenant under the Lease. If Guarantor consists of more than one person or entity, all liability of Guarantor hereunder shall be joint and several.

 

Guarantor shall be directly and primarily liable to Landlord for any amount due from Tenant under the Lease, without requiring that Landlord first proceed against Tenant, join Tenant in any proceeding brought to enforce this Guaranty, or exhaust any security held by Landlord. Guarantor agrees that Landlord may deal with Tenant in any manner in connection with the Lease without the knowledge or consent of Guarantor and without affecting Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor agrees that any renewal, extension of time, assignment of the Lease, amendment or modification to the Lease, delay or failure by Landlord in the enforcement of any right under the Lease, or compromise of the amount of any obligation or liability under the Lease made with or without the knowledge or consent of Guarantor shall not affect Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty. Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty is absolute and continuing and shall not be affected by (i) any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding affecting Tenant, nor by any termination or disaffirmance of the Lease or any of Tenant’s obligations thereunder in connection with such proceeding, (ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Lease, (iii) any law, regulation order of any jurisdiction affecting any term of the Lease or any of Landlord’s rights with respect thereto, or (iv) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense, set-off or counterclaim applicable to the Lease. This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until the performance in full to Landlord’s satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under the Lease.

 

Guarantor hereby waives any claim or other right now existing or hereafter acquired against Tenant that arises from the performance of Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty, including, without limitation, any rights of contribution, indemnity, subrogation, reimbursement or exoneration. Guarantor hereby agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, losses and expenses, including legal fees, suffered or incurred by Landlord as a result of claims to avoid any payment received by Landlord from Tenant with respect to the obligations of Tenant under the Lease.

 

Guarantor hereby waives presentment, protest, notice of default, demand for payment, and all other suretyship defenses whatsoever with respect to any payment guaranteed under this Guaranty, and agrees to pay unconditionally upon demand all amounts owed under the Lease. Guarantor further waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Tenant or Guarantor may have or claim to have against Landlord and the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty.

 

No failure or delay on the part of Landlord in the exercise of any power, right or privilege under this Guaranty or the Lease and no course of dealing with respect thereto shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power, right or privilege thereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or privilege. All rights and remedies existing under this Guaranty and the Lease are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights and remedies provided by law or otherwise available.

 

This Guaranty, and all obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, shall terminate upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations. If, at any time, all or part of any payment of the guaranteed obligations theretofore made by any Guarantor or any other person is rescinded or otherwise must be returned by Landlord for any reason whatsoever (including, without limitation, the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Guarantor or any other person), this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated as to the guaranteed obligations which were satisfied by the payment to be rescinded or returned, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

1
 

 

If Landlord retains an attorney to enforce this Guaranty or to bring any action or any appeal in connection with this Guaranty, the Lease, or the collection of any payment under this Guaranty or the Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to recover its attorneys’ fees, costs, and disbursements in connection therewith, as determined by the court before which such action or appeal is heard, in addition to any other relief to which Landlord may be entitled. Any amount owing under this Guaranty shall bear interest from the date such amount was payable to Landlord to the date of repayment at a rate equal to the lesser of 15% and the maximum rate permitted by law.

 

Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to assign this Guaranty in connection with an assignment of the Lease without the consent of, or any other action required by, Guarantor. Each reference in this Guaranty to Landlord shall be deemed to include its successors and assigns, to whose benefit the provisions of this Guaranty shall also inure. Each reference in this Guaranty to Guarantor shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of Guarantor, all of whom shall be bound by the provisions of this Guaranty. Within ten (10) days after delivery of written demand therefor from Landlord, Guarantor shall execute and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying that this Guaranty is unmodified and in full force and effect, which statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the premises or property. If any provision of this Guaranty is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this Guaranty shall not be affected.

 

GUARANTOR:

 

/s/ Lenny Gotter  
Lenny Gotter, an individual  

5812 SE Bush Street

Portland, OR 97206

Social Security No.: 387905825

Dated: 7-17-14

 

/s/ Steven Earles  
Steven Earles, an individual  

74068 College View Circle West

Palm Desert, CA 92211

Social Security No.: 566-47-7340

Dated: 7-17-14

 

STATE OF OREGON )
  )ss.
County of MULTNOMAH )

 

The instrument was acknowledged before me this 17 th day of JULY , 2014 by Lenny Gotter.

 

/s/ Deborah L Bradley
Notary Public for Oregon
My Commission Expires 6-12-2017

  

STATE OF OREGON )
  )ss.
County of MULTNOMAH )

 

The instrument was acknowledged before me this 17 th day of JULY , 2014 by Steven Earles.

 

/s/ Deborah L Bradley
Notary Public for Oregon
My Commission Expires 6-12-2017

 

2
 

 

 

 

 

 
 

 

EXHIBIT C

 

TENANT’S WORK

 

Tenant, at Tenant’s sole cost, election and expense shall complete the following, subject to Landlord prior approval as set forth in Section 9.3 of the Lease:

 

Separate and build out retail tasting room in the front of the building, to be approximately 1,000 - 2,000 square feet.
Tasting room may, at Tenant’s election, be constructed to have exposed ceiling and duct work, a sink, dishwasher hook up and access to restrooms.
Build out or modernize office space.
Build out production area and add fire rated separation walls.
Improve or add restrooms, including confirming an ADA restroom is available.
Saw cut a window into tasting room on northern exterior wall.
Replace western unusable grade door with windows or a glass roll up door.
Generally upgrade (clean, paint and repair) all of the Premises including the office and production space.
Create/construct a dock loading platform.
Upgrade lighting, if necessary.
Add penetrations in floor/ceiling to allow for operations.
Add floor drains.
Hazard room build-out.
Distribution of utilities (power, water, etc.).
If Tenant desires, Tenant may build out a roof top patio.
Fill in non-functional dock well on western wall.
Upgrade sprinklers if necessary.
Tenant shall also be responsible to construct ADA restrooms as required by the City of Portland, and it shall be the Tenant’s responsibilities to address any seismic issues based on their use and construction at the building.
Tenant shall install signage (to code).

 

1
 

 

GUARANTY

 

In consideration of the agreement of PJM BLDG. II LLC, an Oregon limited liability company (“Landlord”), to enter into a Lease dated July 17, 2014 (the “Lease”) between Landlord and Eastside Distilling, LLC, an Oregon limited liability company (“Tenant”), pertaining to certain building located at 1805 SE Martin Luther King Blvd., Portland, OR 97214, the undersigned (“Guarantor”) hereby unconditionally and irrevocably guarantees the punctual payment of all Rent, as defined in the Lease, and all other payments required to be paid by Tenant under the Lease, and the prompt performance of all other obligations of Tenant under the Lease. If Guarantor consists of more than one person or entity, all liability of Guarantor hereunder shall be joint and several.

 

Guarantor shall be directly and primarily liable to Landlord for any amount due from Tenant under the Lease, without requiring that Landlord first proceed against Tenant, join Tenant in any proceeding brought to enforce this Guaranty, or exhaust any security held by Landlord. Guarantor agrees that Landlord may deal with Tenant in any manner in connection with the Lease without the knowledge or consent of Guarantor and without affecting Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor agrees that any renewal, extension of time, assignment of the Lease, amendment or modification to the Lease, delay or failure by Landlord in the enforcement of any right under the Lease, or compromise of the amount of any obligation or liability under the Lease made with or without the knowledge or consent of Guarantor shall not affect Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty. Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty is absolute and continuing and shall not be affected by (i) any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding affecting Tenant, nor by any termination or disaffirmance of the Lease or any of Tenant’s obligations thereunder in connection with such proceeding, (ii) any lack of validity or enforceability of the Lease, (iii) any law, regulation order of any jurisdiction affecting any term of the Lease or any of Landlord’s rights with respect thereto, or (iv) any other circumstance which might otherwise constitute a defense, setoff or counterclaim applicable to the Lease. This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until the performance in full to Landlord’s satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under the Lease.

 

Guarantor hereby waives any claim or other right now existing or hereafter acquired against Tenant that arises from the performance of Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty, including, without limitation, any rights of contribution, indemnity, subrogation, reimbursement or exoneration. Guarantor hereby agrees to indemnify, protect, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against all claims, liabilities, losses and expenses, including legal fees, suffered or incurred by Landlord as a result of claims to avoid any payment received by Landlord from Tenant with respect to the obligations of Tenant under the Lease.

 

Guarantor hereby waives presentment, protest, notice of default, demand for payment, and all other suretyship defenses whatsoever with respect to any payment guaranteed under this Guaranty, and agrees to pay unconditionally upon demand all amounts owed under the Lease. Guarantor further waives any setoff, defense or counterclaim that Tenant or Guarantor may have or claim to have against Landlord and the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty.

 

No failure or delay on the part of Landlord in the exercise of any power, right or privilege under this Guaranty or the Lease and no course of dealing with respect thereto shall impair such power, right or privilege or be construed to be a waiver of any default or acquiescence therein, nor shall any single or partial exercise of any power, right or privilege thereunder preclude any other or further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other power, right or privilege. All rights and remedies existing under this Guaranty and the Lease are cumulative to, and not exclusive of, any rights and remedies provided by law or otherwise available.

 

This Guaranty, and all obligations of any Guarantor hereunder, shall terminate upon payment in full of all guaranteed obligations. If, at any time, all or part of any payment of the guaranteed obligations theretofore made by any Guarantor or any other person is rescinded or otherwise must be returned by Landlord for any reason whatsoever (including, without limitation, the insolvency, bankruptcy or reorganization of any Guarantor or any other person), this Guaranty shall continue to be effective or shall be reinstated as to the guaranteed obligations which were satisfied by the payment to be rescinded or returned, all as though such payment had not been made.

 

1
 

 

If Landlord retains an attorney to enforce this Guaranty or to bring any action or any appeal in connection with this Guaranty, the Lease, or the collection of any payment under this Guaranty or the Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to recover its attorneys’ fees, costs, and disbursements in connection therewith, as determined by the court before which such action or appeal is heard, in addition to any other relief to which Landlord may be entitled. Any amount owing under this Guaranty shall bear interest from the date such amount was payable to Landlord to the date of repayment at a rate equal to the lesser of 15% and the maximum rate permitted by law.

 

Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to assign this Guaranty in connection with an assignment of the Lease without the consent of, or any other action required by, Guarantor. Each reference in this Guaranty to Landlord shall be deemed to include its successors and assigns, to whose benefit the provisions of this Guaranty shall also inure. Each reference in this Guaranty to Guarantor shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of Guarantor, all of whom shall be bound by the provisions of this Guaranty. Within ten (10) days after delivery of written demand therefor from Landlord, Guarantor shall execute and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying that this Guaranty is unmodified and in full force and effect, which statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the premises or property. If any provision of this Guaranty is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this Guaranty shall not be affected.

 

GUARANTOR:

 

/s/ Lenny Gotter  
Lenny Gotter, an individual  

5812 SE Bush Street

Portland, OR 97206

Social Security No.: 387905825

Dated: 7-17-14

 

/s/ Steven Earles  
Steven Earles, an individual  

74068 College View Circle West

Palm Desert, CA 92211

Social Security No.: 566-47-7340

Dated: 7-17-14

 

STATE OF OREGON )
  )ss.
County of MULTNOMAH )

 

The instrument was acknowledged before me this 17 th day of JULY , 2014 by Lenny Gotter.

 

/s/ Deborah L Bradley
Notary Public for Oregon
My Commission Expires 6-12-2017

  

STATE OF OREGON )
  )ss.
County of MULTNOMAH )

 

The instrument was acknowledged before me this 17 th day of JULY , 2014 by Steven Earles.

 

/s/ Deborah L Bradley
Notary Public for Oregon
My Commission Expires 6-12-2017

 

2
 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 10.4

 

EASTSIDE DISTILLING, INC.

2015 Stock Incentive Plan

 

1.     Purpose.    The purpose of the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan of Eastside Distilling, Inc. is to further align the interests of employees, directors and non-employee Consultants with those of the stockholders by providing incentive compensation opportunities tied to the performance of the Common Stock and by promoting increased ownership of the Common Stock by such individuals. The Plan is also intended to advance the interests of the Company and its stockholders by attracting, retaining and motivating key personnel upon whose judgment, initiative and effort the successful conduct of the Company’s business is largely dependent.

 

2.     Definitions.    Wherever the following capitalized terms are used in the Plan, they shall have the meanings specified below:

 

“Affiliate” means (i) any entity that would be treated as an “affiliate” of the Company for purposes of Rule 12b-2 under the Exchange Act and (ii) any joint venture or other entity in which the Company has a direct or indirect beneficial ownership interest representing at least one-third (1/3) of the aggregate voting power of the equity interests of such entity or one-third (1/3) of the aggregate fair market value of the equity interests of such entity, as determined by the Committee.

 

“Award” means an award of a Stock Option, Stock Award, or Restricted Stock Award granted under the Plan.

 

“Award Agreement” means a written or electronic agreement entered into between the Company and a Participant setting forth the terms and conditions of an Award granted to a Participant.

 

“Board” means the Board of Directors of the Company.

 

“Code” means the Internal Revenue Code of 1986, as amended.

 

“Common Stock” means the Company’s common stock, $0.0001 par value per share.

 

“Committee” means the Compensation Committee of the Board, or such other committee of the Board appointed by the Board to administer the Plan, or if no such committee exists, the Board.

 

“Company” means Eastside Distilling, Inc., a Nevada corporation.

 

“Consultant” means any person which is a consultant or advisor to the Company and which is a natural person and who provides bona fide services to the Company which are not in connection with the offer or sale of securities in a capital-raising transaction for the Company, and do not directly or indirectly promote or maintain a market for the Company’s securities.

 

“Date of Grant” means the date on which an Award under the Plan is made by the Committee, or such later date as the Committee may specify to be the effective date of an Award.

 

“Disability” means a Participant being considered “disabled” within the meaning of Section 409A(a)(2)(C) of the Code, unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement.

 

“Eligible Person” means any person who is an employee of the Company or any Affiliate or any person to whom an offer of employment with the Company or any Affiliate is extended, as determined by the Committee, or any person who is a Non-Employee Director, or any person who is Consultant to the Company..

 

 
 

 

“Exchange Act” means the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended.

 

“Fair Market Value” means the mean between the highest and lowest reported sales prices of the Common Stock on the New York Stock Exchange Composite Tape or, if not listed on such exchange, on any other national securities exchange on which the Company’s common stock is listed or on The Nasdaq Stock Market, or, if not so listed on any other national securities exchange or The Nasdaq Stock Market, then the average of the bid price of the Company’s common stock during the last five trading days on the OTC Bulletin Board immediately preceding the last trading day prior to the date with respect to which the Fair Market Value is to be determined. If the Company’s common stock is not then publicly traded, then the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock shall be the book value of the Company per share as determined on the last day of March, June, September, or December in any year closest to the date when the determination is to be made. For the purpose of determining book value hereunder, book value shall be determined by adding as of the applicable date called for herein the capital, surplus, and undivided profits of the Company, and after having deducted any reserves theretofore established; the sum of these items shall be divided by the number of shares of the Company’s common stock outstanding as of said date, and the quotient thus obtained shall represent the book value of each share of the Company’s common stock.

 

“Incentive Stock Option” means a Stock Option granted under Section 6 hereof that is intended to meet the requirements of Section 422 of the Code and the regulations thereunder.

 

“Non-Employee Director” means any member of the Board who is not an employee of the Company.

 

“Nonqualified Stock Option” means a Stock Option granted under Section 6 hereof that is not an Incentive Stock Option.

 

“Participant” means any Eligible Person who holds an outstanding Award under the Plan.

 

“Plan” means the 2015 Stock Incentive Plan of Eastside Distilling, Inc. as set forth herein, as amended from time to time.

 

“Restricted Stock Award” means a grant of shares of Common Stock to an Eligible Person under Section 8 hereof that is issued subject to such vesting and transfer restrictions as the Committee shall determine and set forth in an Award Agreement.

 

“Service” means a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Affiliate or a Participant’s service as a Non-Employee Director with the Company, as applicable.

 

“Stock Award” means a grant of shares of Common Stock to an Eligible Person under Section 7 hereof that are issued free of transfer restrictions and forfeiture conditions.

 

“Stock Option” means a contractual right granted to an Eligible Person under Section 6 hereof to purchase shares of Common Stock at such time and price, and subject to such conditions, as are set forth in the Plan and the applicable Award Agreement. 

 

Page 2 of 14
 

 

3.     Administration.

 

3.1    Committee Members.    The Plan shall be administered by a Committee comprised of one or more members of the Board, or if no such committee exists, the Board.

 

3.2    Committee Authority.    The Committee shall have such powers and authority as may be necessary or appropriate for the Committee to carry out its functions as described in the Plan. Subject to the express limitations of the Plan, the Committee shall have authority in its discretion to determine the Eligible Persons to whom, and the time or times at which, Awards may be granted, the number of shares, units or other rights subject to each Award, the exercise, base or purchase price of an Award (if any), the time or times at which an Award will become vested, exercisable or payable, the performance goals and other conditions of an Award, the duration of the Award, and all other terms of the Award. Subject to the terms of the Plan, the Committee shall have the authority to amend the terms of an Award in any manner that is not inconsistent with the Plan, provided that no such action shall adversely affect the rights of a Participant with respect to an outstanding Award without the Participant’s consent. The Committee shall also have discretionary authority to interpret the Plan, to make factual determinations under the Plan, and to make all other determinations necessary or advisable for Plan administration, including, without limitation, to correct any defect, to supply any omission or to reconcile any inconsistency in the Plan or any Award Agreement hereunder. The Committee may prescribe, amend, and rescind rules and regulations relating to the Plan. The Committee’s determinations under the Plan need not be uniform and may be made by the Committee selectively among Participants and Eligible Persons, whether or not such persons are similarly situated. The Committee shall, in its discretion, consider such factors as it deems relevant in making its interpretations, determinations and actions under the Plan including, without limitation, the recommendations or advice of any officer or employee of the Company or such attorneys, consultants, accountants or other advisors as it may select. All interpretations, determinations and actions by the Committee shall be final, conclusive, and binding upon all parties.

 

3.3    Delegation of Authority.    The Committee shall have the right, from time to time, to delegate to one or more officers of the Company the authority of the Committee to grant and determine the terms and conditions of Awards granted under the Plan, subject to the requirements of state law and such other limitations as the Committee shall determine. In no event shall any such delegation of authority be permitted with respect to Awards to any members of the Board or to any Eligible Person who is subject to Rule 16b-3 under the Exchange Act or Section 162(m) of the Code. The Committee shall also be permitted to delegate, to any appropriate officer or employee of the Company, responsibility for performing certain ministerial functions under the Plan. In the event that the Committee’s authority is delegated to officers or employees in accordance with the foregoing, all provisions of the Plan relating to the Committee shall be interpreted in a manner consistent with the foregoing by treating any such reference as a reference to such officer or employee for such purpose. Any action undertaken in accordance with the Committee’s delegation of authority hereunder shall have the same force and effect as if such action was undertaken directly by the Committee and shall be deemed for all purposes of the Plan to have been taken by the Committee.

 

4.     Shares Subject to the Plan.

 

4.1    Maximum Share Limitations.    Subject to Section 4.3 hereof, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued and sold under all Awards granted under the Plan shall be three million (3,000,000) shares. Shares of Common Stock issued and sold under the Plan may be either authorized but unissued shares or shares held in the Company’s treasury. To the extent that any Award involving the issuance of shares of Common Stock is forfeited, cancelled, returned to the Company for failure to satisfy vesting requirements or other conditions of the Award, or otherwise terminates without an issuance of shares of Common Stock being made thereunder, the shares of Common Stock covered thereby will no longer be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitations and may again be made subject to Awards under the Plan pursuant to such limitations. Any Awards or portions thereof that are settled in cash and not in shares of Common Stock shall not be counted against the foregoing maximum share limitations.

 

Page 3 of 14
 

 

4.2    Adjustments.    If there shall occur any change with respect to the outstanding shares of Common Stock by reason of any recapitalization, reclassification, stock dividend, extraordinary dividend, stock split, reverse stock split or other distribution with respect to the shares of Common Stock, or any merger, reorganization, consolidation, combination, spin-off or other similar corporate change, or any other change affecting the Common Stock, the Committee may, in the manner and to the extent that it deems appropriate and equitable to the Participants and consistent with the terms of the Plan, cause an adjustment to be made in (i) the maximum number and kind of shares provided in Section 4.1 hereof, (ii) the number and kind of shares of Common Stock, or other rights subject to then outstanding Awards, (iii) the exercise or base price for each share or other right subject to then outstanding Awards, and (iv) any other terms of an Award that are affected by the event. Notwithstanding the foregoing, in the case of Incentive Stock Options, any such adjustments shall, to the extent practicable, be made in a manner consistent with the requirements of Section 424(a) of the Code.

 

4.3 Anti-Dilution . Notwithstanding anything contained in the Plan to cover the contrary, including any adjustments discussed in this Section 4, the maximum aggregate number of shares of Common Stock that may be issued and sold under all Awards granted under the Plan shall be anti-dilutive in the event of a reverse stock split by the Company and shall not result in any reduction in the number of shares available and authorized under the Plan at the effective time of such reverse stock split(s).

 

5.     Participation and Awards.

 

5.1    Designations of Participants.    All Eligible Persons are eligible to be designated by the Committee to receive Awards and become Participants under the Plan. The Committee has the authority, in its discretion, to determine and designate from time to time those Eligible Persons who are to be granted Awards, the types of Awards to be granted and the number of shares of Common Stock or units subject to Awards granted under the Plan. In selecting Eligible Persons to be Participants and in determining the type and amount of Awards to be granted under the Plan, the Committee shall consider any and all factors that it deems relevant or appropriate.

 

5.2    Determination of Awards.    The Committee shall determine the terms and conditions of all Awards granted to Participants in accordance with its authority under Section 3.2 hereof. An Award may consist of one type of right or benefit hereunder or of two or more such rights or benefits granted in tandem or in the alternative. In the case of any fractional share or unit resulting from the grant, vesting, payment or crediting of dividends or dividend equivalents under an Award, the Committee shall have the discretionary authority to (i) disregard such fractional share or unit, (ii) round such fractional share or unit to the nearest lower or higher whole share or unit, or (iii) convert such fractional share or unit into a right to receive a cash payment. To the extent deemed necessary by the Committee, an Award shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement as described in Section 11.1 hereof.

 

6.     Stock Options.

 

6.1    Grant of Stock Options.    A Stock Option may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee. Subject to the provisions of Section 6.8 hereof and Section 422 of the Code, each Stock Option shall be designated, in the discretion of the Committee, as an Incentive Stock Option or as a Nonqualified Stock Option.

 

Page 4 of 14
 

 

6.2     Exercise Price.    The exercise price per share of a Stock Option shall not be less than 20 percent of the Fair Market Value of the shares of Common Stock on the Date of Grant, provided that the Committee may in its discretion specify for any Stock Option an exercise price per share that is higher than the Fair Market Value on the Date of Grant, except that the price shall not be less than 110 percent of the Fair Market Value in the case of any person who owns securities possessing more than 10 percent of the total combined voting power of all classes of securities of the Company.

 

6.3     Vesting of Stock Options.    The Committee shall in its discretion prescribe the time or times at which, or the conditions upon which, a Stock Option or portion thereof shall become vested and/or exercisable, and may accelerate the vesting or exercisability of any Stock Option at any time, provided, however, that any Stock Option shall vest at the rate of at least twenty percent (20%) per year over five (5) years from the date the Stock Option is granted, subject to reasonable conditions as may be provided for in the Award Agreement. However, in the case of a Stock Option granted to officers, Non-employee Directors, managers or Consultants of the Company, the Stock Option may become fully exercisable, subject to reasonable conditions, at anytime or during any period established by the Company. The requirements for vesting and exercisability of a Stock Option may be based on the continued Service of the Participant with the Company or its Affiliates for a specified time period (or periods) or on the attainment of specified performance goals established by the Committee in its discretion.

 

6.4     Term of Stock Options.    The Committee shall in its discretion prescribe in an Award Agreement the period during which a vested Stock Option may be exercised, provided that the maximum term of a Stock Option shall be ten years from the Date of Grant. Except as otherwise provided in this Section 6 or as otherwise may be provided by the Committee, no Stock Option issued to an employee or a Non-Employee Director of the Company may be exercised at any time during the term thereof unless the employee or a Non-Employee Director Participant is then in the Service of the Company or one of its Affiliates.

 

6.5     Termination of Service.    Subject to Section 6.8 hereof with respect to Incentive Stock Options, the Stock Option of any Participant whose Service with the Company or one of its Affiliates is terminated for any reason shall terminate on the earlier of (A) the date that the Stock Option expires in accordance with its terms or (B) unless otherwise provided in an Award Agreement, and except for termination for cause (as described in Section 10.2 hereof), the expiration of the applicable time period following termination of Service, in accordance with the following: (1) twelve months if Service ceased due to Disability, (2) eighteen months if Service ceased at a time when the Participant is eligible to elect immediate commencement of retirement benefits at a specified retirement age under a pension plan to which the Company or any of its Affiliates had made contributions, (3) eighteen months if the Participant died while in the Service of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or (iv) three months if Service ceased for any other reason. During the foregoing applicable period, except as otherwise specified in the Award Agreement or in the event Service was terminated by the death of the Participant, the Stock Option may be exercised by such Participant in respect of the same number of shares of Common Stock, in the same manner, and to the same extent as if he or she had remained in the continued Service of the Company or any Affiliate during the first three months of such period; provided that no additional rights shall vest after such three months. The Committee shall have authority to determine in each case whether an authorized leave of absence shall be deemed a termination of Service for purposes hereof, as well as the effect of a leave of absence on the vesting and exercisability of a Stock Option. Unless otherwise provided by the Committee, if an entity ceases to be an Affiliate of the Company or otherwise ceases to be qualified under the Plan or if all or substantially all of the assets of an Affiliate of the Company are conveyed (other than by encumbrance), such cessation or action, as the case may be, shall be deemed for purposes hereof to be a termination of the Service.

 

Page 5 of 14
 

 

6.6     Stock Option Exercise; Tax Withholding.    Subject to such terms and conditions as shall be specified in an Award Agreement, a Stock Option may be exercised in whole or in part at any time during the term thereof by notice in the form required by the Company, together with payment of the aggregate exercise price therefor and applicable withholding tax. Payment of the exercise price shall be made in the manner set forth in the Award Agreement, unless otherwise provided by the Committee: (i) in cash or by cash equivalent acceptable to the Committee, (ii) by payment in shares of Common Stock that have been held by the Participant for at least six months (or such period as the Committee may deem appropriate, for accounting purposes or otherwise) valued at the Fair Market Value of such shares on the date of exercise, (iii) through an open-market, broker-assisted sales transaction pursuant to which the Company is promptly delivered the amount of proceeds necessary to satisfy the exercise price, (iv) by a combination of the methods described above or (v) by such other method as may be approved by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement. In addition to and at the time of payment of the exercise price, the Participant shall pay to the Company the full amount of any and all applicable income tax, employment tax and other amounts required to be withheld in connection with such exercise, payable under such of the methods described above for the payment of the exercise price as may be approved by the Committee and set forth in the Award Agreement.

 

6.7     Limited Transferability of Nonqualified Stock Options.    All Stock Options shall be nontransferable except (i) upon the Participant’s death, in accordance with Section 11.2 hereof or (ii) in the case of Nonqualified Stock Options only, for the transfer of all or part of the Stock Option to a Participant’s “family member” (as defined for purposes of the Form S-8 registration statement under the Securities Act of 1933), as may be approved by the Committee in its discretion at the time of proposed transfer. The transfer of a Nonqualified Stock Option may be subject to such terms and conditions as the Committee may in its discretion impose from time to time. Subsequent transfers of a Nonqualified Stock Option shall be prohibited other than in accordance with Section 11.2 hereof.

 

6.8     Additional Rules for Incentive Stock Options.

 

(a)    Eligibility.    An Incentive Stock Option may only be granted to an Eligible Person who is considered an employee for purposes of Treasury Regulation §1.421-7(h) with respect to the Company or any Affiliate that qualifies as a “subsidiary corporation” with respect to the Company for purposes of Section 424(f) of the Code.

 

(b)     Termination of Employment.    An Award of an Incentive Stock Option may provide that such Stock Option may be exercised not later than 3 months following termination of employment of the Participant with the Company and all Subsidiaries, or not later than one year following a permanent and total disability within the meaning of Section 22(e)(3) of the Code, as and to the extent determined by the Committee to comply with the requirements of Section 422 of the Code.

 

(c)    Other Terms and Conditions; Nontransferability.    Any Incentive Stock Option granted hereunder shall contain such additional terms and conditions, not inconsistent with the terms of the Plan, as are deemed necessary or desirable by the Committee, which terms, together with the terms of the Plan, shall be intended and interpreted to cause such Incentive Stock Option to qualify as an “incentive stock option” under Section 422 of the Code. An Award Agreement for an Incentive Stock Option may provide that such Stock Option shall be treated as a Nonqualified Stock Option to the extent that certain requirements applicable to “incentive stock options” under the Code shall not be satisfied. An Incentive Stock Option shall by its terms be nontransferable other than by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall be exercisable during the lifetime of a Participant only by such Participant.

 

Page 6 of 14
 

 

(d)    Disqualifying Dispositions.    If shares of Common Stock acquired by exercise of an Incentive Stock Option are disposed of within two years following the Date of Grant or one year following the transfer of such shares to the Participant upon exercise, the Participant shall, promptly following such disposition, notify the Company in writing of the date and terms of such disposition and provide such other information regarding the disposition as the Company may reasonably require.

 

6.9     Repricing Prohibited.    Subject to the adjustment provisions contained in Section 4.2 hereof, without the prior approval of the Company’s stockholders, evidenced by a majority of votes cast, neither the Committee nor the Board shall cause the cancellation, substitution or amendment of a Stock Option that would have the effect of reducing the exercise price of such a Stock Option previously granted under the Plan, or otherwise approve any modification to such a Stock Option that would be treated as a “repricing” under the then applicable rules, regulations or listing requirements.

 

7.     Stock Awards.

 

7.1    Grant of Stock Awards.    A Stock Award may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee. A Stock Award may be granted for past services, in lieu of bonus or other cash compensation, as directors’ compensation or for any other valid purpose as determined by the Committee. A Stock Award granted to an Eligible Person represents shares of Common Stock that are issued without restrictions on transfer and other incidents of ownership and free of forfeiture conditions, except as otherwise provided in the Plan and the Award Agreement. The deemed issuance price of shares of Common Stock subject to each Stock Award shall not be less than 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant. In the case of any person who owns securities possessing more than ten percent of the combined voting power of all classes of securities of the issuer or its parent or subsidiaries possessing voting power, the deemed issuance price of shares of Common Stock subject to each Stock Award shall be at least 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant. The Committee may, in connection with any Stock Award, require the payment of a specified purchase price.

 

7.2    Rights as Stockholder.    Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 7 and the applicable Award Agreement, upon the issuance of the Common Stock under a Stock Award the Participant shall have all rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares of Common Stock, including the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto.

 

8.     Restricted Stock Awards.

 

8.1    Grant of Restricted Stock Awards.     A Restricted Stock Award may be granted to any Eligible Person selected by the Committee. The deemed issuance price of shares of Common Stock subject to each Restricted Stock Award shall not be less than 85 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant. In the case of any person who owns securities possessing more than ten percent of the combined voting power of all classes of securities of the issuer or its parent or subsidiaries possessing voting power, the deemed issuance price of shares of Common Stock subject to each Restricted Stock Award shall be at least 100 percent of the Fair Market Value of the Common Stock on the date of the grant. The Committee may require the payment by the Participant of a specified purchase price in connection with any Restricted Stock Award.

 

Page 7 of 14
 

 

8.2    Vesting Requirements.     The restrictions imposed on shares granted under a Restricted Stock Award shall lapse in accordance with the vesting requirements specified by the Committee in the Award Agreement, provided that the Committee may accelerate the vesting of a Restricted Stock Award at any time. Such vesting requirements may be based on the continued Service of the Participant with the Company or its Affiliates for a specified time period (or periods) or on the attainment of specified performance goals established by the Committee in its discretion. If the vesting requirements of a Restricted Stock Award shall not be satisfied, the Award shall be forfeited and the shares of Common Stock subject to the Award shall be returned to the Company.

 

8.3    Restrictions.     Shares granted under any Restricted Stock Award may not be transferred, assigned or subject to any encumbrance, pledge, or charge until all applicable restrictions are removed or have expired, unless otherwise allowed by the Committee. Failure to satisfy any applicable restrictions shall result in the subject shares of the Restricted Stock Award being forfeited and returned to the Company. The Committee may require in an Award Agreement that certificates representing the shares granted under a Restricted Stock Award bear a legend making appropriate reference to the restrictions imposed, and that certificates representing the shares granted or sold under a Restricted Stock Award will remain in the physical custody of an escrow holder until all restrictions are removed or have expired.

 

8.4    Rights as Stockholder.     Subject to the foregoing provisions of this Section 8 and the applicable Award Agreement, the Participant shall have all rights of a stockholder with respect to the shares granted to the Participant under a Restricted Stock Award, including the right to vote the shares and receive all dividends and other distributions paid or made with respect thereto. The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement for the payment of dividends and distributions to the Participant at such times as paid to stockholders generally or at the times of vesting or other payment of the Restricted Stock Award.

 

8.5    Section 83(b) Election.     If a Participant makes an election pursuant to Section 83(b) of the Code with respect to a Restricted Stock Award, the Participant shall file, within 30 days following the Date of Grant, a copy of such election with the Company and with the Internal Revenue Service, in accordance with the regulations under Section 83 of the Code. The Committee may provide in an Award Agreement that the Restricted Stock Award is conditioned upon the Participant’s making or refraining from making an election with respect to the Award under Section 83(b) of the Code.

 

9.     Change in Control.

 

9.1    Effect of Change in Control.    Except to the extent an Award Agreement provides for a different result (in which case the Award Agreement will govern and this Section 9 of the Plan shall not be applicable), notwithstanding anything elsewhere in the Plan or any rules adopted by the Committee pursuant to the Plan to the contrary, if a Triggering Event shall occur within the 12-month period beginning with a Change in Control of the Company, then, effective immediately prior to such Triggering Event, each outstanding Stock Option, to the extent that it shall not otherwise have become vested and exercisable, shall automatically become fully and immediately vested and exercisable, without regard to any otherwise applicable vesting requirement.

 

9.2    Definitions

 

(a)    Cause.    For purposes of this Section 9, the term “Cause” shall mean a determination by the Committee that a Participant (i) has been convicted of, or entered a plea of nolo contendere to, a crime that constitutes a felony under Federal or state law, (ii) has engaged in willful gross misconduct in the performance of the Participant’s duties to the Company or an Affiliate or (iii) has committed a material breach of any written agreement with the Company or any Affiliate with respect to confidentiality, noncompetition, nonsolicitation or similar restrictive covenant. Subject to the first sentence of Section 9.1 hereof, in the event that a Participant is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Affiliate that defines a termination on account of “Cause” (or a term having similar meaning), such definition shall apply as the definition of a termination on account of “Cause” for purposes hereof, but only to the extent that such definition provides the Participant with greater rights. A termination on account of Cause shall be communicated by written notice to the Participant, and shall be deemed to occur on the date such notice is delivered to the Participant.

 

Page 8 of 14
 

 

(b)    Change in Control.    For purposes of this Section 9, a “Change in Control” shall be deemed to have occurred upon:

 

(i) the occurrence of an acquisition by any individual, entity or group (within the meaning of Section 13(d)(3) or 14(d)(2) of the Exchange Act) (a “Person”) of beneficial ownership (within the meaning of Rule 13d-3 promulgated under the Exchange Act) of a percentage of the combined voting power of the then outstanding voting securities of the Company entitled to vote generally in the election of directors (the “Company Voting Securities”) (but excluding (1) any acquisition directly from the Company (other than an acquisition by virtue of the exercise of a conversion privilege of a security that was not acquired directly from the Company), (2) any acquisition by the Company or an Affiliate and (3) any acquisition by an employee benefit plan (or related trust) sponsored or maintained by the Company or any Affiliate) (an “Acquisition”) that is thirty percent (30%) or more of the Company Voting Securities;

 

(ii) at any time during a period of two (2) consecutive years or less, individuals who at the beginning of such period constitute the Board (and any new directors whose election by the Board or nomination for election by the Company’s stockholders was approved by a vote of at least two-thirds (2/3) of the directors then still in office who either were directors at the beginning of the period or whose election or nomination for election was so approved) cease for any reason (except for death, Disability or voluntary retirement) to constitute a majority thereof;

 

(iii) an Acquisition that is fifty percent (50%) or more of the Company Voting Securities;

 

(iv) the consummation of a merger, consolidation, reorganization or similar corporate transaction, whether or not the Company is the surviving company in such transaction, other than a merger, consolidation, or reorganization that would result in the Persons who are beneficial owners of the Company Voting Securities outstanding immediately prior thereto continuing to beneficially own, directly or indirectly, in substantially the same proportions, at least fifty percent (50%) of the combined voting power of the Company Voting Securities (or the voting securities of the surviving entity) outstanding immediately after such merger, consolidation or reorganization;

 

(v) the sale or other disposition of all or substantially all of the assets of the Company;

 

(vi) the approval by the stockholders of the Company of a complete liquidation or dissolution of the Company; or

 

(vii) the occurrence of any transaction or event, or series of transactions or events, designated by the Board in a duly adopted resolution as representing a change in the effective control of the business and affairs of the Company, effective as of the date specified in any such resolution.

 

Page 9 of 14
 

 

(c)    Constructive Termination.    For purposes of this Section 9, a “Constructive Termination” shall mean a termination of employment by a Participant within sixty (60) days following the occurrence of any one or more of the following events without the Participant’s written consent (i) any reduction in position, title (for Vice Presidents or above), overall responsibilities, level of authority, level of reporting (for Vice Presidents or above), base compensation, annual incentive compensation opportunity, aggregate employee benefits or (ii) a request that the Participant’s location of employment be relocated by more than fifty (50) miles. Subject to the first sentence of Section 9.1 hereof, in the event that a Participant is a party to an employment agreement with the Company or any Affiliate (or a successor entity) that defines a termination on account of “Constructive Termination,” “Good Reason” or “Breach of Agreement” (or a term having a similar meaning), such definition shall apply as the definition of “Constructive Termination” for purposes hereof in lieu of the foregoing, but only to the extent that such definition provides the Participant with greater rights. A Constructive Termination shall be communicated by written notice to the Committee, and shall be deemed to occur on the date such notice is delivered to the Committee, unless the circumstances giving rise to the Constructive Termination are cured within five (5) days of such notice.

 

(d)    Triggering Event.    For purposes of this Section 9, a “Triggering Event” shall mean (i) the termination of Service of a Participant by the Company or an Affiliate (or any successor thereof) other than on account of death, Disability or Cause, (ii) the occurrence of a Constructive Termination or (iii) any failure by the Company (or a successor entity) to assume, replace, convert or otherwise continue any Award in connection with the Change in Control (or another corporate transaction or other change effecting the Common Stock) on the same terms and conditions as applied immediately prior to such transaction, except for equitable adjustments to reflect changes in the Common Stock pursuant to Section 4.2 hereof.

 

9.3    Excise Tax Limit.    In the event that the vesting of Awards together with all other payments and the value of any benefit received or to be received by a Participant would result in all or a portion of such payment being subject to the excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code, then the Participant’s payment shall be either (i) the full payment or (ii) such lesser amount that would result in no portion of the payment being subject to excise tax under Section 4999 of the Code (the “Excise Tax”), whichever of the foregoing amounts, taking into account the applicable Federal, state, and local employment taxes, income taxes, and the Excise Tax, results in the receipt by the Participant, on an after-tax basis, of the greatest amount of the payment notwithstanding that all or some portion of the payment may be taxable under Section 4999 of the Code. All determinations required to be made under this Section 9 shall be made by M&K CPAs PLLC or any other accounting firm which is the Company’s outside auditor immediately prior to the event triggering the payments that are subject to the Excise Tax (the “Accounting Firm”). The Company shall cause the Accounting Firm to provide detailed supporting calculations of its determinations to the Company and the Participant. All fees and expenses of the Accounting Firm shall be borne solely by the Company. The Accounting Firm’s determinations must be made with substantial authority (within the meaning of Section 6662 of the Code). For the purposes of all calculations under Section 280G of the Code and the application of this Section 9.3, all determinations as to present value shall be made using 120 percent of the applicable Federal rate (determined under Section 1274(d) of the Code) compounded semiannually.

 

10.     Forfeiture Events.

 

10.1    General.    The Committee may specify in an Award Agreement at the time of the Award that the Participant’s rights, payments and benefits with respect to an Award shall be subject to reduction, cancellation, forfeiture or recoupment upon the occurrence of certain specified events, in addition to any otherwise applicable vesting or performance conditions of an Award. Such events shall include, but shall not be limited to, termination of Service for cause, violation of material Company policies, breach of noncompetition, confidentiality or other restrictive covenants that may apply to the Participant, or other conduct by the Participant that is detrimental to the business or reputation of the Company.

 

Page 10 of 14
 

 

10.2    Termination for Cause.    Unless otherwise provided by the Committee and set forth in an Award Agreement, if a Participant’s employment with the Company or any Affiliate shall be terminated for cause, the Company may, in its sole discretion, immediately terminate such Participant’s right to any further payments, vesting or exercisability with respect to any Award in its entirety. In the event a Participant is party to an employment (or similar) agreement with the Company or any Affiliate that defines the term “cause,” such definition shall apply for purposes of the Plan. The Company shall have the power to determine whether the Participant has been terminated for cause and the date upon which such termination for cause occurs. Any such determination shall be final, conclusive and binding upon the Participant. In addition, if the Company shall reasonably determine that a Participant has committed or may have committed any act which could constitute the basis for a termination of such Participant’s employment for cause, the Company may suspend the Participant’s rights to exercise any option, receive any payment or vest in any right with respect to any Award pending a determination by the Company of whether an act has been committed which could constitute the basis for a termination for “cause” as provided in this Section 10.2.

 

11.     General Provisions.

 

11.1    Award Agreement.    To the extent deemed necessary by the Committee, an Award under the Plan shall be evidenced by an Award Agreement in a written or electronic form approved by the Committee setting forth the number of shares of Common Stock or units subject to the Award, the exercise price, base price, or purchase price of the Award, the time or times at which an Award will become vested, exercisable or payable and the term of the Award. The Award Agreement may also set forth the effect on an Award of termination of Service under certain circumstances. The Award Agreement shall be subject to and incorporate, by reference or otherwise, all of the applicable terms and conditions of the Plan, and may also set forth other terms and conditions applicable to the Award as determined by the Committee consistent with the limitations of the Plan. Award Agreements evidencing Incentive Stock Options shall contain such terms and conditions as may be necessary to meet the applicable provisions of Section 422 of the Code. The grant of an Award under the Plan shall not confer any rights upon the Participant holding such Award other than such terms, and subject to such conditions, as are specified in the Plan as being applicable to such type of Award (or to all Awards) or as are expressly set forth in the Award Agreement. The Committee need not require the execution of an Award Agreement by a Participant, in which case, acceptance of the Award by the Participant shall constitute agreement by the Participant to the terms, conditions, restrictions and limitations set forth in the Plan and the Award Agreement as well as the administrative guidelines of the Company in effect from time to time.

 

11.2    No Assignment or Transfer; Beneficiaries.    Except as provided in Section 6.7 hereof, Awards under the Plan shall not be assignable or transferable by the Participant, except by will or by the laws of descent and distribution, and shall not be subject in any manner to assignment, alienation, pledge, encumbrance or charge. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Committee may provide in the terms of an Award Agreement that the Participant shall have the right to designate a beneficiary or beneficiaries who shall be entitled to any rights, payments or other benefits specified under an Award following the Participant’s death. During the lifetime of a Participant, an Award shall be exercised only by such Participant or such Participant’s guardian or legal representative. In the event of a Participant’s death, an Award may to the extent permitted by the Award Agreement be exercised by the Participant’s beneficiary as designated by the Participant in the manner prescribed by the Committee or, in the absence of an authorized beneficiary designation, by the legatee of such Award under the Participant’s will or by the Participant’s estate in accordance with the Participant’s will or the laws of descent and distribution, in each case in the same manner and to the same extent that such Award was exercisable by the Participant on the date of the Participant’s death.

 

Page 11 of 14
 

 

11.3    Deferrals of Payment.    The Committee may in its discretion permit a Participant to defer the receipt of payment of cash or delivery of shares of Common Stock that would otherwise be due to the Participant by virtue of the exercise of a right or the satisfaction of vesting or other conditions with respect to an Award. If any such deferral is to be permitted by the Committee, the Committee shall establish rules and procedures relating to such deferral in a manner intended to comply with the requirements of Section 409A of the Code, including, without limitation, the time when an election to defer may be made, the time period of the deferral and the events that would result in payment of the deferred amount, the interest or other earnings attributable to the deferral and the method of funding, if any, attributable to the deferred amount.

 

11.4    Rights as Stockholder.    A Participant shall have no rights as a holder of shares of Common Stock with respect to any unissued securities covered by an Award until the date the Participant becomes the holder of record of such securities. Except as provided in Section 4.2 hereof, no adjustment or other provision shall be made for dividends or other stockholder rights, except to the extent that the Award Agreement provides for dividend payments or dividend equivalent rights.

 

11.5    Employment or Service.    Nothing in the Plan, in the grant of any Award or in any Award Agreement shall confer upon any Eligible Person any right to continue in the Service of the Company or any of its Affiliates, or interfere in any way with the right of the Company or any of its Affiliates to terminate the Participant’s employment or other service relationship for any reason at any time.

 

11.6    Securities Laws.    No shares of Common Stock will be issued or transferred pursuant to an Award unless and until all then applicable requirements imposed by Federal and state securities and other laws, rules and regulations and by any regulatory agencies having jurisdiction, and by any exchanges upon which the shares of Common Stock may be listed, have been fully met. As a condition precedent to the issuance of shares pursuant to the grant or exercise of an Award, the Company may require the Participant to take any reasonable action to meet such requirements. The Committee may impose such conditions on any shares of Common Stock issuable under the Plan as it may deem advisable, including, without limitation, restrictions under the Securities Act of 1933, as amended, under the requirements of any exchange upon which such shares of the same class are then listed, and under any blue sky or other securities laws applicable to such shares. The Committee may also require the Participant to represent and warrant at the time of issuance or transfer that the shares of Common Stock are being acquired only for investment purposes and without any current intention to sell or distribute such shares.

 

11.7    Tax Withholding.    The Participant shall be responsible for payment of any taxes or similar charges required by law to be withheld from an Award or an amount paid in satisfaction of an Award, which shall be paid by the Participant on or prior to the payment or other event that results in taxable income in respect of an Award. The Award Agreement may specify the manner in which the withholding obligation shall be satisfied with respect to the particular type of Award.

 

11.8    Unfunded Plan.    The adoption of the Plan and any reservation of shares of Common Stock or cash amounts by the Company to discharge its obligations hereunder shall not be deemed to create a trust or other funded arrangement. Except upon the issuance of Common Stock pursuant to an Award, any rights of a Participant under the Plan shall be those of a general unsecured creditor of the Company, and neither a Participant nor the Participant’s permitted transferees or estate shall have any other interest in any assets of the Company by virtue of the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, the Company shall have the right to implement or set aside funds in a grantor trust, subject to the claims of the Company’s creditors or otherwise, to discharge its obligations under the Plan.

 

Page 12 of 14
 

 

11.9    Other Compensation and Benefit Plans.    The adoption of the Plan shall not affect any other share incentive or other compensation plans in effect for the Company or any Affiliate, nor shall the Plan preclude the Company from establishing any other forms of share incentive or other compensation or benefit program for employees of the Company or any Affiliate. The amount of any compensation deemed to be received by a Participant pursuant to an Award shall not constitute includable compensation for purposes of determining the amount of benefits to which a Participant is entitled under any other compensation or benefit plan or program of the Company or an Affiliate, including, without limitation, under any pension or severance benefits plan, except to the extent specifically provided by the terms of any such plan.

 

11.10    Plan Binding on Transferees.    The Plan shall be binding upon the Company, its transferees and assigns, and the Participant, the Participant’s executor, administrator and permitted transferees and beneficiaries.

 

11.11    Severability.    If any provision of the Plan or any Award Agreement shall be determined to be illegal or unenforceable by any court of law in any jurisdiction, the remaining provisions hereof and thereof shall be severable and enforceable in accordance with their terms, and all provisions shall remain enforceable in any other jurisdiction.

 

11.12    Foreign Jurisdictions.    The Committee may adopt, amend and terminate such arrangements and grant such Awards, not inconsistent with the intent of the Plan, as it may deem necessary or desirable to comply with any tax, securities, regulatory or other laws of other jurisdictions with respect to Awards that may be subject to such laws. The terms and conditions of such Awards may vary from the terms and conditions that would otherwise be required by the Plan solely to the extent the Committee deems necessary for such purpose. Moreover, the Board may approve such supplements to or amendments, restatements or alternative versions of the Plan, not inconsistent with the intent of the Plan, as it may consider necessary or appropriate for such purposes, without thereby affecting the terms of the Plan as in effect for any other purpose.

 

11.13    Substitute Awards in Corporate Transactions.    Nothing contained in the Plan shall be construed to limit the right of the Committee to grant Awards under the Plan in connection with the acquisition, whether by purchase, merger, consolidation or other corporate transaction, of the business or assets of any corporation or other entity. Without limiting the foregoing, the Committee may grant Awards under the Plan to an employee or director of another corporation who becomes an Eligible Person by reason of any such corporate transaction in substitution for awards previously granted by such corporation or entity to such person. The terms and conditions of the substitute Awards may vary from the terms and conditions that would otherwise be required by the Plan solely to the extent the Committee deems necessary for such purpose.

 

11.14 Governing Law. The Plan and all rights hereunder shall be subject to and interpreted in accordance with the laws of the State of Nevada, without reference to the principles of conflicts of laws, and to applicable Federal securities laws.

 

11.15 Financial Statements. All Participants shall receive the financial statements of the Company at least annually.

 

11.16 Performance Based Awards.     For purposes of Stock Awards and Restricted Stock Awards granted under the Plan that are intended to qualify as “performance-based” compensation under Section 162(m) of the Code, such Awards shall be granted to the extent necessary to satisfy the requirements of Section 162(m) of the Code.

 

Page 13 of 14
 

 

11.17 Stockholder Approval. The Plan must be approved by the stockholders by a majority of all shares entitled to vote within twelve (12) months after the date the Plan was adopted by the Board. Any Incentive Stock Options granted before stockholder approval is obtained shall be converted into Nonqualified Stock Options if stockholder approval is not obtained within twelve (12) months before or after the Plan was adopted.

 

12.     Effective Date; Amendment and Termination.

 

12.1    Effective Date.    The Plan shall become effective following its adoption by the Board. The term of the Plan shall be ten (10) years from the date of adoption by the Board, subject to Section 12.3 hereof.

 

12.2    Amendment.     The Board may at any time and from time to time and in any respect, amend or modify the Plan. The Board may seek the approval of any amendment or modification by the Company’s stockholders to the extent it deems necessary or advisable in its discretion for purposes of compliance with Section 162(m) or Section 422 of the Code, or exchange or securities market or for any other purpose. No amendment or modification of the Plan shall adversely affect any Award theretofore granted without the consent of the Participant or the permitted transferee of the Award.

 

12.3    Termination.    The Plan shall terminate on the tenth anniversary of the date of its adoption by the Board. The Board may, in its discretion and at any earlier date, terminate the Plan. Notwithstanding the foregoing, no termination of the Plan shall adversely affect any Award theretofore granted without the consent of the Participant or the permitted transferee of the Award.

  

Page 14 of 14

 

Exhibit 10.8

 

Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE
©2004 PORTLAND METROPOLITAN ASSOCIATION OF BUILDING OWNERS AND MANAGERS

 

1.1 Basic Lease Terms.

 

A. REFERENCE DATE OF LEASE November 24,2010
     
B. TENANT:

Trade Name:   Deco Distilling  
Address (Leased Premises): 1512 SE 7 th Avenue
  Portland, OR 97214

 

Address (For Notices):    
     
     

 

C. LANDLORD: Oregon City Building Limited Partnership
Address (For Notices): 3662 SW Tun nelwood Street
  Portland, OR 97221

 

     

 

D. PREMISES: 1512 SE 7 th Avenue at the 712 SE Hawthorne Building (the “Building”) in Portland, Oregon.
   
E. PREMISES AREA: Approximately 1,300 Rentable Square Feet (See Exhibit “A”)
   
F. BUILDING AREA: Approximately 11,480 Rentable Square Feet

 

G.  TENANT'S PROPORTIONATE SHARE: N.A. The percentage is obtained by dividing the rentable square feet of the Premises by the total number of rentable square feet of the Building, Landlord may modify Tenant's Proportionate Share if the Building size is increased or decreased, as the case may be,

 

H.  TENANTS PERMITTED USE OF PREMISES: Distillery; mixing and preparation of separately procured products into alcoholic beverages, as well as taste samplings and retail sale of products.

 

I.  TERM OF LEASE: Commencement Date: December 1,2010
       
    Expiration Date: November 30,2014
       
    Number of Full Calendar Months: 48

 

J. INITIAL BASE MONTHLY RENT:            $1,300.00 per month, modified gross. Tenant is responsible for their own interior janitorial, telephone and internet expenses.

 

Rent is abated for the first two months of this lease ($0,00 rent due for first two months.)

 

Tenant reserves the right to give early termination notice to Landlord for a termination fee of 90 days rent (at the then current rental rate) plus reimburse unamortized real estate commission payable to Landlord with early termination notice, should the Tenant need to increase their business space requirement.

 

K. BASE RENT ADJUSTMENT: The following is based on commencement date of December 1,2010. Commencement of this Lease is subject to Federal regulatory approval of this business moving to this new location. If federal approval date is after December 1,2010 then all dates shown below will be adjusted to the actual date of the commencement. Said commencement date to be on the first of the month as will all rent increase anniversary dates thereafter.

 

 

  Please Initial
       
Page 1  
Landlord   Tenant

 

 
 

  

Year 2; December 1, 2011   $ 1,332  
Year 3: December 1, 2012   $ 1,366  
Year 4: December 1, 2013   $ 1,400  

 

L. BASE YEAR: REAL PROPERTY TAXES 2010-2011. EXPENSES 2011.

 

M. PARKING: N.A. Spaces [Insert “NA” if not applicable]

 

N. PREPAID RENT: Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord as first month’s rent the amount of $1,300.00.

 

O. SECURITY DEPOSIT: Upon execution of this Lease, Tenant shall deposit with Landlord $500.00 (the “Security Deposit").

 

P. BROKER(S): Randy Hoaglin, C&R Real Estate Services Co. representing Landlord and Tim Budelman of Prudential Northwest Properties representing the Tenant.

 

Q. GUARANTORS): William A. Adams and Lenny Gotter. Personal Guaranty will expire two years from the commencement date

If Guarantor(s) is/are listed, Tenant shall cause all Guavantor(s) to return to Landlord an executed Guaranty of this Lease in the form attached as Exhibit D at the same time as Lease execution,

 

For valuable consideration, Landlord and Tenant covenant and agree as follows:

 

1.2    Lease of Premises.

 

Landlord leases to Tenant the premises described in the Basic Lease Terms and shown on Exhibit A (the “Premises”), located in the Building, subject to the terms and conditions of this Lease.

 

1.3     Delivery of Possession and Commencement.

 

Should Landlord be unable to deliver possession of the Premises on the commencement date stated in the Basic Lease Terms, the commencement date will be deferred and Tenant shall owe no rent until notice from Landlord tendering possession to Tenant. If possession is not so tendered within ninety (90) sixty (60) days following the commencement date set forth in the Basic Lease Terms, then Tenant may elect to terminate this Lease by notice to Landlord within ten (10) days following expiration of the ninety (90) sixty (60) day-period. Landlord shall have no liability to Tenant for delay in delivering possession, The expiration date of this Lease shall be the date stated in the Basic Lease Terms or, if later, the last day of the calendar month that is the number of full calendar months stated in the Basic Lease Terms from the month in which the commencement date occurs. The Premises shall be improved in accordance with Exhibit B. The existence of any “punchlist”-type items shall not postpone the commencement date of this Lease. Tenant’s occupancy of the Premises shall constitute conclusive acceptance of the amount of square footage stated herein, and of the condition of the Premises.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE        
Page 2  
Landlord   Tenant

    

 
 

 

2.1     Rent Payment

 

Tenant shall pay to Landlord the Base Rent for the Premises and any additional rent provided herein, without deduction or offset. At the same time as execution of the Lease, Tenant shall pay the Base Rent for the first full month of the Lease term for which rent is payable. Rent is payable in advance on the first day of each month commencing on the commencement date of this Lease. Rent for any partial month during the Lease term shall be prorated to reflect the number of days during the month that Tenant occupies the Premises. Additional rent means amounts determined under Section 19 of this Lease and any other sums payable by Tenant to Landlord under this Lease. Rent not paid when due shall bear interest at the rate of 1 1/2 percent per month, or if less the maximum applicable rate of interest permitted by law, until paid. Landlord may at its option impose a late charge of the greater of $.05 for each $1 of rent or $50 for rent payments made more than ten (10) days late in lieu of interest for the first month of delinquency. Tenant acknowledges that late payment by Tenant to Landlord of any rent or other sums due under this Lease will cause Landlord to incur costs not contemplated by this Lease, the exact amount of such costs being extremely difficult and impracticable to ascertain, and that such late charge represents a fair and reasonable estimate of the costs that Landlord will incur by reason of any such late payment and is not a penalty, Neither imposition nor collection nor failure to impose or collect such late charge shall be considered a waiver of any other remedies available for default. In addition to such late charge, an additional charge of $75 shall be recoverable by Landlord for any returned checks.

 

2.2     Prepaid Rent.

 

Upon the execution of this Lease, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the prepaid rent set forth in the Basic Lease Terms. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the prepaid rent are those of a debtor and not of a trustee, and Landlord can commingle the prepaid rent with Landlord’s general funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the prepaid rent. Landlord shall be entitled to immediately endorse and cash Tenant’s prepaid rent; however, such endorsement and cashing shall not constitute Landlord’s acceptance of this Lease. In the event Landlord does not accept this Lease, Landlord shall promptly return said prepaid rent to Tenant

 

3.1    Security Deposit.

 

At the same time as execution of the Lease by Tenant, Tenant shall pay to Landlord the amount stated in the Basic Lease Terms as a Security Deposit. Landlord may apply the Security Deposit to pay the cost of performing any obligation which Tenant fails to perform within the time required by this Lease, but such application by Landlord shall not waive Landlord's other remedies nor be the exclusive remedy for Tenant’s default. If the Security Deposit is applied by Landlord, Tenant shall on demand pay the sum necessary to replenish the Security Deposit to its original amount. In no event will Tenant have the right to apply any part of the Security Deposit to any rent or other sums due under this Lease. If Tenant is not in default at the expiration or termination of this Lease, Landlord shall return the entire Security Deposit to Tenant, except for the portion designated in the Basic Lease Terms, if any, which Landlord shall retain as a non-refundable cleaning fee. Landlord’s obligations with respect to the Security Deposit are those of a debtor and not of a trustee, and Landlord can commingle the Security Deposit with Landlord's general funds. Landlord shall not be required to pay Tenant interest on the Security Deposit. Landlord shall be entitled to immediately endorse and cash Tenant's Security Deposit; however, such endorsement and cashing shall not constitute Landlord's acceptance of this Lease. In the event Landlord does not accept this Lease, Landlord shall return said Security Deposit. If Landlord sells its interest in the Premises during the term hereof and deposits with or credits to the purchaser the unapplied portion of the Security Deposit, thereupon Landlord shall be discharged from any further liability or responsibility with respect to the Security Deposit.

 

4.1    Use.

 

Tenant shall use the Premises as a business for the Tenant's Permitted Use stated in the Basic Lease Terms and for no other purpose without Landlord’s written consent. In connection with its use, Tenant shall at its expense promptly comply and cause the Premises to comply with all applicable laws, ordinances, rules, and regulations of any public authority (“Laws”) and shall not annoy, obstruct, or interfere with the rights of other tenants of the Building. Tenant shall create no nuisance nor allow any objectionable fumes, noise, light, vibration, radiation, or electromagnetic waves to be emitted from the Premises. If any sound or vibration produced by Tenant's activities is detectable outside of the Premises, Tenant shall provide such insulation as is required to muffle such sound or vibration and render it undetectable at Tenant's cost. Tenant shall not conduct any activities that will increase Landlord’s insurance rates for any portion of the Building or that will in any manner degrade or damage the reputation of the Building. Tenant shall pay before delinquency all taxes, assessments, license fees and public charges levied, assessed or imposed upon its business operations as well as upon all trade fixtures, leasehold improvements, merchandise and other personal property in or about the Premises.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE        
Page 3  
Landlord   Tenant

  

 
 

  

4.2    Equipment .

 

Tenant shall install in the Premises only such equipment as is customary for Tenant's Permitted Use and shall not overload the floors or electrical circuits of the Premises or Building or alter the plumbing or wiring of the Premises or Building. Landlord must approve in advance the location of and manner of installing any wiring or electrical, heat generating, climate sensitive, or communication equipment or exceptionally heavy articles. All telecommunications equipment, conduit, cables and wiring, additional dedicated circuits, and any additional air conditioning required because of heat generating equipment or special lighting installed by Tenant shall be installed and operated at Tenant’s expense and, at Landlord’s written request shall be removed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense. Landlord shall have no obligation to permit the installation of equipment by any telecommunications provider whose equipment is not then servicing the Building. Tenant shall have no right to install any equipment on or through the roof of the Building, or use or install or store any equipment or other items outside of the interior boundary of the Premises.

 

4.3    Signs and Other Installations.

 

No signs, awnings, or other apparatus shall be painted on or attached to the Building or anything placed on any glass or woodwork of the Premises or positioned so as to be visible from outside the Premises, including any window covering (e.g., shades, blinds, curtains, drapes, screens, or tinting materials) without Landlord’s written consent, and Landlord's approval as to design, size, location, and color, All signs installed by Tenant shall comply with Landlord’s standards for signs and all applicable codes and all signs and sign hardware shall be removed upon termination of this Lease with the sign location restored to its former state unless Landlord elects to retain all or any portion thereof. Tenant may not install any alarm boxes, foil protection tape, or other security equipment on the Premises without Landlord's prior written consent. Any material violating this provision may be removed and disposed by Landlord without compensation to Tenant, and Tenant shall reimburse Landlord for the cost of the same upon request. Tenant responsible for any and all signs installed on the outside of the building subject to Landlord approval, and also if necessary, governmental approval. In addition, if Tenant wishes to use an A- board style sign on the sidewalk, they will comply with the City of Portland permit process and regulations, as well as being responsible for any and all permit fees.

 

If a number of parking spaces is designated in the Basic Lease Terms, then during the term of this Lease, Landlord shall make available to Tenant’s employees such number of parking space(s) at the parking lot servicing the Building. Landlord's obligation pursuant to this Section shall be limited to making such spaces available in whatever manner Landlord deems appropriate (attended, unattended, marked stalls, or other means), as long as the number of spaces referred to are made available to Tenant. Tenant shall be required to pay as rental for the spaces made available to, and used by, Tenant the established parking rates for the Building or lot (as the case may be), as adjusted from time to time, and such sum shall be additional rent payable under this Lease.

 

5.1    Utilities and Services.

 

Landlord will furnish water and electricity to the Building at all times and will furnish heat and air conditioning (if the Building is air conditioned), at building standard levels, during the normal Building hours as established by Landlord. Janitorial service will be provided in accordance with the regular schedule of the Building, which schedule and service may change from time to time . Tenant shall comply with all government laws or regulations regarding the use or reduction of use of utilities on the Premises. Interruption of services or utilities shall not be deemed an eviction or disturbance of Tenant’s use and possession of the Premises, render Landlord liable to Tenant for damages, or relieve Tenant from performance of Tenant’s obligations under this Lease. Landlord shall take all reasonable steps to correct any interruptions in service caused by defects in utility systems within Landlord's reasonable control. Electrical service furnished will be 110 volts unless different service already exists in the Premises. Tenant shall provide its own surge protection for power furnished to the Premises. Landlord shall have the exclusive right to choose the utility service providers to the Premises and may change providers at its discretion. Tenant shall cooperate with Landlord and the utility service providers at all times as reasonably necessary, and shall allow Landlord and utility service providers, reasonable access to the pipes, lines, feeders, risers, wiring, and any other machinery within the Premises. Tenant shall not contract or en gage any other utility provider without prior written approval of Landlord, which approval Landlord may withhold or condition in Landlord’s discretion. Tenant responsible for own telephone and internet installation and service charges, as well as interior janitorial.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE        
Page 4  
Landlord   Tenant

 

 
 

 

 

5.2     Extra Usage.

 

If Tenant uses excessive amounts of utilities or services of any kind because of operation outside of normal Building hours, high demands from office machinery and equipment, nonstandard lighting, or any other cause, Landlord may impose a reasonable charge for supplying such extra utilities or services, which charge shall be payable monthly by Tenant in conjunction with rent payments. In case of dispute over any extra charge under this Section, Landlord shall designate a qualified independent engineer whose decision shall be conclusive on both parties. Landlord and Tenant shall each pay one-half of the cost of such determination. Landlord reserves the right to install separate meters for any such utility and to charge Tenant for the cost of such installation.

 

5.3    Security.

 

Landlord may but shall have no obligation to provide security service or to adopt security measures regarding the Premises, and Tenant shall cooperate with all reasonable security measures adopted by Landlord. Tenant may install a security system within the Premises with Landlord’s written consent which will not be unreasonably withheld, Landlord will be provided with an access code to any security system and shall not have any liability for accidentally setting off Tenant’s security system. Landlord may modify the type or amount of security measures or services provided to the Building or the Premises at any time without notice.

 

6.1     Maintenance and Repair.

 

6.1.1 Landlord shall maintain and repair in good condition the Building structure, roof, exterior walls and doors, exterior windows, and common areas of the Building, and the electrical, mechanical, plumbing, heating and air conditioning systems, facilities and components located in the Building that are used in common by all tenants of the Building (including replacing building standard light bulbs). Tenant shall maintain and repair the Premises in good condition, including, without limitation, maintaining and repairing all walls, floors, and ceilings, all interior doors, partitions, and windows, and all Premises systems, fixtures, and equipment that are not the maintenance responsibility of Landlord, as well as damage caused by Tenant, its agents, employees, contractors, or invitees, including replacing building standard light bulbs.

 

6.1.2 Landlord shall have no liability for failure to perform required maintenance and repair unless written notice of such maintenance or repair is given by Tenant and Landlord fails to commence efforts to remedy the problem in a reasonable time and manner. Landlord shall have the right to erect scaffolding and other apparatus necessary for the purpose of making repairs or alterations to the Building, and Landlord shall have no liability for interference with Tenant’s use because of such work. Work may be done during normal business hours. Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord for any interruption or reduction of services or interference with Tenant’s occupancy caused by Landlord's maintenance and repair, and no such interruption or reduction shall be construed as a constructive or other eviction of Tenant.

 

6.1.3 Landlord's cost of repair and maintenance shall be considered “operating expenses” for purposes of Section 19.3, except that repair of damage caused by negligent or intentional acts or breach of this Lease by Tenant, its contractors, agents, or invitees shall be at Tenant’s expense.

 

6.2    Alterations.

 

6.2.1 Tenant shall not make any alterations, additions, or improvements to the Premises, change the color of the interior, or install any wall or floor covering without Landlord’s prior written consent which may be withheld in Landlord’s sole discretion. Should Landlord consent in writing to Tenant's alteration of the Premises, Tenant shall contract with a contractor approved by Landlord for the construction of such alterations, shall secure all appropriate governmental approvals and permits, and shall complete such alterations with due diligence in compliance with the plans and specifications approved by Landlord. All such construction shall be performed in a manner which will not interfere with the quiet enjoyment of other tenants of the Building. Any such improvements, alterations, wiring, cables, or conduit installed by Tenant shall at once become part of the Premises and belong to Landlord except for removable machinery and unattached movable trade fixtures. Landlord may at its option require that Tenant remove any improvements, alterations, wiring, cables or conduit installed by or for Tenant and restore the Premises to the original condition upon termination of this Lease. Landlord shall have the right to approve the contractor used by Tenant for any work in the Premises, and to post notices of nonresponsibility in connection with work being performed by Tenant in the Premises, Work by Tenant shall comply with all laws then applicable to the Premises, Tenant shall not allow any liens to attach to the Building or Tenant’s interest in the Premises as a result of its activities or any alterations.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE        
Page 5  
Landlord   Tenant

 

 
 

  

6.2.2 Landlord may perform alterations to or change the configuration of the Building, the Building, the parking area, and other common areas.

 

7.1 Landlord may perform alterations to or change the configuration of the Building, the Building, the parking area, and other common areas.

 

7.2    Indemnity.

 

Tenant shall indemnify, defend, and hold harmless Landlord and its managing agents and employees from any claim, liability, damage, or loss occurring in, on, or about the Premises, or any cost or expense in connection therewith (including attorney fees), arising out of (a) any damage to any person or property occurring in, on, or about the Premises, (b) use by Tenant or its agents, invitees or contractors of the Premises and/or the Building, and/or (c) Tenant's breach or violation of any term of this Lease.

 

7.2    Insurance.

 

Tenant shall carry liability insurance with limits of not less than Two Million Dollars ($2,000,000) combined single limit bodily injury and property damage which insurance shall have an endorsement naming Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent, if any, as an additional insured, cover the liability insured under Section 7.1 of this Lease and be in form and with companies reasonably acceptable to Landlord. Prior to occupancy, Tenant shall furnish a certificate evidencing such insurance which shall state that the coverage shall not be canceled or materially changed without thirty (30) days’ advance notice to Landlord and Landlord’s managing agent, if any. Tenant shall furnish to Landlord a renewal certificate at least thirty (30) days prior to expiration of any policy. If additional insurance is required by Tenant in order to do “taste-testing, they will agree to acquire additional insurance if needed, at their cost .

 

8.1    Fire or Casualty.

 

“Major Damage” means damage by fire or other casualty to the Building or the Premises which causes the Premises or any substantial portion of the Building to be unusable, or which will cost more than 25 percent of the pre-damage value of the Building to repair, or which is not covered by insurance. In case of Major Damage, Landlord may elect to terminate this Lease by notice in writing to the Tenant within thirty (30) days after such date. If this Lease is not terminated following Major Damage, or if damage occurs which is not Major Damage, Landlord shall promptly restore the Premises to the condition existing just prior to the damage. Tenant shall promptly restore all damage to tenant improvements or alterations installed or paid for by Tenant or pay the cost of such, restoration to Landlord if Landlord elects to do the restoration of such improvements. Unless the casualty was caused by Tenant, rent shall be reduced from the date of damage until the date restoration work being performed by Landlord is substantially complete, with the reduction to be in proportion to the area of the Premises not usable by Tenant.

 

8.2    Waiver of Subrogation.

 

Tenant shall be responsible for insuring its personal property and trade fixtures located on the Premises and any alterations or tenant improvements it has made to the Premises. Neither Landlord, its managing agent nor Tenant shall be liable to the other for any loss or damage caused by water damage, sprinkler leakage, or any of the risks that are covered by property insurance or could be covered by a customary broad form of property insurance policy, or for any business interruption, and there shall be no subrogated claim by one party’s insurance carrier against the other party arising out of any such loss.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE        
Page 6  
Landlord   Tenant

  

 
 

  

9.1      Eminent Domain.

 

If a condemning authority takes title by eminent domain or by agreement in lieu thereof to the entire Building or a portion sufficient to render the Premises unsuitable for Tenant’s use, then either party may elect to terminate this Lease effective on the date that possession is taken by the condemning authority. If this Lease is not terminated, then rent shall be reduced for the remainder of the term in an amount proportionate to the reduction in area of the Premises caused by the taking. All condemnation proceeds shall belong to Landlord, and Tenant shall have no claim against Landlord or the condemnation award because of the taking.

 

10.1    Assignment and Subletting.

 

Tenant shall not assign or encumber its interest under this Lease or sublet all or any portion of the Premises without first obtaining Landlord’s consent in writing. This provision shall apply to all transfers by operation of law, and to all mergers and changes in control of Tenant, all of which shall be deemed assignments for the purposes of this Section. No assignment shall relieve Tenant of its obligation to pay rent or perform other obligations required by this Lease, and no consent to one assignment or subletting shall be a consent to any further assignment or subletting. If Tenant proposes a subletting or assignment for which Landlord’s consent is required, Landlord shall have the option of terminating this Lease and dealing directly with the proposed subtenant or assignee, or any third party. If Landlord does not terminate this Lease, Landlord shall not unreasonably withhold its consent to any assignment or subletting provided the effective rental paid by the subtenant or assignee is not less than the current scheduled rental rate of the Building for comparable space and the proposed Tenant is compatible with Landlord’s normal standards for the Building. If an assignment or subletting is permitted, any cash net profit, or the net value of any other consideration received by Tenant as a result of such transaction shall be paid to Landlord promptly following its receipt by Tenant. Tenant shall pay any costs incurred by Landlord in connection with a request for assignment or subletting, including reasonable attorney fees.

 

11.1 Default.

 

Any of the following shall constitute an Event of Default by Tenant under this Lease (time of performance being of the essence of this Lease):

 

11.1.1 Tenant’s failure to pay rent or any other charge under this Lease within ten (10) days after it is due.

 

11.1.2 Tenant's failure to comply with any other term or condition within twenty (20) days following written notice from Landlord specifying the noncompliance. If such noncompliance cannot be cured within the twenty (20)-day period, this provision shall be satisfied if Tenant commences correction within such period and thereafter proceeds in good faith and with reasonable diligence to complete collection as soon as possible but not later than ninety (90) days after the date of Landlord's notice.

 

11.1.3 Failure of Tenant to execute the documents described in Section 16.1 or 16.3 within the time required under such Sections; failure of Tenant to provide or maintain the insurance required of Tenant pursuant hereto; or failure of Tenant to comply with any Laws as required pursuant hereto within twenty-four (24) hours after written demand by Landlord.

 

11.1.4 Tenant’s insolvency, business failure, or assignment for the benefit of its creditors. Tenant’s commencement of proceedings under any provision of any bankruptcy or insolvency law or failure to obtain dismissal of any petition filed against it under such laws within the time required to answer; or the appointment of a receiver for all or any portion of Tenant’s properties or financial records.

 

11.1.5 Assignment or subletting by Tenant in violation of Section 10.1.

 

11.1.6 Vacation or abandonment of the Premises without the written consent of Landlord or failure to occupy the Premises within twenty (20) days after notice from Landlord tendering possession.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE      
Page 7  
Landlord   Tenant

  

 
 

  

11.2    Remedies for Default.

 

Upon occurrence of an Event of Default as described in Section 11,1, Landlord shall have the right to the following remedies, which are intended to be cumulative and in addition to any other remedies provided under applicable law or under this Lease:

 

11.2.1 Landlord may at its option terminate this Lease, without prejudice to its right to damages for Tenant’s breach. With or without termination, Landlord may retake possession of the Premises and may use or relet the Premises without accepting a surrender or waiving the right to damages, Following such retaking of possession, efforts by Landlord to relet the Premises shall be sufficient if Landlord follows its usual procedures for finding tenants for the space at rates not less than the current rates for other comparable space in the Building. If Landlord has other vacant space in the Building, prospective tenants may be placed in such other space without prejudice to Landlord’s claim to damages or loss of rentals from Tenant,

 

11.2.2 Landlord may recover all damages caused by Tenant’s default which shall include an amount equal to rentals lost because of the default, Lease commissions paid for this Lease, and the unamortized cost of any tenant improvements installed by or paid for by Landlord. Landlord may sue periodically to recover damages as they occur throughout the Lease term, and no action for accrued damages shall bar a later action for damages subsequently accruing. Landlord may elect in any one action to recover accrued damages plus damages attributable to the remaining term of the Lease. Such damages shall be measured by the difference between the rent under this Lease and the reasonable rental value of the Premises for the remainder of the term, discounted to the time of judgment at the prevailing interest rate on judgments.

 

11.3    Landlord’s Right To Cure Default.

 

Landlord may, but shall not be obligated to, make any payment or perform any obligation which Tenant has failed to perform when required under this Lease. All of Landlord's expenditures incurred to correct the failure to perform shall be reimbursed by Tenant upon demand with interest from the date of expenditure at the rate of 1 1/2 percent per month. Landlord's right to correct Tenant's failure to perform is for the sole protection of Landlord and the existence of this right shall not release Tenant from the obligation to perform all of the covenants herein required to be performed by Tenant, or deprive Landlord of any other right which Landlord may have by reason of default of this Lease by Tenant, whether or not Landlord exercises its right under this Section.

 

12.1    Surrender; Holdover.

 

On expiration or early termination of this Lease, Tenant shall deliver all keys to Landlord and surrender the Premises vacuumed, swept, and free of debris and in the same condition as at the commencement of the term subject only to reasonable wear from ordinary use, Tenant shall remove all of its furnishings and trade fixtures that remain its property and any alterations, cables, or conduits if required by Section 6.2, and shall repair all damage resulting from such removal. Failure to remove shall be an abandonment of the property, and, following ten (10) days’ written notice, Landlord may remove or dispose of it in any manner without liability, and recover the cost of removal and other damages from Tenant. If Tenant fails to vacate the Premises when required, including failure to remove all its personal property, Landlord may elect either: (i) to treat Tenant as a tenant from month to month, subject to the provisions of this Lease except that rent shall be one-and-one-half times the total rent being charged when the Lease term expired, and any option or other rights regarding extension of the term or expansion of the Premises shall no longer apply; or (ii) to eject Tenant from the Premises (using self-help or otherwise) and recover damages caused by wrongful holdover.

 

13.1    Regulations.

 

Landlord shall have the right but shall not be obligated to make, revise and enforce rules and regulations or policies consistent with this Lease for the purpose of promoting safety, health, order, economy, cleanliness, and good service to all tenants of the Building, including, but not limited to, moving, use of common areas, and prohibition of smoking. All such regulations and policies including those, if any, attached to this Lease, shall be complied with as if part of this Lease and failure to comply shall be a default.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE        
Page 8  
Landlord   Tenant

 

 
 

  

14.1    Access.

 

During times other than normal Building hours, Tenant’s officers and employees or those having business with Tenant may be required to identify themselves or show passes in order to gain access to the Building. Landlord shall have no liability for permitting or refusing to permit access by anyone. Landlord may regulate access to any Building elevators outside of normal Building hours. Landlord shall have the right to enter upon the Premises at any time by passkey or otherwise to determine Tenant’s compliance with this Lease, to perform necessary services, maintenance and repairs or alterations to the Building or the Premises, to post notices of nonresponsibility, or to show the Premises to any prospective tenant or purchasers. Except in case of emergency, such entry shall be at such times and in such manner as to minimize interference with the reasonable business use of the Premises by Tenant.

 

14.2    Furniture and Bulky Articles.

 

Tenant shall move furniture and bulky articles in and out of the Building or make independent use of any elevators only at times approved by Landlord following at least 24 hours’ written notice to Landlord of the intended move.

 

15.1    Notices.

 

Notices between the parties relating to this Lease shall be in writing, effective when delivered during business hours by facsimile transmission, hand delivery, private courier, or first-class or certified U.S. mail. Notices shall be delivered postage prepaid, to the address or facsimile number for the party stated in the Basic Lease Terms or to such other address as either party may specify by notice to the other. Notice to Tenant may always be delivered to the Premises. Rent shall be payable to Landlord at the same address and in the same manner, but shall be considered paid only when received.

 

16.1    Subordination and Attornment.

 

This Lease shall be subject to and subordinate to any mortgages, deeds of trust, ground lease, master lease, or land sale contracts (hereafter collectively referred to as encumbrances) now existing against the Building. At Landlord’s option this Lease shall be subject and subordinate to any future encumbrance, ground lease, or master lease hereafter placed against the Building (including the underlying land) or any modifications of existing encumbrances, and Tenant shall execute such documents as may reasonably be requested by Landlord or the holder of the encumbrance to evidence this subordination. If any encumbrance is foreclosed, then if the purchaser at foreclosure sale gives to Tenant a written agreement to recognize Tenant’s Lease, Tenant shall attorn to such purchaser and this Lease shall continue.

 

16.2    Transfer of Building.

 

If the Building is sold or otherwise transferred by Landlord or any successor, Tenant shall attorn to the purchaser or transferee and recognize it as the landlord under this Lease, and, provided the purchaser or transferee assumes all obligations under this Lease thereafter accruing, the transferor shall have no further liability hereunder.

 

16.3    Estoppels.

 

Either party will within ten (10) days after notice from the other execute, acknowledge, and deliver to the other party a certificate certifying whether or not this Lease has been modified and is in full force and effect; whether there are any modifications or alleged breaches by the other party; the dates to which rent has been paid in advance, and the amount of any security deposit or prepaid rent; and any other facts that may reasonably be requested. Failure to deliver the certificate within the specified time shall be conclusive upon the party of whom the certificate was requested that the Lease is in full force and effect and has not been modified except as may be represented by the party requesting the certificate. If requested by the holder of any encumbrance, or any underlying lessor, Tenant will agree to give such holder or lessor notice of and an opportunity to cure any default by Landlord under this Lease.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE        
Page 9  
Landlord   Tenant

 

 
 

  

17.1    Attorney Fees.

 

In any litigation arising out of this Lease, including any bankruptcy proceeding, the prevailing party shall be entitled to recover attorney fees at trial and on any appeal or petition for review. If Landlord incurs attorney fees because of a default by Tenant, Tenant shall pay all such fees whether or not litigation is filed. If Landlord employs a collection agency to recover delinquent charges, Tenant agrees to pay all collection agency and other fees charged to Landlord in addition to rent, late charges, interest, and other sums payable under this Lease.

 

18.1    Quiet Enjoyment.

 

Landlord warrants that as long as Tenant complies with all terms of this Lease, it shall be entitled to possession of the Premises free from any eviction or disturbance by Landlord or parties claiming through Landlord.

 

18.2    Limitation on Liability.

 

Notwithstanding any provision in this Lease to the contrary, neither Landlord nor its managing agent or employees shall have any liability to Tenant for loss or damages to Tenant’s property from any cause, nor arising out of the acts, including criminal acts, of other tenants of the Building or third parties, nor any liability for consequential damages, nor liability for any reason which exceeds the value of its interest in the Building.

 

19.1    Additional Rent: Tax Adjustment.

 

Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as additional rent, Tenant’s Proportionate Share of real property taxes for the Building and its underlying land. Effective January 1 of each year Landlord shall estimate the amount of real property taxes for the ensuing calendar year above base year . Tenant shall pay each month, at the same time as Base Rent, one twelfth of Landlord’s estimate of Tenant’s Proportionate Share of real property taxes, provided that Landlord may revise it’s estimate during any year with reasonable cause and the additional estimate shall be payable as equal additions to rent for the remainder of the calendar year. Following the end of each calendar year, or when actual tax year information becomes available, Landlord shall compute the actual real property taxes and bill Tenant for any deficiency or credit Tenant with any excess collected. Tenant shall pay any such deficiency within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s billing, whether or not this Lease shall have expired or terminated at the time of such billing. “Real property taxes” as used herein shall mean all taxes and assessments of any public authority against the Building and the land on which it is located, the cost of contesting any tax and any form of fee or charge imposed on Landlord as a direct consequence of owning or leasing the Premises, including but not limited to, rent taxes, gross receipt taxes, leasing taxes, or any fee or charge wholly or partially in lieu of or in substitution for ad valorem real property taxes or assessments, whether now existing or hereafter enacted. If any portion of the Building is occupied by a tax-exempt tenant so that the Building has a partial tax exemption under ORS 307.112 or a similar statute, then real property taxes shall mean taxes computed as if such partial exemption did not exist. If a separate assessment or identifiable tax increase arises because of improvements to the Premises, then Tenant shall pay 100 percent of such increase.

 

19.2     Additional Rent: Cost - of - Living Adjustment.

 

Effective on each anniversary following the Commencement Date of this Lease, the Landlord shall be entitled to recover additional rent which shall be a percentage of Base Rent equal to the percentage increase, if any, in the Consumer Price Index published by the United States Department of Labor, Bureau of Labor Statistics. The percentage increase shall be computed by comparing the schedule entitled “West Urban Region, All Items, 1982-84-100” for the latest available month three months preceding the month in which the Lease term commenced with the same figure for the same month in the years for which the adjustment is computed. All comparisons shall be made using index figures derived from the same base period and in no event shall this provision operate to decrease the monthly rent for the Premises below the monthly Base Rent, plus property tax adjustments and operating expense adjustments as provided in this Lease. If the index cited above is revised or discontinued during the term of this Lease then the index that is designated by the Portland Metropolitan Association of Building Owners and Managers to replace it shall be used.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE        
Page 10  
Landlord   Tenant

  

 
 

 

19.3    Additional Rent: Operating Expense Adjustment

 

Tenant shall pay as additional rent Tenant’s Proportionate Share of the amount by which operating expenses for the Building increase over those experienced by Landlord during the Base Year for expenses stated in the Basic Lease Terms. Effective January 1 of each year Landlord shall estimate the amount by which operating expenses are expected to increase, if any, over those incurred in the base year. Monthly rent for that year shall be increased by one-twelfth of Tenant’s share of the estimated increase, provided that Landlord may revise its estimate during any year with reasonable cause and the additional estimate shall be payable as equal additions to rent for the remainder of the calendar year. Following the end of each calendar year, Landlord shall compute the actual increase in operating expenses and bill Tenant for any deficiency or credit Tenant with any excess collected, Tenant shall pay any such deficiency within thirty (30) days after Landlord’s billing, whether or not this Lease shall have expired or terminated at the time of such billing. As used herein “operating expenses” shall mean all costs of operating, maintaining, and repairing the Building as determined by standard real estate accounting practice, including, but not limited to: all water and sewer charges; the cost of natural gas and electricity provided to the Building; janitorial and cleaning supplies and services; administration costs and management fees; superintendent fees; security services, if any; insurance premiums; licenses, permits for the operation and maintenance of the Building and all of its component elements and mechanical systems; ordinary and emergency repairs and maintenance, and the annual amortized capital improvement cost (amortized over such a period as Landlord may select but not shorter thah the period allowed under the Internal Revenue Code and at a current market interest rate) for any capital improvements to the Building required by any governmental authority or those which have a reasonable probability of improving the operating efficiency of the Building. “Operating Expenses” shall also include all assessments under recorded covenants or master plans and/or by owner's associations. If electricity or other energy costs increase between the date of this Lease and last day of the Base Year, (i) Tenant shall pay to Landlord, on a monthly basis as additional rent, its Proportionate Share of such cost increase for the period from the date of such increase until the first estimated payment due under this Section, and (ii) Landlord may adjust the calculation of Base Year operating expenses by using the energy costs in effect on the date of this Lease.

 

19.4    Disputes.

 

If Tenant disputes any computation of additional rent or rent adjustment under Sections 19.1 through 19.3 of this Lease, it shall give notice to Landlord not later than thirty (30) days after the notice from Landlord describing the computation in question, but in any event not later than (thirty) 30 days after expiration or earlier termination of this Lease. If Tenant fails to give such a notice, the computation by Landlord shall be binding and conclusive between the parties for the period in question. If Tenant gives a timely notice, the dispute shall be resolved by an independent certified public accountant selected by Landlord whose decision shall be conclusive between the parties. Each party shall pay one-half of the fee for making such determination except that if the adjustment in favor of Tenant does not exceed 10 percent of the escalation amounts for the year in question, Tenant shall pay (i) the entire cost of any such third-party determination; and (ii) Landlord’s out-of- pocket costs and reasonable expenses for personnel time in responding to the audit, Nothing herein shall reduce Tenant’s obligations to make all payments as required by this Lease. In no event shall Landlord have any liability to Tenant based on its calculation of additional rent or rent adjustments except and only the obligation to cause any correction to be made pursuant to this Section 19.4. Tenant shall maintain as strictly confidential the existence and resolution of any dispute regarding rent charges hereunder.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE        
Page 11  
Landlord   Tenant

  

 
 

 

20.1    Hazardous Materials.

 

Neither Tenant nor Tenant's agents or employees shall cause or permit any Hazardous Material, as hereinafter defined, to be brought upon, stored, used, generated, released into the environment, or disposed of on, in, under, or about the Premises, except reasonable quantities of cleaning supplies and office supplies necessary to or required as part of Tenant's business that are generated, used, kept, stored, or disposed of in a manner that complies with all laws regulating any such Hazardous Materials and with good business practices. Tenant covenants to remove from the Premises (or the Building, if applicable), upon the expiration or sooner termination of this Lease and at Tenant's sole cost and expense, any and all Hazardous Materials brought upon, stored, used, generated, or released into the environment during the term of this Lease. To the fullest extent permitted by law, Tenant hereby agrees to indemnify, defend, protect, and hold harmless Landlord, Landlord's managing agent and their respective agents and employees, and their respective successors and assigns, from any and all claims, judgments, damages, penalties, Fines, costs, liabilities, and losses that arise during or after the term directly or indirectly from the use, storage, disposal, release, or presence of Hazardous Materials on, in, or about the Premises which occurs during the term of this Lease. Tenant shall promptly notify Landlord of any release of Hazardous Materials in, on, or about the Premises that Tenant or Tenant's agents or employees become aware of during the Term of this Lease, whether caused by Tenant, Tenant’s agents or employees, or any other persons or entities. As used herein, the term “Hazardous Materials” shall mean any hazardous or toxic substance, material, or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local governmental authority, the state of Oregon or the United States Government. The term “Hazardous Materials” shall include, without limitation, any material or substance that is (i) defined as a “hazardous waste,” “extremely hazardous waste,” “restricted hazardous waste,” “hazardous substance,” “hazardous material,” or “waste” under any federal, state, or local law, (ii) petroleum, and (iii) asbestos. The provisions of this Section 20, including, without limitation, the indemnification provisions set forth herein, shall survive any tennination of this Lease.

 

20.2    Mold.

 

Tenant shall not allow or permit any conduct or omission at the Premises, or anywhere on Landlord’s property, that will promote or allow the production or growth of mold, spores, fungus, or any other similar organism, and shall indemnify and hold Landlord harmless from any claim, demand, cost, and expense (including attorney fees) arising from or caused by Tenant’s failure to strictly comply with its obligations under this provision.

 

21.1    Complete Agreement; No Implied Covenants.

 

This Lease and the attached Exhibits and Schedules if any, constitute the entire agreement of the parties and supersede all prior written and oral agreements and representations and there are no implied covenants or other agreements between the parties except as expressly set forth in this Lease, Neither Landlord nor Tenant is relying on any representations other than those expressly set forth herein.

 

21.2    Space Leased AS IS.

 

Unless otherwise stated in this Lease, the Premises are leased AS IS in the condition now existing with no alterations or other work to be performed by Landlord except as provided for in Exhibit B.

 

21.3     Captions.

 

The titles to the Sections of this Lease are descriptive only and are not intended to change or influence the meaning of any Section or to be part of this Lease.

 

21.4     Nonwaiver.

 

Failure by Landlord to promptly enforce any regulation, remedy, or right of any kind under this Lease shall not constitute a waiver of the same and such right or remedy may be asserted at any tune after Landlord becomes entitled to the benefit thereof notwithstanding delay in enforcement.

 

21.5     Consent.

 

Except where otherwise provided in this Lease, either party may withhold its consent for any reason or for no reason whenever that party’s consent is required under this Lease,

 

21.6    Force Majeure.

 

If performance by Landlord of any portion of this Lease is made impossible by any prevention, delay, or stoppage caused by governmental approvals, war, acts of terrorism, strikes, lockouts, labor disputes, acts of God, inability to obtain services, labor, or materials or reasonable substitutes for those items, governmental actions, civil commotions, fire or other casualty, or other causes beyond the reasonable control of Landlord, performance by Landlord for a period equal to the period of that prevention, delay, or stoppage is excused.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE        
Page 12  
Landlord   Tenant

 

 
 

 

21.7    Commissions.

 

Each party represents that it has not had dealings with any real estate broker, finder, or other person with respect to this Lease in any manner, except for the broker(s) identified in the Basic Lease Terms. Landlord shall pay a leasing commission in accordance with a separate agreement between Landlord and broker.

 

21.8     Successors.

 

This Lease shall bind and inure to the benefit of the parties, their respective heirs, successors, and permitted assigns.

 

21.9     Financial Reports.

 

Within fifteen (15) days after Landlord's request, Tenant will furnish Tenant's most recent audited financial statements (including any notes to them) to Landlord, or, if no such audited statements have been prepared, such other financial statements (and notes to them) as may have been prepared by an independent certified public accountant or, failing those, Tenant's internally prepared financial statements. Tenant will discuss its financial statements with Landlord and will give Landlord access to Tenant’s books and records in order to enable Landlord to verify the financial statements. Landlord will not disclose any aspect of Tenant’s financial statements except (1) to Landlord's lenders or prospective purchasers of the Building who have executed a sales contract with Landlord, (2) in litigation between Landlord and Tenant, or (3) if required by court order.

 

21.10  Waiver of Jury Trial.

 

To the maximum extent permitted by law, Landlord and Tenant each waive right to trial by jury in any litigation arising out of or with respect to this Lease.

 

21.11   Exhibits.

 

The following Exhibits are attached hereto and incorporated as a part of this Lease:

 

Exhibit “ A” - Premises
Exhibit “B” - Work Agreement
Exhibit "C” - Rules and Regulations
Exhibit “D” - Guaranty

 

22.      Option to Renew N.A.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE      
Page 13  
Landlord   Tenant

 

 
 

   

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the duly authorized representatives of the parties have executed this Lease as of the day and year first written above.

 

LANDLORD: Oregon City Building Limited Partnership
     
  By: /s/ Steve Blindheim
    Steve Blindheim
  Title: Partner
  Date: 12/3/10
   
TENANT: Deco Distilling
     
  By : /s/ William A. Adams
    William A. Adams
  Title: President
  Date: Nov 29, 2010
     
  By: /s/ Lenny Gotter
    Lenny Gotter
  Title: Vice President
  Date: 11-29-10

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE        
Page 14  
Landlord   Tenant

 

 
 

  

Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE
©2004 PORTLAND METROPOLITAN ASSOCIATION OF BUILDING OWNERS AND MANAGERS

 

EXHIBIT “A”

Premises

 

 

  Please Initial
       
Page 15  
Landlord   Tenant
 
 

 

Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE

© 2004 PORTLAND METROPOLITAN ASSOCIATION OF BUILDING OWNERS AND MANAGERS

 

EXHIBIT “B”

Work Agreement

 

SECTION 1      IMPROVEMENTS PROVIDED BY LANDLORD.

 

Unless otherwise agreed by Landlord and Tenant in an addendum to the Lease, Landlord shall provide the following improvements in the Premises (“Landlord’s Work”) and shall obtain, at Landlord’s cost, the permits therefor:

 

1. Landlord agrees to install stainless steel sink, as example given by Tenant in “Spokane Stainless Products” # SSP2C23X23L24, with Landlord option to acquire used if available. Exact model does not have to be the one reiterated here, it can be slightly different as long as both parties are in agreement.

 

2. Walls to be painted off-white in both front and back main rooms only. Excludes ceilings. Floors are to be repainted in current blue color.

 

3. Install new stairs in front landing area as well as installation of new railing.

 

4. All work to be completed after federal regulatory approval of business moving to its new location has been received by Tenant and shared in writing with Landlord.

 

5. Landlord warrants that all lighting and mechanical components (inclusive of the service elevator) within the space are operational and in good working order.

 

SECTION 2      IMPROVEMENTS PROVIDED AT TENANT’S EXPENSE.

 

Unless otherwise agreed by Landlord and Tenant in an addendum attached to the Lease, all improvements constructed in the Premises in addition to those listed in Section 1 of this Work Agreement shall be approved in writing by Landlord pursuant to Section 3 of this Work Agreement and the cost thereof, including the cost of obtaining all necessary permits and approvals, shall be paid by Tenant.

 

SECTION 3     DESIGN OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.

 

Tenant shall retain the services of a licensed qualified architect or engineer, approved in advance by Landlord, to prepare the necessary drawings, including, without limitation, Basic Plans and Working Plans as described below for construction of the tenant improvements (“Tenant’s Plans”). All Tenant’s Plans shall be prepared at Tenant’s expense and shall be subject to the prior written approval of Landlord.

 

Tenant’s architect or engineer shall determine that the work shown on Tenant’s Plans is compatible with the basic Building plans and that necessary basic Building modifications are included in Tenant’s Plans. All such modifications, including, without limitation, all penetrations of the Building shell, shall be subject to Landlord’s approval and the cost thereof shall be paid by Tenant.

 

The Basic Plans shall include (i) fully dimensional architectural floor plans showing partition layout, clearly identifying and locating equipment requiring special plumbing or mechanical systems, areas subject to above normal loads, special openings in the floor, ceiling, or walls, and other major or special features; (ii) fully dimensional plans locating telephone and electrical receptacles, outlets, and other items requiring electrical power (for special conditions, equipment, power requirements, and manufacturer’s model numbers must be included); (iii) a lighting layout showing locations of all light fixtures and partitions; and (iv) any proposed alterations in or about the Premises. Four sets of the Basic Plans shall be delivered to Landlord within _______ days after Reference Date of the Lease.

 

 

  Please Initial
       
Page 16  
Landlord   Tenant

 

 
 

  

Landlord shall review the Basic Plans and shall either approve the basic Plans or reject them, in which ease Landlord shall specify the deficiencies in the Basic Plans as submitted. If the Basic Plans are rejected. Tenant shall resubmit revised Basic Plans as soon as practicable until Landlord’s approval has been obtained. Following Landlord’s approval of the Basic Plans, Tenant’s architect or engineer shall produce full working drawings for construction sufficient to obtain all necessary permits and with sufficient detail to construct the improvements, including specifications for every item included thereon (the “Working Plans”). The Working Plans shall be delivered to Landlord within thirty (30) days after landlord’s approval of the Basic Plans.

 

Tenant shall be responsible for delays and additional costs in completion of Tenant’s improvements caused by changes made to any of Tenant’s plans after the delivery dates specified above in this Section 3, by inadequacies in any of Tenant’s Plans, or by delays in delivery of special materials requiring long lead times, and for any other costs or expenses that do not result from the negligence or default of Landlord.

 

SECTION 4 CONSTRUCTION OF TENANT IMPROVEMENTS.

 

Upon completion of the Working Plans and at the request of Tenant, landlord and its contractor shall provide to Tenant in writing an estimate of the cost of improvements to be provided at Tenant’s expense pursuant to Section 2 of this Work Agreement. Within five (5) days after Tenant’s receipt of such cost, Tenant shall delete any items which Tenant sleets not to have constructed and shall authorize construction of the balance of the improvements. In the absence of such written authorization, Landlord shall not be obligated to commence work on the Premises and Tenant shall be responsible for any costs due to any resulting delay in completion of the Premise. If required by Landlord’s contractor, Tenant shall enter into a construction contract with respect to the construction of its improvements. Notwithstanding the provisions of this Section 4, Tenant may request Landlord’s approval to use a contractor other than Landlord’s for the construction of Tenant’s improvements. Tenant shall include with any request for such approval a written estimate by Tenant’s contractor of the cost of the improvements. Landlord shall respond to any request for such approval within ten (10) days after receipt of the request. If Landlord approve Tenant’s request to use its own contractor; the work performed by such contractor shall be in conformance with the provisions of Section 4 of this Work Agreement.

 

If Landlord’s contractor is to construct Tenant’s improvements, then prior to commencement of construction of the improvements, Tenant shall either (i) deposit with Landlord each in an amount equal to the estimated cost of the improvements to be installed at Tenant’s expenses pursuant to Section 2 of this Work Agreement; or (ii) provide Landlord with other evidence or assurance, such as a bond or letter of credit, satisfactory to Landlord of Tenant’s ability to pay the estimated cost of such improvements. Landlord’s contractor shall then complete the improvements in accordance with the Working Plans. Any additional amounts payable by Tenant for the actual cost of the improvements shall be paid on or before the Commencement of the Lease, or upon receipt of the final accounting. If cash is deposited by Tenant as provided above in this Section 4, any excess paid by Tenant over the actual cost of the improvements shall be promptly refunded to Tenant by Landlord.

 

If Tenant desires any change to its improvements, Tenant shall submit a written request for such change to Landlord, together with all plans and specifications necessary to show and explain changes from the approved Working Plans. Any such change shall be subject to Landlord’s contractor is constructing Tenant’s improvements, Landlord or such contractor shall notify Tenant in writing of the amount, if any, which will be charged or credited to Tenant to reflect the cost of such change.

 

If any work is to be performed in connection with the improvements on the Premises by Tenant’s contractor as provided in Section 4 of this Work Agreement, such work shall conform to the following requirements:

 

4.1.1 Such work shall proceed only upon Landlord’s written approval of the public liability and property damage insurance carried by Tenant’s contractor. Landlord shall have the right to require Tenant’s contractor to post a payment or performance bond in an amount equal to the estimated cost of the work to be performed by such contractor. Tenant shall supply Landlord with the name, address, and emergency telephone number for Tenant’s contractor and all subcontractors retained by Tenant’s contractor.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE .      
Page 17  
Landlord   Tenant

 

 
 

  

4.1.2 All such work shall be done in conformity with a valid building permit and other permit and other permits when required, a copy of which shall be furnished to Landlord before such work is commenced, and in any case, all such work shall be performed in accordance with all applicable governmental regulations and all applicable safety regulations established by Landlord or its contractor for the Building generally. Notwithstanding any failure by landlord to abject to any such work, Landlord shall have no responsibility for Tenant’s failure to comply with all applicable governmental regulations.

 

4.1.3 Landlord may require that all such work be performed by union labor in accordance with any union labor agreements applicable to the trades being employed at the Building.

 

4.1.4 All such work shall be scheduled through Landlord and shall be performed in a manner and at times which do not impede or delay any work on the Premises being performed by Landlord’s contractor.

 

4.1.5 Tenant’s contractor shall store any materials only in the Premises or in such other space as may designated by Landlord or its contractor from time to time. All trash and surplus construction materials shall also be stored within the Premises and shall be promptly removed from the Building.

 

Tenant’s entry into the Premises for any purpose, including without limitation inspection or performance of work by Tenant’s contractor, prior to the Commencement Date, shall be subject to all the terms and conditions of the Lease, including without limitation the provisions of the Lease relating to the maintenance of insurance and indemnification by Tenant, but excluding the provisions of the Lease relating to the payment of rent. Tenant’s entry shall mean entry by Tenant, its officers, contractor, licenses, agents, servants, employees, guests, invitees, or visitors.

 

Tenant shall indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any all claims, losses, liabilities, and expenses (including without limitation attorney fees) arising out of or in any way related to the activities of Tenant’s contractors (and any subcontractors) in the Premises or the Building. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Tenants shall promptly reimburse Landlord upon demand for any extra expenses incurred by the Landlord as a result if faulty work done by Tenant or its contractors, any delays caused by such work, or inadequate clean-up.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE      
Page 18  
Landlord   Tenant

  

 
 

 

Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE

© 2004 PORTLAND METROPOLITAN ASSOCIATION OF BUILDING OWNERS AND MANAGERS

 

 

EXHIBIT “C”

Rules & Regulations

 

1.          The entrances, halls, corridors, stairways, exits, and elevators shall not be obstructed by any of the tenants or used for any purpose other than for ingress from their respective premises. The entrances, halls, corridors, stairways, exits, and elevators are not intended for use by the general public but for the tenant and its employees, licensees, and invitees. Landlord reserves the right to control and operate the public portions of the Building and the public facilities, as well as facilities furnished for the common use of the tenants, in such manner as it in its reasonable judgment deems best for the benefit of the tenants generally. No tenant shall invite to the tenants’ premises, or permit the visit of, persons in such numbers or under such conditions as to interfere with the use and enjoyment of any of the plazas, entrances, corridors, elevators, and other facilities of the Building by any other tenants. Fire exits and stairways are for emergency use only, and they will not be used for any other purpose.

 

2.           Landlord may refuse admission to the Building outside of the business hours of the Building to any person not producing identification satisfactory to Landlord. If Landlord issues identification passes, Tenant shall be responsible for all persons for whom it issues any such pass and shall be liable to Landlord for all acts or omissions of such persons.

 

3.           No awnings or other projections shall be attached to the outside walls of the Building. No curtains, blinds, shade, or screens, if any, which are different from the standards adopted by Landlord for the Building shall be attached to or hung in any exterior window or door of the premises of any tenant without the prior written consent of Landlord.

 

4.           No sign, placard, picture, name lettering, advertisement, notice, or object visible from the exterior of any tenant’s premises shall be displayed in or on the exterior windows or doors, or on the outside of any tenant’s premises, or at any point inside any tenant’s premises where the same might be visible outside of such premises, without the prior written consent of Landlord. Landlord may adopt and furnish to tenants general guidelines relating to signs inside the Building and Tenant shall conform to such guidelines. All approved signs or lettering shall be prepared, printed, affixed, or inscribed at the expense of the tenant and shall be of a size, color, and style acceptable to Landlord.

 

5.           The windows that reflect or admit light and air into the halls, passageways, or other public places in the Building shall not be covered or obstructed by any tenant, nor shall any bottles, parcels, or other articles be placed on the windowsills.

 

6.           No showcases or other articles shall be put in front of or affixed to any part of the exterior of the Building, nor placed in the halls, corridors, or vestibules.

 

7.           No bicycles, vehicles, animals, fish, or birds of any kind shall be brought into or kept in the premises of any tenant or the Building.

 

8.           No noise, including, but not limited to, music or the playing of musical instruments, recordings, radio or television, which, in the judgment of Landlord, might disturb other tenants in the Building, shall be made or permitted by any tenant.

 

9.           No tenant, nor any tenant’s contractors, employees, agents, visitors, invitees or licensees, shall at any tune bring into or keep upon the premises or the Building any inflammable, combustible, explosive, environmentally hazardous or otherwise dangerous fluid, chemical, or substance.

 

10.          All movement of freight, furniture, packages, boxes, crates, or any other object or matter of any description must take place during such hours and in such elevators, and in such manner as Landlord or its agent may determine from time to time. Any labor and engineering costs Incurred by Landlord in connection with any moving herein specified, shall be paid by Tenant to Landlord, on demand.

 

11.           No tenant shall use its premises, or permit any part thereof to be used, for manufacturing or the sale at retail or auction of merchandise, goods, or property of any kind, unless said use is consistent with the use provisions of the Lease.

 

12.           Landlord shal1 have the right to prescribe the weight and position of safes and other objects of excessive weight, and no safe or other object whose weight exceeds the lawful load for the area upon which it would stand shall be brought into or kept upon any tenant’s premises. If, in the judgment of Landlord, it is necessary to distribute the concentrated weight of any heavy object, the work involved in such distribution shall be done at the expense of the tenant and in such manner P J as Landlord shall determine.

 

 

  Please Initial
       
Page 19  
Landlord   Tenant

  

 
 

  

13.           Landlord, its contractors, and their respective employees, shall have the light to use, without charge therefor, all right, power, and water in the premises of any tenant while cleaning or making repairs or alterations in the premises of such tenant.

 

14.           No premises of any tenant shall be used for lodging or sleeping or for any immoral or illegal purpose.

 

15.           The requirements of tenants for any services by Landlord will be attended to only upon prior application to the Landlord. Employees of Landlord shall not perform any work or do any thing outside of their regular duties, unless under special instructions from Landlord.

 

16.           Canvassing, soliciting, and peddling in the Building are prohibited and each tenant shall cooperate to prevent the same.

 

17.           Each tenant shall store its trash and garbage within its premises. No material shall be placed in the trash boxes or receptacles if such material is of such nature that it may not be disposed of in the ordinary and customary manner of removing and disposing of office building trash and garbage in the area of the Building without being in violation of any law or ordinance governing such disposal, All garbage and refuse disposal shall be made only through entryways and elevators provided for such purposes and at such times as Landlord shall designate. No tenant shall cause or permit any unusual or objectionable odors to emanate from its premises which would annoy other tenants or create a public or private nuisance.

 

18.           No coin vending machine, video game, coin or token operated amusement device, or similar machine shall be used or installed in any tenant’s premises without Landlord’s prior written consent.

 

19.           No bankruptcy, going out of business, liquidation, or other form of distress sale shall be held on any of tenant’s premises. No advertisement shall be done by loudspeaker, barkers, flashing lights, or displays or other methods not consistent with the character of an office building.

 

20.           Nothing shall be done or permitted in any tenant’s premises, and nothing shall be brought into or kept in any tenant’s premises, which would impair or interfere with the economic heating, cleaning, or other servicing of the Building or the premises, or the use or enjoyment by any other tenant of any other premises, nor shall there be installed by any tenant any ventilating, air conditioning, electrical, or other equipment of any kind which, in the reasonable judgment of Landlord, might cause any such impairment or interference.

 

21.           No acids, vapors, or other similar caustic materials shall be discharged or permitted to be discharged into the waste lines, vents, or flues of the Building. The water and wash closets and other plumbing fixtures in or serving any tenant’s premises shall not be used for any purpose other than the purposes for which they were designed or constructed, and no sweepings, rubbish, rags, acids, or other foreign substances shall be deposited therein. All damages resulting from any misuse of the fixtures shall be borne by the tenant who, or whose servants, employees, agents, invitees, visitors, or licensees shall have caused the same.

 

22.           All entrance doors in each tenant’s premises shall be left locked and all windows shall be left closed by the tenant when the tenant’s premises are not in use. Entrance doors to the tenant’s premises shall not be left open at any time. Each tenant, before closing and leaving its premises at any time, shall turn out all lights.

 

23.           Hand trucks not equipped with rubber tires and side guards shall not be used within the Building.

 

24.           Landlord reserves the light to rescind, modify, alter, or waive any rule or regulation at any time prescribed for the Building when, in its reasonable judgment, it deems it necessary, desirable or proper for its best interest and for the best interests of the tenants generally, and no alteration or waiver of any rule or regulation in favor of any tenant shall constitute a waiver or alteration in favor of any other tenant. Landlord shall not be responsible to any tenant for the nonobservance or violation by any other tenant of any of the rules and regulations at any time prescribed for the Building.

 

25.           Landlord reserves the right to add to, modify, or otherwise change these Rules and Regulations. Such changes shall become effective when written notice thereof is provided to tenants of the Building.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE      
Page 20  
  Landlord   Tenant

 

 
 

  

EXHIBIT “D”

GUARANTY

 

In consideration of the agreement of Oregon City Building Limited Partnership (“Landlord”) to enter into a Lease dated November 8, 2010 (the “Lease”) between Landlord and Deco Distilling (“Tenant”) pertaining to certain premises located at the undersigned William A. Adams and Lenny Gotter (“Guarantor”) hereby absolutely and unconditionally guarantees the punctual payment of all Rent, as defined in the Lease, and other payments required to be paid by Tenant, and the prompt performance of all other obligations of Tenant under the Lease, If Guarantor consists of more than one person or entity, all liability of Guarantor hereunder shall be joint and several.

 

Guarantor shall be directly and primarily liable to Landlord for any amount due from Tenant under the Lease, without requiring that Landlord first proceed against Tenant, join Tenant in any proceeding brought to enforce this Guaranty, or exhaust any security held by Landlord. Guarantor agrees that Landlord may deal with Tenant in any manner in connection with the Lease without the knowledge or consent of Guarantor and without affecting Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing, Guarantor agrees that any extension of time, assignment of the Lease, amendment or modification to the Lease, delay or failure by Landlord in the enforcement of any right under the Lease, or compromise of the amount of any obligation or liability under the Lease made with or without the knowledge or consent of Guarantor shall not affect Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty. Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty shall not be affected by any bankruptcy, reorganization, insolvency or similar proceeding affecting Tenant, or by any termination or disaffirmance of the Lease or any of Tenant’s obligations thereunder in connection with such proceeding. This Guaranty shall remain in full force and effect until the performance in full to Landlord’s satisfaction of all obligations of Tenant under the Lease.

 

Guarantor hereby waives any claim or other right now existing or hereafter acquired against Tenant that arises from the performance of Guarantor’s obligations under this Guaranty, including, without limitation, any rights of contribution, indemnity, subrogation, reimbursement, or exoneration. Guarantor hereby agrees to indemnify Landlord and hold it harmless from and against all loss and expense, including legal fees, suffered or incurred by Landlord as a result of claims to avoid any payment received by Landlord from Tenant with respect to the obligations of Tenant under the Lease,

 

Guarantor hereby waives presentment, protest, notice of default, demand for payment, and all other suretyship defenses whatsoever with respect to any payment guaranteed under this Guaranty, and agrees to pay unconditionally upon demand all amounts owed under the Lease. Guarantor further waives any setoff, defense, or counterclaim that Tenant or Guarantor may have or claim to have against Landlord and the benefit of any statute of limitations affecting Guarantor’s liability under this Guaranty.

 

If Landlord retains an attorney to enforce this Guaranty or to bring any action or any appeal in connection with this Guaranty, the Lease, or the collection of any payment under this Guaranty or the Lease, Landlord shall be entitled to recover its attorney fees, legal expenses, costs, and disbursements in connection therewith, as determined by the court before which such action or appeal is heard, in addition to any other relief to which Landlord may be entitled. Any amount owing under this Guaranty shall bear interest from the date such amount was payable to Landlord to the date of repayment at a rate equal to the lesser of 15 percent and the maximum rate permitted by law.

 

Landlord shall have the unrestricted right to assign this Guaranty in connection with an assignment of the Lease without the consent of, or any other action required by, Guarantor. Each reference in this Guaranty to Landlord shall be deemed to include its successors and assigns, to whose benefit the provisions of this Guaranty shall also inure. Each reference in this Guaranty to Guarantor shall be deemed to include the successors and assigns of Guarantor, all of whom shall be bound by the provisions of this Guaranty, Within ten (10) days after delivery of written demand therefor from Landlord, Guarantor shall execute and deliver to Landlord a statement in writing certifying that this Guaranty is unmodified and in full force and effect, which statement may be conclusively relied upon by any prospective purchaser or encumbrancer of the premises or property. If any provision of this Guaranty is held to be invalid or unenforceable, the validity and enforceability of the other provisions of this Guaranty shall not be affected. All parties agree that this Personal Guaranty shall expire two years from the commencement date.

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE      
Page 21  
  Landlord   Tenant

   

 
 

   

GUARANTOR:  
   
Name William Adams
Social Security No. 133-60-3280
Driver’s License No. 9553261
State Issuing Driver’s License OR
Address for Notices: 4436 NE WY6ANT St.
  PORTLAND OR 97218
   
Dated: Nov 29, 2010
   
GUARANTOR:  
   
Name Lenny Gotter
Social Security No. 387-90-5825
Driver’s License No. 5304227
State Issuing Driver’s License OR
Address for Notices: 7512 GE Rural GX
  Portland OR 97206
   
Dated: 11-29-10

 

 

  Please Initial
Standard Form of OFFICE LEASE      
Page 22  
  Landlord   Tenant

   

 
 

  

SECOND LEASE AMENDMENT

 

This lease Amendment entered into on the 25th day April, 2012 by and between Deco Distilling (the “Lessor”), and Oregon City Building Limited Partnership (the “Lessee”), for the 712 SE Hawthorne Building located at 1512 SE 7 th Ave. Portland, OR 97214 .

 

II. RECITALS

 

Lessor and Lessee, being parties to that certain Indenture of lease dated November 24, 2010 , and amended March 8 th , 2012, (the “Lease”) hereby express their mutual desire and intent to amend by this writing those terms, covenants and conditions pertaining to the term and to the rate of the Lease and the Premises.

 

III. AMENDMENTS

 

1. Tenant agrees to lease second floor room between elevator access landing area and current leased room in the corner for an additional $30.00/month rent. This is in addition to the $30.00/month Tenant is currently paying for the corner room (March 8, 2012 Lease Amendment).
2. Tenant will be required to carry insurance as stipulated in the Lease to cover this additional space.
3. Lease to commence April 26, 2012, and run contiguously with remaining term of the Lease (November 14, 2014).
4. Tenant agrees to be responsible for own security to this room including locks and if ramp is needed Tenant agrees to supply it.

 

Except as modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease between the parties above described, as attached hereto shall continue in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

Oregon City Building Limited Partnership Deco Distilling

  

Lessor:     Lessee:  /s/ Lenny Gotter
        4-26-12

   

Lease Amendment Deco Distilling 042512

 

 
 

 

ADDENDUM “A”

 

This Lease Amendment entered into on the 4th day February, 2011 by and between Deco Distilling (the “Lessor”), Oregon City Building Limited Partnership (the “Lessee”), for the Hawthorne Building located a 1512 SE 7 th , Portland, OR 97214 .

 

II. RECITALS

 

Lossor and Lessee, being parties to that certain indenture of lease dated November 24, 2010 , hereby express their mutual desire and intent to amend by this writing those terms, covenants and conditions pertaining to the term and to the rate of the Lease.

 

III. AMENDMENTS

 

1. Landlord agrees to allow access and lease commencement to Tenants upon completion of lendlord Tenant Improvements which shall be completed no later than April 1, 2011.

 

2 Landlord has been advised that the Tenant has not received full federal approval for the distillery at this location. If Tenant is denlod federal approval, the terms of this lease will be deemed null and void upon Tenant reimbursement to Landlord of Tenant requested improvements as well as any unamortized real estate commissions. Total of both Tenant Improvement costs and commissions is approximately $9,900 at time of signing this addendum.

 

Except as modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease between the parties above described, as attached hereto shall continue in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and Lessee have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

Oregon City Building Limited Partnership   Deco Distilling
     
Lessor:     Lessee: /s/ Lenny Gotter
Date:     Date: 3-7-11
         
      Lessee:
      Date: 3/7/2011  

  

 
 

  

THIRD LEASE AMENDMENT

 

This Lease Amendment entered into on the ____ day July 2014 by and between Deco Distilling (the “Tenant”) and Oregon City Building Limited Partnership (the “Landlord”), for the 712 SE Hawthorne Building located at 1512 SE 7 th Ave, Portland, OR 97214 .

 

II. RECITALS

 

Lessor and Lessee, being parties to that certain indenture of lease dated November 24, 2010 , and amended March 8 th , 2012 and amended again April 25, 2012, (the “Lease”) hereby express their mutual desire and intent to amend by this writing those terms, covenants and conditions pertaining to the term and to the reate of the Lease and the Premises.

 

III. AMENDMENTS

 

1. Terms of the Lease are hereby extended for an additional Twelve (12) months commencing December 1, 2014 and expiring November 30, 2015.
2. Lease rate to be $1,750.00 per month.
3. Tenant to have two (2) one (1) year options to renew with notice to Landlord of intent to renew to be given in writing not less than ninety (90) days from lease term expiration, Base Rent of Option term(s) to be at three percent (3%) above the previous term’s Base Rent.
4. Tenant agrees to keep the upstairs area clean of personal and business materials during construction of new fire safety corridor and shall have all Tenant materials, except those in the two second floor rooms cureentlhy being leased by Tenant, free of all Tenant materials after January 1, 2015.
5. No food products are to be placed in garbage containers kept on second floor.

 

Except as modified herein, all other terms and conditions of the Lease between the parties above described, as attached hereto shall continue in full force and effect.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Lessor and lessee have executed this Agreement as of the day and year first above written.

 

Oregon City Building Limited Partnership Deco Distilling

 

Lessor:     Lessee:  
         
Date:     Date:  

  

THIRD LEASE AMENDMENT Deco Distilling July 2014

 

 

Exhibit 10.9

 

SPECIALTY LEASE AGREEMENT          Type R

 

This Specialty Lease Agreement (“Agreement”) is made as of this 20th day of January, 2015 , by and between PPR Washington Square LLC, a Delaware Limited Liability Company (the “Landlord”) and Eastside Distilling, LLC, a Oregon Limited Liability Company DBA: Eastside Distilling (the “Tenant”), based on the following facts and circumstances:

 

A.      Landlord is the owner of certain real property, commonly known as Washington Square (“Center”); and

 

B.     Tenant desires to lease certain premises at the Center.

 

In consideration of the rent and other charges to be paid and the covenants to be performed by Tenant hereunder, Landlord does hereby lease and demise to Tenant, and Tenant does hereby lease and take from Landlord, the Premises hereinafter described, upon the terms and conditions hereinafter set forth:

 

1.     Premises. The “Premises” are located within the portion of the Center known as L02B containing approximately 3001 square feet, which location is depicted on Exhibit “A” attached hereto and made a part hereof by this reference, where the Tenant is permitted to display and sell its merchandise. No other portion of the Center may be used by Tenant except for the Common Area in common with other persons. As used herein, the term “Common Area” shall mean all realty and improvements in or at the Center now or hereafter made available by Landlord for the general use, convenience and benefit of Tenant and other tenants upon the Center. Tenant agrees that the Premises may be relocated at any time at the discretion of, and without liability to, the Landlord.

 

2.     Term. The “Term” of this Agreement shall commence on January 1, 2015 (the “Commencement Date”) and will expire on January 31, 2015 unless sooner terminated as provided herein. Tenant will operate its business upon the Premises throughout the Term. Tenant agrees that Tenant’s rights under this Agreement may be terminated upon Thirty (30) day’s written notice from Landlord in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion and without cause.

 

3.     Use. Tenant shall use the Premises during the Term for the sole purpose of displaying and selling (subject to the approval of Landlord) to the public at retail (Food) for the retail sale of Eastside Spirits and related merchandise to include t-shirts, hats, pint glasses, shot glasses and drink mixers. Tenant is allowed to provide tastings to customers in accordance with All State Laws.

 

Landlord will provide the tenant two advertising standees to be placed in the mall. Specific location is based on best availability based on sold inventory. Tenant is responsible for production of collateral for standees. and for no other use or purpose.

 

4.     First and/or Last Months Fees. On or before the Commencement Date, Landlord shall collect from Tenant a sum in the amount of Three Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($3,750.00). This amount will be applied to the first and/or last months fees due on this Agreement as noted below in paragraph 6 of this agreement.

 

5.     Exchanges and Refund Policy. Tenant shall be required to exchange or refund all merchandise with receipt, to the customer within (30) days from the purchase date. Tenant shall not limit the return of merchandise to exchanges or merchant credits, and “Exchanges Only” or similar signs are not permitted.

 

 
 

 

6.     Fees.      Tenant shall pay to Landlord the following Fees for Tenant’s use of the Premises, the sum of Three Thousand Seven Hundred Fifty Dollars ($3,750.00) for the term total of this lease agreement Unless otherwise provided herein, all fees due Landlord pursuant to this Agreement shall be paid in advance on or before the first day of each calendar month during the Term by Tenant payable to Landlord. Rent payments shall be made by automatic deduction from Tenant’s bank account. Tenant shall provide Landlord, upon execution of the Lease, a voided check or authorization form from Tenant’s bank to authorize such automatic deductions. In the event the Term covers only a portion of any specific calendar month, the Base Rent and the Other Rent/Contributions for such month, as well as the base sales dollar amount(s) provided in Paragraph 7 below, shall be prorated by multiplying such amounts by a fraction, the numerator of which is the number of days in such calendar month which fall within the Term and the denominator which is 30. The fees payable herein include the excise, transaction, rental, sales or privilege tax (except net income tax) now or hereafter levied or imposed upon Landlord or the owner(s) of the Center by any governmental agency on account of, attributed to or measured by this Agreement which taxes are subject to change based on applicable law.

 

Payment Schedule:

 

Fees shall be paid monthly and for Landlord accounting purposes shall be allocated as follows:

 

Tenant Payments   Landlord Accounting  
Due   Amount     Base Rent     Electric     Rental Tax     Last Month
Rent
 
1/1/15     3,750.00       3,750.00       0.00       0.00       0.00  

 

The fees noted below are in addition to those noted in paragraph 6 and will not be included with any % rent calculation. These fees will cover any miscellaneous fees for visual merchandising, application fees, etc.

 

No Additional Fees

 

7.     Percentage Rent. Tenant shall pay to Landlord, as “Percentage Rent,” an amount equal to 15% of the excess of all gross sales and revenues (as hereinafter defined) made at the Premises during each calendar month during the Term over base sales of $25,000.00. Percentage Rent shall be due and payable for each month on or before the 15th day of the following calendar month during the Term (and within 15 days after the end of the Term) and delivered to the Landlord.

 

8.     Utilities. In the event electricity and/or any other utility is separately metered to the Premises, Tenant shall solely be responsible for contracting for such separately metered utility and shall pay all costs directly to the utility supplier. Tenant shall be solely responsible for using any and all utilities in a safe and hazardless manner, complying in all respects with applicable codes and ordinances.

 

9.     Plans and Specifications. Tenant shall perform, at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, any and all refurbishing to the Premises as necessary to bring the Premises into an appropriate operating condition, all in accordance with architectural and construction plans and other data approved by Landlord. Tenant agrees to submit for Landlord’s approval all such architectural and construction plans and other data not later than fifteen (15) days from the date of this Agreement. Upon approval by Landlord of such plans and data, Tenant shall commence and diligently prosecute to completion the construction and installation of Tenant’s improvements in the Premises strictly in accordance with such approved plans and data. All store signage must be approved by Landlord prior to installation by authorized sign company or installation contractor. Tenant must have storefront signage installed prior to store opening. Tenant is responsible to provide Landlord with all required local city permits.

 

Page 2 of 13
 

 

No changes, modifications or alterations may be made to said approved plans or other data without the prior written consent of Landlord. In the event Tenant’s improvements have not been constructed in strict accordance with said approved plans, Tenant, upon Landlord’s request, shall immediately remove its improvements and other personal property from the Premises and this Agreement shall thereon immediately terminate. In such event, Landlord may recover from Tenant the unpaid rent which would have been earned after termination and any other amount necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s failure to perform its obligations under this Agreement.

 

Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement, Landlord shall have the option, which option may be exercised in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion, to require Tenant to either (i) quit and surrender the Premises with all improvements thereon or (ii) remove all Tenant’s improvements from the Premises and take all steps necessary to restore the Premises to its condition on the date hereof.

 

10.     Mechanics’ Lien Tenant agrees not to permit or cause any mechanic’s lien to be filed against the Premises or the Center by reason of any work, labor, services or material performed at or furnished to the Premises, to Tenant, or to anyone holding the Premises through or under the Tenant. Nothing in this Agreement shall be construed as consent on the part of the Landlord to subject the Landlord’s estate in the Premises to any mechanic’s liens or liability under the mechanic’s lien laws in the state in which the Center is located.

 

11.     Sales Report. Within 5 days after the end of each Monthly during the Term, Tenant shall submit to Landlord a report of all gross sales and revenues during the month just ended certified as true and correct signed by Tenant. Sales can be mailed to: Washington Square Management Office 9585 S.W. Washington Square Road Portland, OR 97223 or faxed to: (602) 494-5906, or emailed to: Property.washsquare.salesreporting@macerich.com. For purposes of this Agreement, “gross sales and revenues” shall mean the selling price of all goods, merchandise and services sold, leased, licensed or delivered in, upon and/or from the Premises by Tenant, its subtenants, licensees and/or concessionaires or any other person, firm or entity; provided, however, that gross sales and revenues shall exclude sales tax specifically paid by customers as part of the sales price and collected by Tenant to be paid to the taxing authority. In the event Tenant fails to deliver such report by such date, in addition to all other rights and remedies of Landlord, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge of Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00), which shall become immediately due and payable. Such charge shall not be in lieu of Landlord’s other remedies under this Agreement or at law, and acceptance by Landlord of such charge shall not preclude Landlord from seeking any other available remedy.

 

Landlord will have the right from time to time, upon three (3) days written notice, to audit or examine all of Tenant’s sales records. If any deficiency in the payment of the Percentage Rent is disclosed by such audit, Tenant shall immediately pay such deficiency to Landlord plus the cost of the Landlord’s audit.

 

12.     Late Charges. If Tenant shall fail to make any payment Fees (as noted in paragraph 6), Percentage Rent, or any other charge to be paid hereunder when due, Tenant shall pay Landlord a late charge equal to Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00). Payment will be due within 3 days of written notice of default. If default continues for a period in excess of five (5) days, Tenant in addition shall pay Landlord interest on the amounts owing (until paid) at a rate equal to the lesser of: (i) twelve percent (12%) per annum; or (ii) the maximum legal rate. These late charges shall not be in lieu of Landlord’s other remedies under this Agreement or at law, and acceptance by Landlord of such charges shall not preclude Landlord from seeking any other available remedy.

 

Page 3 of 13
 

 

13.     Duty to Maintain. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, keep the Premises and all equipment, fixtures and plate glass therein in a clean and wholesome condition, in good order and repair, free and clear of litter and debris and free from any objectionable noises, odors or nuisances and in compliance with all health and police regulations, in all respects and at all times. In the event the Premises involve a kiosk or are otherwise within the Common Area, Tenant’s duty to maintain as provided by the foregoing sentence shall also apply to the Common Area within a radius of twenty feet (20’) of the Premises. Tenant agrees to dispose of litter and debris only in receptacles designated by Landlord. If Tenant refuses or neglects to make repairs or perform maintenance as required hereby, Landlord shall have the right (without notice in emergency situations and upon reasonable notice in other situations), but not the obligation, to make such repairs or perform such maintenance and to bill Tenant for the reasonable costs thereof, which costs shall be immediately payable by Tenant to Landlord as additional rent.

 

14.     Compliance with Laws. Tenant shall, at its sole cost and expense, comply with all laws, ordinances, orders, rules and regulations (state, federal, municipal or any other agency having or claiming jurisdiction) related to the use, occupancy or condition of the Premises. All business licenses and other applicable permits and licenses shall be secured and paid for by Tenant.

 

15.     Manner of Operation. At all times, Tenant shall conduct its activities in a tasteful manner in accordance with Landlord’s rules and regulations for the Center as described in Paragraph 18 of this Agreement and in a manner that will complement the aesthetics of the Premises and the Center.

 

15.1     Tenant’s Right to Solicit Customers. Tenant shall operate the Premises in a first-class and reputable manner and adhere to Landlord’s established rules, which may be revised from time-to-time. Tenant and its employees shall not hawk or call out to any person in the Common Area. Tenant and its employees shall remain within arm’s length of the Premises when soliciting potential customers, and shall be permitted to approach potential customers who are within six (6) feet directly in front of the Premises a maximum of one (1) time as they pass the Premises; provided, however, (a) Tenant shall not adversely affect the premises of other Occupants or in any way impede pedestrian traffic flow within the Common Area near the Premises, and in no event shall Tenant’s right hereunder extend to the area in front of the storefronts of the stores adjacent to the Premises, (b) Tenant shall at all times conduct itself in a manner not to be offensive or bothersome to the customers, patrons, employees, invitees or other Occupants in the sole yet reasonable opinion of the manager of the Center, and (c) Tenant shall not have more than two (2) employees operating the Premises at any given time without Landlord’s express written approval. It is expressly agreed and understood that Tenant shall promptly respond in an appropriate manner to legitimate complaints to Tenant and/or the Center manager from customers, patrons, employees, invitees or other Occupants regarding Tenant’s conduct in or about the Common Area. Tenant’s rights hereunder shall be further expressly subject to (i) the rights of Landlord, other Occupants and such parties’ employees, agents, customers and invitees to use the same in common with Tenant, (ii) covenants, conditions, restrictions, easements, mortgages and other matters of record respecting the certain rights and obligations of the owner of the Center, which has been or will be recorded against such real property and as amended, supplemented and/or restated from time to time and (iii) all Governmental Regulations. In the event that the Center manager has given Tenant verbal notice (which notice shall be confirmed in writing after any such incident) of the violation of the provisions of this Section more than two (2) times during a calendar year, then, upon a third (3rd) violation notice, and for each subsequent violation, there will be a fine of $400.00 per occurrence; and in the event a seventh (7th) violation notice is issued, the fine will be $800.00 per occurrence for such violation and for each subsequent violation. In addition to Landlord’s rights hereunder, if during any calendar year, Landlord has provided Tenant with at least two (2) written notices of violation of the provisions of this Section regarding customer solicitation, then upon Landlord’s receipt of any complaint or notice regarding customer solicitation, Landlord may, at its option and by written notice, prohibit Tenant from soliciting any customers or terminate this Lease. Such termination shall be effective on the date specified by Landlord in its notice to Tenant. Calendar year, as used herein, shall mean the period from January 1 through December 31.

 

Page 4 of 13
 

 

16.     Insurance.       Tenant, at its sole cost and expense, shall obtain and keep in full force and effect during the Term a policy of commercial general liability insurance, including broad form property damage liability and personal injury liability coverage, insuring Landlord and Tenant against liability arising out of the use or occupancy of the Premises and all areas appurtenant thereto. Said insurance shall at all times be in an amount of not less than One Million Dollars ($1,000,000.00) combined each occurrence in the aggregate for personal and bodily injury and property damage. All such insurance shall specifically insure the Tenant as to liability for injury to or death of persons and injury or damage to property contained in Paragraph 17 of this Agreement. Said policy shall also include as additional insured’s; Landlord, the Center’s management company and the Center’s Merchants’ Association and all owned, managed, controlled, non-controlled and subsidiary companies, corporations, entitles, joint ventures, limited liability companies and partnerships and all of their constituent partners and members and such other entities as Landlord shall reasonably request. To the extent applicable, Tenant shall also obtain and keep in full force and effect during the term of this Agreement, Workers’ Compensation Insurance in the amount required by the State in which the Center is located and Employers’ Liability insurance on an “occurrence” basis but, in either case, with a limit of not less than Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) each accident, Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) each employee by disease and Five Hundred Thousand Dollars ($500,000.00) policy aggregate by disease, covering all persons employed by Tenant in the conduct of its operations (including the all states endorsement and, if applicable, the volunteers endorsement). A certificate evidencing the coverage required under this Paragraph 16 shall be delivered to Landlord prior to Tenant entering upon the Center. Such certificate shall contain a provision that Landlord and Tenant shall be given a minimum of ten (10) days written notice by the insurer prior to cancellation or termination in such insurance.

 

17.     Indemnity.       Tenant shall indemnify, defend and hold Landlord harmless from and against any and all loss, cost, damage, injury or expense arising out of or in any way related to (a) claims of injury to or death of persons, or damage to property, occurring or resulting directly or indirectly from the use or occupancy of the Premises or activities of Tenant in or about the Premises or Center, except to the extent such claims arise solely from the gross negligence of Landlord, and (b) any default, breach, violation or non-performance by Tenant of any provision of this Agreement; such indemnity shall include, without limitation, the obligation to provide all costs of defense against such claims.

 

18.     Rules and Regulations.       Tenant agrees to comply with (and cause its officers, employees, contractors, invitees and all others doing business with Tenant, to comply with) all rules and regulations of general applicability regarding the Center as may be established by Landlord at any time and from time to time during the Term, including without limitation rules and regulations pertaining to signs. See exhibit “B” attached for detailed operating rules.

 

19.     Hours of Operation.       Tenant shall be open for business at the Premises during all regular Center hours, and at such other hours as a majority of the other businesses operating at the Center are open. Accordingly, with respect to any day during the Term that Tenant shall fail to be open for all the hours provided for above, Tenant shall pay a charge of Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00) which shall become immediately due and payable, within 3 days of written notice of default. Such charge shall not be in lieu of Landlord’s other remedies under this Agreement or at law, and acceptance by Landlord of such charge shall not preclude Landlord from seeking any other available remedy.

 

20.     Assignment.        This Agreement, and the rights granted hereunder, are personal to Tenant and are non-assignable and non-transferable by Tenant. Any attempted assignment or other transfer of this Agreement, or sublease of any rights hereunder, by Tenant (collectively, “assign” and/or an “assignment”) shall be null and void, have no effect and confer no rights upon any third party. Subject to the foregoing, the terms and conditions of this Agreement shall be binding upon and inure to the benefit of Landlord and Tenant and their respective successors, assigns, heirs, administrators, executors and representatives.

 

Page 5 of 13
 

 

21.     Default by Tenant/Landlord Remedies.

 

21.1.     Default by Tenant. The occurrence of any one or more of the following events shall constitute a default by Tenant under this Agreement:

 

21.1.1.     Monetary. The failure by Tenant to make any payment of Rent or of any other sum required to be made by Tenant when due (however Tenant shall have three [3] business days after written notice from Landlord to cure such default). “Rent”, as used in Paragraphs 21.1, 21.2 and 21.3 means Fees, Percentage Rent, Minimum Rent, and any additional rent payments due hereunder.

 

21.1.2.     Failure to Timely Open. If Tenant should fail to complete tenant’s work and initially open the Premises for business on or before the Commencement Date adequately fixtured, staffed and stocked or, thereafter, to keep the Premises open for business adequately fixtured, staffed or stocked on the days and hours required by this Agreement (however, Tenant shall have five [5] business days after written notice from Landlord to cure such default).

 

21.1.3.     Abandonment and Vacation. The vacation or abandonment of the Premises by Tenant. “Vacation” means any absence by Tenant from the Premises in violation of this Agreement for fourteen (14) or more consecutive days.

 

21.1.4.     Cross-Default. If Tenant (or any entity that Controls, is Controlled by or is under common Control with another specified entity, hereinafter “Affiliate”) is in default of any other lease or occupancy agreement between Landlord (or an Affiliate of Landlord) and Tenant (or an Affiliate of Tenant), all as the case may be.

 

21.1.5.     Bankruptcy. The making by Tenant of any general assignment for the benefit of creditors, the filing by or against Tenant of a petition to have Tenant adjudged a bankrupt or of a petition for reorganization or arrangement under any law relating to bankruptcy (unless, in the case of a petition filed against Tenant, the same is dismissed within sixty [60] days), or the appointment of a trustee or receiver to take possession of, or the attachment, execution or other judicial seizure of, substantially all of Tenant’s assets located at the Premises or of Tenant’s interest in this Agreement, where such seizure is not discharged within thirty (30) days.

 

21.1.6.     Other Non-Monetary Defaults. The failure by Tenant to observe or perform any of the covenants, conditions or provisions of this Agreement to be observed or performed by Tenant not previously covered by Paragraph 21.1.1 through Paragraph 21.1.5 above (however Tenant shall have twenty [20] days after written notice from Landlord to cure such default except if the nature of Tenant’s default is such that it cannot be cured solely by payment of money and more than twenty [20] days are reasonably required for its cure, then Tenant shall be obligated to commence such cure within the twenty [20]-day period and thereafter diligently prosecute such cure to completion).

 

21.1.7.     Sufficiency of Notices. Any notice required or permitted by this Article 21.1 shall be in lieu of, and not in addition to, any notice required under any Governmental Regulations providing for notice and any cure period. Landlord may (at its discretion) serve a statutory notice to quit, a statutory notice to pay Rent or quit, or a statutory notice of default, as the case may be, to effect the giving of any notice required by this Paragraph 21.1. No notice and opportunity to cure is conferred upon Tenant with regard to any default except as expressly set forth in Paragraph 21.1.1 or 21.1.3 or elsewhere in this Agreement. Government Regulations, as used herein means all laws, statutes, ordinances, rules, regulations, zoning codes, building codes, standards and requirements now or hereafter in force of all governmental and quasi-governmental authorities, and of all board of fire insurance underwriters, having jurisdiction of the Premises or the Center.

 

Page 6 of 13
 

 

21.1.8.     Involuntary Assignment. An Involuntary Assignment that is not dismissed within sixty (60) days shall constitute a default by Tenant and Landlord shall have the right to elect to terminate this Agreement if same is not dismissed within sixty (60) days, in which case this Agreement shall not be treated as an asset of Tenant. All sums payable by Tenant under this Agreement shall be and remain the exclusive property of Landlord and shall not constitute property of Tenant or of the estate of Tenant within the meaning of the Bankruptcy Code, 11 U.S.C. 101 et seq., as amended from time-to-time. Such sums which are not paid or delivered to Landlord shall be held in trust for the benefit of Landlord, and shall be promptly paid or turned over to Landlord upon demand. Any person or entity to which this Agreement is assigned pursuant to the provisions of the Bankruptcy Code shall be deemed without further act or deed to have assumed all of the obligations of Tenant arising under this Agreement on and after the date of such assignment, and all of the terms and provisions of this Agreement shall be binding upon such assignee. Any such assignee shall upon demand execute and deliver such instruments and documents reasonably requested by Landlord confirming such assumption. Involuntary Assignment, as used herein, means any transfer of interest of Tenant in the Lease by operation of law (including, without limitation, the transfer of this Lease by testacy or intestacy, or in any bankruptcy or insolvency proceeding) and each of the following acts shall be considered an Involuntary Assignment: (a) If Tenant is or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or institutes a proceeding under any bankruptcy law in which Tenant is the bankrupt; or, if Tenant is a partnership or consists of more than one (1) person or entity, if any partner of the partnership or other such person or entity is or becomes bankrupt or insolvent, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors; (b) if a writ of attachment or execution is levied on this Lease; (c) if, in any proceeding or action to which Tenant is a party, a receiver is appointed with authority to take possession of the Premises; or (d) there is any assumption, assignment, sublease or other transfer under or pursuant to the Bankruptcy Code.

 

21.2.     Landlord Remedies. Upon a default hereunder, should Tenant fail within the time period, if any, specified in Article 21.1 to fully cure such default, then without limiting Landlord in the exercise of any other right or remedy at law or in equity which Landlord may have (all remedies provided herein being non-exclusive and cumulative), Landlord may do any one or more of the following:

 

21.2.1.     Continue Agreement. Landlord may continue this Agreement in effect after Tenant’s default and recover Rent as it becomes due. Accordingly, if Landlord does not elect to terminate this Agreement on account of any default by Tenant, Landlord may, from time-to-time, without terminating this Agreement, enforce all of its rights and remedies under this Agreement, including the right to recover all Rent and other monetary charges as they become due.

 

21.2.2.     Terminate Agreement. Landlord may terminate Tenant’s right to possession by any lawful means, in which case this Agreement shall terminate and Tenant shall immediately surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord. In such event Landlord shall be entitled to recover from Tenant all damages incurred by Landlord by reason of Tenant’s default including (without limitation) the following: (a) The worth at the time of award of any unpaid Rent which had been earned at the time of such termination; plus (b) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent which would have been earned after termination until the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that could have been reasonably avoided; plus (c) the worth at the time of award of the amount by which the unpaid Rent for the balance of the Term after the time of award exceeds the amount of such Rent loss that can be reasonably avoided; plus (d) any other amount and court costs necessary to compensate Landlord for all the detriment proximately caused by Tenant’s default or which in the ordinary course of things would be likely to result therefrom (including, without limiting the generality of the foregoing, the reasonable amount of any commissions, finder’s fee, advertising costs, remodeling costs and attorneys’ fees in connection with obtaining a replacement tenant amortized over the term of the new (replacement) lease); plus (e) at Landlord’s election, such other amounts in addition to or in lieu of the foregoing as may be permitted from time-to-time by applicable law. As used in subparagraphs (a) and (b) of this Section 21.2.2, the “worth at the time of award” shall be computed by allowing interest at the Agreed Rate, and, as used in subparagraph (c) of this Section 21.2.2, the “worth at the time of award” is to be computed by discounting such amount at the discount rate of the U.S. Federal Reserve Bank of San Francisco at the time of award, plus one percent (1%). Agreed Rate, as used herein, means the prime commercial rate of interest charged from time-to-time by Wells Fargo Bank, National Association (or, if the same does not exist, such other comparable bank selected by Landlord), plus two percent (2%) per annum, but not to exceed the maximum rate of interest allowable under law.

 

Page 7 of 13
 

 

21.2.3.     Collect Sublease Rents. Landlord may collect sublease rents (or appoint a receiver to collect such rents) and otherwise perform Tenant’s obligations at the Premises, it being agreed, however, that neither the filing of a petition for the appointment of a receiver for Tenant nor the appointment itself shall constitute an election by Landlord to terminate this Agreement.

 

21.2.4.     Cure Default. Landlord may proceed to cure the default at Tenant’s sole cost and expense, without waiving or releasing Tenant from any obligation hereunder. If at any time Landlord pays any sum or incurs any expense as a result of or in connection with curing any default of Tenant (including any administrative fees provided for herein and reasonable attorneys’ fees), the amount thereof shall be immediately due as a reimbursed cost.

 

21.2.5.     Disposition of Property. Landlord may dispose of any personal property, other than inventory, merchandise or any other goods intended to be offered for sale; however, if after at least ten (10) days written notice to Tenant such items still remain unclaimed then Landlord shall have all its rights under this Section 21.2(e) remaining on the Premises in accordance with applicable statutes relating to the disposition of abandoned property. If no such statute exists, Landlord shall have the right to retain possession of all of the personal property left in the Premises (subject to the ten (10) day requirement set forth above) or, at Landlord’s option, to require Tenant at any time to forthwith remove same, and if not so removed within three (3) business days, to take title and possession of the same and to sell or otherwise dispose of the same, without any liability (a) to Tenant for such property or (b) to pay to Tenant the proceeds from the sale thereof.

 

21.3.     No Offsets. All covenants and agreements to be performed by Tenant under this Agreement shall be performed by Tenant at Tenant’s sole cost and expense and without any offset to or abatement of Rent, except as otherwise expressly provided in this Agreement. Tenant hereby waives any right to plead all non-compulsory counterclaims or offsets in any action or proceeding brought by Landlord against Tenant for any default. This waiver shall not be construed, however, as a waiver of any right of Tenant to assert any non-compulsory counterclaims or offsets in any separate action brought by Tenant.

 

22.     Termination.       Upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement for any reason whatsoever, Tenant shall leave the Premises in a neat and broom clean condition, free of debris and in as good condition as when the Premises were originally delivered to Tenant, ordinary wear and tear and casualty damage excepted, and shall promptly remove all personal property placed on the Premises by or on behalf of Tenant. Tenant hereby authorizes and irrevocably appoints Landlord as its true and lawful attorney-in-fact to remove all such personal property upon Tenant’s failure to remove all personal property from the Center after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement. Tenant hereby waives any and all loss or damage thereto arising from the exercise of this power, and covenants to indemnify and hold harmless Landlord from and against any costs, claims, liens, damages or attorney fees, costs and disbursements arising from such removal. If Tenant holds over after the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement without the express written approval by Landlord, (a) such tenancy shall be at sufferance only and not a renewal of this Agreement or an extension of the Term, (b) monthly installments of Base Rent, Percentage Rent and all other Fees shall be payable in an amount equal to two (2) times the Base Rent, Percentage Rent and all other Fees for the months January through October; and four (4) times the Base Rent, Percentage Rent and all other Fees for the months November and December in effect as of the last full calendar month of the Term, and each shall be due and payable at the times specified therefor in this Agreement and (c) such tenancy shall be subject to every other term, covenant and agreement contained herein. Nothing contained in this Paragraph 22 shall be construed as consent by Landlord to any holding over by Tenant (or limit any of Landlord’s rights and remedies incident to a holding over under this Agreement, at law or in equity), and nothing in this Paragraph 22 shall affect Landlord’s right to require Tenant to perform all obligations under this Paragraph 22 and surrender possession of the Premises to Landlord as provided in this Agreement upon the expiration or earlier termination of this Agreement or at any time subsequent thereto as Landlord may specify.

 

Page 8 of 13
 

 

23.     Suitability of Premises. Tenant hereby accepts the Premises in an “AS IS” condition and Landlord expressly disclaims any warranty or representation with regard to the condition, safety, security or suitability of the Center or Premises. It is understood by Tenant that Landlord does not provide security protection for the Premises and/or Tenant’s personal property. The Premises have not undergone an inspection by a Certified Access Specialist (CASp).

 

24.     Landlord’s Access to Premises. Tenant agrees that Landlord, its agents, employees or any person authorized by Landlord may enter the Premises at reasonable times for the purpose of inspecting its condition, making repairs or improvements to the Premises or the Center as Landlord may elect (or be required) to make or exhibiting the Premises to prospective lessees. Landlord agrees not to disturb Tenant’s conduct of business during such access except in the case of emergency.

 

25.     Entire Agreement. This Agreement contains the entire agreement of the parties. Any representations or modifications concerning this instrument shall be of no force and effect, excepting a subsequent modification in writing signed by the party to be charged.

 

26.     Notices. All notices required hereunder shall be in writing and may be delivered by personal service to the other party (in which case such notice shall be deemed delivered as of the day of such delivery), or sent postage prepaid by certified mail, return receipt requested (in which case such notice shall be deemed delivered as of the third day after the date of such mailing), to the address set forth below each party’s signature block.

 

27.     Severability. If any term or provision of this Agreement or any portion of a term or provision hereof or the application thereof to any person or circumstance shall, to any extent, be invalid or unenforceable, the remainder of this Agreement shall not be affected thereby, and each term and provision of this Agreement and each portion thereof shall be valid and be enforced to the fullest extent permitted by law.

 

28.     Captions and Terms The captions and section numbers appearing in the Agreement are for convenience only and are not a part of the Agreement and do not in any way limit, amplify, define, construe or describe the scope or intent of the terms and provisions of this Agreement, nor in any way affect this Agreement.

 

29.     Hazardous Materials. Tenant shall at all times in all respects comply with all federal, state and local laws, ordinances and regulations relating to industrial hygiene, environmental protection or the use, analysis, generation, manufacture, storage, presence, disposal or transportation of petroleum products or by-products, or hazardous or toxic substances, materials or waste which is or becomes regulated by any local, state or federal agency (collectively, “Hazardous Materials”). Tenant shall not cause or permit any Hazardous Materials to be brought upon, kept or used in or about the Premises without the prior written consent of Landlord, which consent may be withheld in Landlord’s sole and absolute discretion.

 

30.     Waste/Trash Removal. Without limiting the generality of the foregoing paragraph, in the event waste and or trash removal for the Premises is separately provided to the Premises, Tenant shall be solely responsible to pay all costs directly to the service provider as designated by the Landlord.

 

Page 9 of 13
 

 

31.     Unauthorized Communications Devices. Tenant shall not install or operate (excluding cellular phones or pagers) or permit the installation or operation, at the Center or within the premises of any device, equipment of facility for transmitting, receiving, relaying or amplifying communications signals used or operated as a part of a telecommunications network or global positioning system, or otherwise emitting or receiving signals, frequencies, video date or voice communications, including, without limitation, any dish, panel, antenna, satellite or cellular communications equipment, amplifiers, microcells, picocells or other similar devices or equipment (collectively, “Communications Devices”). If Tenant fails to comply with the provisions of this Section 31, then in addition to Landlord’s other remedies under this Lease, Landlord shall have the right to collect from Tenant in addition to other Rent, a sum equal to twice the Fixed Minimum Rent (prorated on a daily basis) for each full or partial day Tenant fails to comply with the provisions of this Section 31. Tenant acknowledges that its failure to comply with this Section 31 will cause Landlord to suffer damages, which will be difficult to ascertain, and that the sum payable by Tenant under this section 31 represents a fair estimate of such damages. The preceding prohibition shall not preclude Tenant from the use of any of the following, if in each such case such telephones, cellular phones, computers and other permitted devices are used only by Tenant and used only in the ordinary course of Tenant’s business at the Premises for the Permitted Use: (a) Telephones and computers connected directly to telephone lines provided to the Premises, (b) cellular telephones using cellular transmission stations outside the Center of (c) low-key cellular telephones used only for internal communications within the Premises or to a station within the Premises when the station is connected to a telephone line provided to the Premises.

 

32.     Time of the Essence; Nonwaiver. Time is of the essence of each and every provision of this Agreement. The waiver by Landlord in any instance of any term, covenant or condition herein contained shall not be deemed to be a waiver of such term, covenant or condition in any other instance and shall not be deemed a waiver of Landlord’s rights and remedies with respect to any subsequent breach of the same or any other term, covenant or condition herein contained. The subsequent acceptance of Base Rent, Percentage Rent, Other Rent/Contribution or any other sum hereunder by Landlord shall not be deemed to be a waiver of any preceding default by Tenant of any term, covenant or condition of this Agreement regardless of Landlord’s knowledge of such preceding default at the time of the acceptance of such sum.

 

33.     Waiver of Trial by Jury. Landlord and Tenant each hereby waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either party against the other on any matter whatsoever arising out of or in any way connected with this Agreement or Tenant’s use or occupancy of the premises, including any claim of injury or damages, and any emergency and other statutory remedy with respect thereto.

 

34.     Attorneys’ Fees. In the event any legal action is commenced to enforce the terms of this Agreement, the prevailing party shall be awarded its reasonable attorneys’ fees and court costs.

 

35.     Damage, Destruction and Condemnation. In the event of a fire or any other casualty to all or a portion of the Premises or Center, or in the event of a Taking of any portion or all of the Premises or the Center, then Landlord may terminate this Lease upon written notice to the Tenant, such termination to be effective upon the date of such damage or upon the date the condemning authority takes title, as the case may be, absent any termination, Tenant shall be obligated to promptly commence and diligently prosecute to completion any work Tenant must undertake to restore the Premises to the same condition as when new and to open the Premises for business within thirty (30) days after Landlord delivers the Premises to Tenant with any work Landlord is required to undertake, if any, substantially complete. As used in this Paragraph 35, Taking shall mean any taking or appropriation for public or quasi-public use by the right of eminent domain or otherwise by a taking in the nature of inverse condemnation, with or without litigation, or a transfer by agreement in lieu thereof.

 

Page 10 of 13
 

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Agreement as of the date first above written it is understood that all terms and conditions of this lease are confidential.

 

Landlord:   Tenant:
     

PPR Washington Square LLC,

a Delaware Limited Liability Company

 

Eastside Distilling, Inc.,

a Nevada Corporation

dba: Eastside Distilling

By: Macerich Management Company

a California Corporation, its Managing Agent

   
             
By:       By:    
             
        Name: Steven Earles
     
Name: Thomas Randall   Its: CEO
     
Title: Senior Manager, Property Management    
     
Address:   Address:
9585 S.W. Washington Square Road   Eastside Distilling, Inc.
Tigard, OR 97223   1805 SE M L King Blvd.
Phone: 503-639-8865   Portland, OR 97214
Fax: 503-620-5612   Phone: 503-926-7060
    Fax: 866-554-0271
Date:       Email: steven@eastsidedistilling.com
     
    Date:    
     
    *****SSN or Federal Employer Identification Number:
     
    *****7488
     
    (Note: Must be supplied or Landlord will not enter into this agreement)

 

Page 11 of 13
 

 

EXHIBIT B

 

OPERATING RULES

 

Tenant covenants and agrees that Tenant will comply with the rules and regulations set by Landlord from time to time for the operation of the Center, including but not limited to those described in the Specialty Leasing Operations manuals and the following:

 

1. Tenant shall use and occupy the Premises in a careful, safe and proper manner and shall keep the Premises in a clean and safe condition.

 

2. All loading and unloading of goods shall be done only at such time, in the area and through the entrances designated for such purpose by Landlord.

 

3. Set up or takedown of cart display, or delivery of boxed merchandise must be accomplished before or after Center hours.

 

4. All garbage and refuse shall be kept in the interior of the cart or kiosk storage and shall be placed for collection in the malls main trash receptacles usually located at various dock entrances.

 

5. No loudspeakers, televisions, photographs, radio, flashing lights or other devices shall be used without the prior consent of the Landlord.

 

6. Tenant shall not operate any equipment, which emits an odor deemed offensive in nature, with the exception of soap and potpourri odors.

 

7. Tenant and or its employees shall not distribute any handbills or other advertising material in the Center or on automobiles parked in the parking areas.

 

8. All premises must be adequately stocked with the merchandise permitted to be sold as detailed in the use clause of the Agreement and be kept neat in appearance and manned during all operating hours. Tenant is required to accept mall Gift Cards as a form of payment for merchandise sold.

 

9. Any signage must be approved by Center management and be professionally printed. A maximum of two (2) signs are allowed per cart/kiosk and may only be attached to the cart or merchandise display. Going out of business or store closing signs are not permitted.

 

10. Tenant shall, within fourteen (14) days prior to the commencement date, provide Landlord with a visual merchandising plan. If using a visual merchandiser, it is Tenants responsibility to contact the visual merchandiser and meet to discuss details regarding set up. All Tenant supplied fixtures must be professionally made. Any exceptions to the above display regulations must receive prior approval from Center management.

 

Page 12 of 13
 

 

  

11. Cart & kiosk tenants and their employees may not eat, smoke or drink at their operation at any time. Any tenants that utilize aggressive selling techniques will be given a warning and upon continued violation the lease will be terminated.

 

12. Dress code violations will be enforced and are set forth individually by each center, a copy of the malls dress code was mailed with the executed lease agreement.

 

13. Fraternizing with friends and family or reading books while working the cart or kiosk is unprofessional behavior and discourages business and therefore, is unacceptable.

 

14. Tenant and Tenant’s employees shall not park their motor vehicles in those portions of the parking area designed for customer parking by Landlord. If Tenant or Tenant’s employees shall park in portions of the parking area designate for customer parking, Center management or Security may attach violation stickers or notices to such cars and have any such vehicle removed at employee’s expense.

 

15. Storage of excess inventory, security curtain, trash cans and miscellaneous supplies or personal belongings must be inside the cart or kiosk storage areas or storage areas, which can be leased from the Center’s management (available on a limited basis).

 

16. Tenant shall, at ALL TIMES offer customers a satisfactory return and/or exchange policy on all purchases within thirty (30) days with receipt and merchandise. In the event Tenant cannot satisfy customer with an exchange, Tenant shall be required to fully refund to customer the complete purchase price in the form of payment made the to Tenant. This policy shall not apply if due to customer negligence. This policy is enforceable to the extent that it does not otherwise contradict applicable City, State or Federal safety, hygiene or food laws.

 

17. If Tenant should fail to comply with any rule or regulation set forth in the Agreement or these Operating Rules, and Landlord shall become involved in attempting to enforce compliance by Tenant, Tenant agrees to pay Landlord a Two Hundred Dollars ($200.00) administrative fee, per each occurrence, upon demand. The payment of an administrative fee by Tenant shall not waive any other remedies available to Landlord under this Agreement or by law. 

 

Page 13 of 13

 

Exhibit 10.10

 

 

License Agreement        
Mall Name: Clackamas Town Center     Approval Date: 10/10/2014
Agent: Kirstan Rogers Date Prepared: 10/10/2014 Report Sales: Yes
Deal Type: Inline (no storage or demo) JDE Lease ID:   Agreement Type: New
Amendment Type:   Deal ID:   Project Number: S0075543
        Space #: B103 - 1065 s.f.

 

LICENSE AGREEMENT (Revised 5/12)

 

This License Agreement ("License") provides the terms and conditions between Licensor and Licensee for conducting business at the Shopping Center indicated below. Nothing contained in this License shall be considered as in any way constituting a partnership between Licensor and Licensee. Licensee agrees that it does not and shall not claim at any time any leasehold interest, nor a license coupled with an interest, nor any other interest or estate of any kind or extent whatsoever in any part of the Shopping Center.

 

SHOPPING CENTER INFORMATION    
     
Clackamas Town Center Phone: 503-653-6613
12000 S.E. 82ND AVE, SUITE 1093, GENERAL GROWTH MGMT OFFICE HAPPY VALLEY, Oregon, 97086-7736 Fax: 503-653-7251
     
LICENSOR NAME AND NOTICE AND PAYMENT ADDRESS    
     
CLACKAMAS MALL L.L.C. Phone: 503-653-6613
12000 S.E. 82ND AVE, SUITE 1093, GENERAL GROWTH MGMT OFFICE Fax: 503-653-7251
HAPPY VALLEY, Oregon, 97086-7736    

 

LICENSEE/LEGAL ENTITY AND NOTICE ADDRESS  
Trade Name: Eastside Distilling    
Primary Contact: Justina Thoreson Phone 2: (702) 287-2114
Phone 1: (971) 888-4264 Fax:  
    Email: justina@eastsidedistilling.com
Licensee Legal Entity: Eastside Distilling Phone: (971) 888-4264
FEIN/SSN: 80-0147488 Fax:  
Licensee Notice: 1512 SE 7th Avenue, Portland, Oregon, Email: lenny@eastsidedistilling.com
  97214    

 

BILLING ADDRESS

 

Eastside Distilling

1805 SE MLK

Portland, Oregon, 97214

 

The undersigned hereby grants Licensor permission to confirm that the Federal Employer Identification Number (FEIN) provided is (1) a valid FEIN assigned to the entity offering it; and 2) matches the address provided by the entity offering the FEIN.

 

GUARANTOR NAME AND NOTICE ADDRESS - See Attached Guaranty

 

Individual Guarantor(s)

 

Guarantor:

Lenny Gotter

Phone: (971) 888-4264
Contact: 1512 SE 7th Avenue Portland, Oregon, 97214 Fax:
SSN: ***-**-5825 Email lenny@eastsidedistilling.com

Licensee shall cause the guaranty attached to be signed.

 

PAYMENT ADDRESS

 

Any fees for payments made by Licensee shall be made payable to above Licensor.

In consideration of the mutual promises and obligations contained in this License, the parties agree:

 

PROJECT ID:S0075543

 

 
 

 

  

 

1.

Licensor grants to Licensee a non-exclusive License, which is non-transferable by Licensee, freely transferable by Licensor, and revocable at will and without cause by only Licensor, for the sole purpose of conducting the following business activities:

 

for the retail display and sale of Eastside Distilling craft distilled spirits and liqueurs, branded merchandise and souvenirs

 

("The Use") and for no other activity or purpose whatsoever in a location (the "Assigned Location") shown on Exhibit "A" attached to and made part of this License. No additional items or services may be added to this Use clause or sold by Licensee without the prior written approval of Licensor.

   
2.

Licensee shall be permitted to conduct the Use in the Assigned Location starting upon the earlier of (a) the date Licensee opens for business to the public or (b) 10/31/2014 (the "Commencement Date") and ending 12/31/2016 (the "Expiration Date"), unless this License is revoked earlier by Licensor. Licensor may revoke this License at will and without cause, effective upon personal delivery of five (5) days prior written notice of revocation to Licensee or Licensee's employees or agents at the Assigned Location or by US Mail sent Certified, return receipt requested, to Licensee's Notice Address above; or pursuant to the notice and cure periods set forth in Paragraph 13 with regard to any revocation for cause. The License shall absolutely end on the giving of such notice. Any changes by Licensee and/or Guarantor to either the notice address or contact information set forth above must be given to the Shopping Center Management Office within five (5) days of the actual change. In the event Licensor is not given notice as set forth above, Licensee agrees to pay to Licensor an additional license fee of $200 to defray Licensor's costs and expenses associated with not being notified of such change(s).

 

Notwithstanding anything in this License Agreement to the contrary, Licensor may relocate the Assigned Location upon five (5) days prior written notice to Licensee (except in the case of emergency, when such relocation may occur without notice) for any reason, and upon two (2) days prior written notice in the event of construction or renovations at the Shopping Center.

   
3. Licensee shall not change the Trade Name, and Licensee represents that it has the right to use the Trade Name.
   
4. Licensee shall pay Licensor for this License, without notice or demand, at the payment address shown above, or such other location as Licensor may specify, by certified check, or money order or other manner as may be approved in advance, in writing, by Licensor. No personal or business checks, or cash, shall be allowed.

 

SPACE COMMENTS

 

Licensee Fees

 

I. $111,640.00 (Total License Fee)

 

$200.00 per month payments due on the 1st of each month from 10/31/14 and ending 10/31/14

$4,700.00 per month payments due on the 1st of each month from 11/01/14 and ending 12/31/14

$4,200.00 per month payments due on the 1st of each month from 01/01/15 and ending 12/31/15

$4,320.00 per month payments due on the 1st of each month from 01/01/16 and ending 12/31/16

 

Breakpoint / Percentage Rent

 

II. The breakpoint percentage of all gross sales and revenues in excess of the breakpoint dollar amount ("Percentage License Fee") is payable on the date outlined below. For the purpose of this License Agreement, "gross sales and revenues" means all sales prices of goods and merchandise sold, licensed or charged and the full charges for all services and all other receipts by Licensee within the Shopping Center.

 

Starting 10/31/14 and ending 10/31/14, 15.00% of all gross sales and revenues in excess of $500.00 per month (percentage license fee payable by the 5th day of each month.

Starting 11/01/14 and ending 12/31/14, 15.00% of all gross sales and revenues in excess of $20,000.00 per month (percentage license fee payable by the 5th day of each month.

Starting 01/01/15 and ending 12/31/15, 15.00% of all gross sales and revenues in excess of $20,000.00 per month (percentage license fee payable by the 5th day of each month.

Starting 01/01/16 and ending 12/31/16, 15.00% of all gross sales and revenues in excess of $20,600.00 per month (percentage license fee payable by the 5th day of each month.

 

PROJECT ID:S0075543

 

 
 

 

 

 

Total Fees

III. $111,640.00 (Total Fee)

 

$200.00 per month payments due on the 1st of each month from 10/31/14 and ending 10/31/14.

$4,700.00 per month payments due on the 1st of each month from 11/01/14 and ending 12/31/14.

$4,200.00 per month payments due on the 1st of each month from 01/01/15 and ending 12/31/15.

$4,320.00 per month payments due on the 1st of each month from 01/01/16 and ending 12/31/16.

 

Payment Comments

 

The following fees have been added to the payment schedule:

 

The following fees have been added as monthly payments:

 

Utilities of $200 per month.

 

(The License Fee and Sales Tax are collectively referred to herein as "Fees"). Licensee shall follow the visual merchandising directives given to it by Licensor and change the visual merchandising from time to time upon and in accordance with Licensor's request.

 

  5. Concurrent with Licensee's execution of this License, Licensee shall deliver a Security Deposit of $4,000.00 to Licensor's Managing Agent or to the location specified on page 1. The Security Deposit shall be held by Licensor pending the full completion of this License and Licensee's full performance under this License. Licensee acknowledges that if Licensee fails to fulfill any of its obligations under this License, Licensor may use the Security Deposit to satisfy any or all of the fees due and to remunerate others for returns of merchandise or to rectify complaints made by customers of Licensee. The Security Deposit, or balance thereof, shall be returned to Licensee 90 days (30 days for California) after the later of (i) expiration or termination of this License, or (ii) the date Licensee vacates the Assigned Location. Licensor's obligation to return the Security Deposit, or balance thereof, shall be met by delivering payment to Licensee's Notice Address. In the event Licensee enters into a renewal License, Licensee agrees that Licensor may retain this Security Deposit for use with the new License. Any refund of the Security Deposit may be made by a check from Licensor, and not necessarily via a credit to Licensee's credit card.
     
  6. If Licensee shall fail to make any payment to Licensor when due, Licensee shall pay Licensor a late charge of $100.00 per day, as liquidated damages, in addition to and not in lieu of Licensor's other remedies, for as long as the failure continues. In addition, Licensee shall pay Licensor interest on any overdue amount equal to 4 percentage points above the Prime Rate (as defined below), not to exceed the maximum interest rate allowed by law in the state the Shopping Center is located, from the date the amount is due until it is paid. The Prime Rate shall mean the prime rate as published in the Wall Street Journal or any successor publication.
     
  7. Licensee shall deliver to Licensor monthly no later than the fifth (5 th ) day of the following month, and at the end of the term, a monthly written statement of all gross sales and revenues with sales verification, signed by Licensee. Licensee shall deliver the monthly report to Licensor by 12:00 p.m. on the fifth (5 th ) day of the succeeding month following the start of business and on the fifth (5 th ) day of each succeeding month thereafter. If the term of this License is less than one month, Licensee shall deliver to Licensor a written statement of all gross sales and revenues with sales verification signed by Licensee on the last day on which Licensee conducts the Business in the Assigned Location. If Licensee does not deliver the report on time, Licensee shall pay Licensor immediately upon request $50.00 as liquidated damages, in addition to and not in lieu of Licensor’s other remedies.
     
  8. Licensee shall prepare in accordance with generally accepted accounting practice and keep at Licensee's Notice Address accurate books of account and records of its gross sales and revenues. Licensee's books and records shall be subject to examination and audit, at will and with 20 days prior notice, by Licensor. If there is a deficiency in the Percentage License Fee payable to Licensor, Licensee shall immediately pay Licensor the additional Percentage License Fee owed Licensor and also pay the cost of the examination or audit.
     
  9. Licensor shall not be liable to Licensee for damages or otherwise for any delay or cessation in the start of the Business. Licensee acknowledges that no exclusive rights or use has been granted or given to it by Licensor or Licensor's agent or employee.
     
  10. Unless dictated otherwise by state law, Licensee shall carry workers compensation insurance in the statutory amount, and employer's liability insurance in the amount of $1,000,000 per accident and $1,000,000 per disease for each employee, with a $1,000,000 policy limit for disease. Licensee shall also carry commercial general liability insurance, or a combination of commercial general liability insurance and umbrella liability insurance, which shall not exclude contractual liability coverage, and shall have minimum limits of $2,000,000 per occurrence for bodily injuries to or death of any number of persons as a result of any occurrence, and $2,000,000 per occurrence for property damage. Licensee's workers compensation insurance, commercial general liability insurance, and umbrella liability insurance shall contain waivers of any and all rights of subrogation against Licensor, General Growth Properties, Inc., GGP Limited Partnership and such other entities provided by Licensor. Licensee's commercial general liability insurance and umbrella liability insurance shall name Licensor, General Growth Properties, Inc., GGP Limited Partnership and such other entities provided by Licensor as additional insureds; and shall state that this  additional insured coverage is primary, and not additional to or contributing with, any other insurance carried by, or for the benefit of Licensor, General Growth Properties, Inc., GGP Limited Partnership and such other entities provided by Licensor. Licensee shall deposit certificates of insurance evidencing the required insurance coverages with Licensor prior to the earlier of the commencement of any service under this agreement being provided by Licensee anywhere in or around the Shopping Center, or the Commencement Date. All such insurance carriers providing the required insurance coverages shall be rated A-VII or better by Best’s, and shall be authorized to do business in the state in which the Shopping Center is located.

 

PROJECT ID:S0075543

 

 
 

 

 

 

11. Starting on the date Licensee first commences the Business under this License and except as otherwise provided in Section 12, Licensee shall indemnify and hold Licensor, its managers, employees, agents, contractors, parents, subsidiaries and affiliates harmless from and against any and all claims, actions, liens, demands, expenses and judgments for loss, damage or injury to property or persons resulting or occurring by reason of the Licensee's construction activities under this License, or in any way connected with, the operation of the Business, or otherwise arising from this License or Licensee’s activities hereunder, including all costs, expenses and attorney's fees. Licensee shall also indemnify Licensor for all costs, expenses and attorney's fees incurred by Licensor to enforce this indemnity.
   
12. Licensor shall not be responsible or liable for, and Licensee hereby expressly waives, any and all claims against Licensor for injury to persons or damage to Licensee's property, regardless of the cause. Licensee's property located anywhere in the Shopping Center shall be there at Licensee's sole risk. Licensor, its agents, independent contractors and employees shall not be liable for, and Licensee waives, all claims for loss or damage to Licensee's Business or damage to persons or property sustained by Licensee or any person claiming by, through or under Licensee resulting from any accident or occurrence anywhere in, on or about the Shopping Center, including, without limitation, claims for loss, theft or damage resulting from: (i) equipment or appurtenances becoming out of repair; (ii) injury done or occasioned by wind or weather; (iii) any defect in or failure to operate, for whatever reason, any sprinkler, heating or air-conditioning equipment, electric wiring or the installation thereof, gas, water or steam pipes, stairs, porches, railings or walks; (iv) broken glass; (v) the backing up of any sewer pipe or downspout; (vi) the bursting, leaking or running of any tank, tub, washstand, water closet, waste pipe, drain or other pipe; (vii) the escape of steam or water; (viii) water, snow or ice being upon or coming through the roof, skylight, trap door, stairs, doorways, windows, walks or any other place upon or near the Shopping Center; (ix) the falling of any fixture, plaster, tile, stucco or other material; (x) any act, omission or negligence of other licensees or any other persons or occupants of the Shopping Center or of adjoining or contiguous buildings, or owners of adjacent or contiguous property or the public, or the construction of any private, public or quasi-public work; or (xi) any other cause of any nature. To the maximum extent permitted by law, Licensee agrees to operate its Business within the Shopping Center and use any area, part or portion of the Shopping Center to the extent permitted by this License, at Licensee's own risk.
   
13. If Licensee (a) fails to perform any of the terms, conditions or covenants of this License after five (5) days prior written notice in the event of monetary failure, and ten (10) days after prior written notice in the event of non-monetary failure; (b) becomes bankrupt or insolvent or files any debtor proceedings, or takes or has taken in any state a petition in bankruptcy or insolvency or for reorganization or for the appointment of a receiver or trustee of all or a portion of Licensee's property, or makes an assignment for the benefit of creditors, or petitions for or enters into an arrangement; (c) ceases or fails to operate its Business in the Assigned Location either temporarily or permanently after five (5) days prior written notice, or (d) fails to perform any of the terms, conditions or covenants of any other license agreement in any other shopping center owned (in whole or part) or managed by Licensor or any partner of Licensor, including any parent, subsidiary, affiliate or successor in interest thereof after five (5) days prior written notice; Licensor, besides having the right to immediately revoke this License without serving additional notice to Licensee, shall, subject to applicable state law, have the immediate right to remove Licensee and any persons claiming rights under Licensee and their property from the Shopping Center, lock and bar Licensee and all persons claiming rights under Licensee from doing Business in the Shopping Center, and all other remedies available to Licensor at law and in equity, including but not limited to the recovery of all fees and other sums payable to Licensor under this License. All rights and remedies of Licensor herein or at law are cumulative. Licensee expressly waives any right or defense it may have to claim a merger, and neither the commencement of an action or proceeding nor the settlement of, or entering of judgment for any action or proceeding shall bar Licensor from bringing subsequent actions or proceedings, based upon other or subsequently accruing claims, or based upon claims or events which have previously accrued and not been resolved in any prior action, proceeding or settlement. The parties waive trial by jury in any action, proceeding or counterclaim brought by either of the parties against the other, regardless of whether such action, proceeding or counterclaim is related to a default under this License Agreement.
   
14. Licensee shall not sell, assign, mortgage, pledge, sublicense, grant concessions or transfer this License or any interest therein, without Licensor's prior written approval, which may be withheld at Licensor's sole and absolute discretion.
   
15. Licensor shall have no personal liability with respect to this License. If a breach by Licensor occurs, Licensee shall look solely to the equity of Licensor in the Shopping Center for the satisfaction of Licensee's remedies.
   
16. Licensor is or may be a party to certain documents, as amended from time to time, with a mortgagee or beneficiary of Licensor, department stores, mall tenants and others. This License is subject and subordinate to all the provisions in those documents, as they may be amended from time to time.
   
17. This License contains all the covenants, promises, agreements, conditions and understandings between Licensor and Licensee. There are no other agreements, either oral or written, between them other than those set forth in this License.
   
18. If either Licensor or Licensee shall institute any action or proceeding against the other relating to the provisions of this License, then the unsuccessful party in the action or proceeding shall reimburse the successful party for all reasonable expenses and attorneys' fees and disbursements incurred by the successful party.
   
19. This License shall be governed by, construed, and enforced in accordance with the laws of the state in which the Shopping Center is located. Licensee shall comply with all laws, ordinances, codes, orders and regulations affecting the construction (if any), use, occupancy, alteration, cleanliness, safety and operation of the Assigned Location, which are in force now or later.
   
20.

Licensee's rights under this License shall be at all times subject to the rights of the Licensor in and to the Shopping Center. Said rights of Licensor include, without limitation the right of Licensor to relocate the Assigned Location upon five (5) days prior written notice to Licensee (except in the case of emergency, when such relocation may occur without notice) for any reason, and upon two (2) days prior written notice in the event of construction or renovations at the Shopping Center.

 

PROJECT ID:S0075543

 

 
 

 

 

21. Licensee takes the Assigned Location in "as-is" condition, pursuant to Section 27 below. All costs and expenses (including permits or licenses) attributable to any construction by Licensee shall be borne by Licensee. Licensee shall not commence any construction in the Shopping Center prior to the execution of this License or without first obtaining Licensor's approval of the location and design. Design criteria for construction under this License are:

 

  a. If the Assigned Location is a kiosk, the kiosk structure shall be limited to counter units with no overhead obstructions that inhibit the visibility of any mall tenant or business activity in the Shopping Center. Counter units shall not exceed 5'-0" in height.
     
  b. If the Assigned Location is a kiosk, the kiosk structure, if located in an open floor area, shall not be anchored into the floor or other part of the Shopping Center structure. Common area width of 10'-0" minimum shall be maintained on all sides of the kiosk, subject to traffic flow.
     
  c. If the Assigned Location is a kiosk, water service, special HVAC Systems and Fire Sprinkler Protection are not available. HVAC and fire protection systems shall be that which is provided to common areas in the Shopping Center.
     
  d. Design criteria for signing, construction, finish materials, special equipment and, if the Assigned Location is a kiosk, kiosk size shall be valuated specifically for each Licensee. Licensee shall submit plans and specifications for Licensor's review and approval prior to commencement of construction. Pictures of existing units should be provided.
     
  e. Licensee shall prepare its plans and perform all work to comply with governing statutes, ordinances, regulations, codes and insurance rating boards and apply for and obtain all necessary permits. Licensor’s approval of Licensee's plans shall not relieve Licensee of its obligation to complete all work in accordance with the License, nor does Licensor's approval relieve Licensee from complying with laws, rules, regulations and requirements of local governing authorities, nor can Licensor's approval be relied upon by Licensee as verification of the sufficiency of the plans and specifications for any purpose or for compliance with any legal requirement. Certificates of occupancy and waivers of lien from Licensee's contractors, subcontractors and material men shall be filed with Licensor upon completion of work.
     
  f. If the Assigned Location is a kiosk, set up and tear down of kiosks must take place when the Shopping Center is not open for business, unless Licensor has agreed with Licensee otherwise in writing.
     
  g. All alterations, additions and improvements to the Assigned Location shall become upon completion the property of Licensor.
     
  h. If the Assigned Location is a Licensor owned Kiosk, Licensee fully acknowledges Kiosk and associated visual merchandising fixtures provided by Licensor are owned by Licensor and are provided to Licensee on loan and were in good working condition when received by Licensee. Licensee fully acknowledges responsibility for any damages that may occur to the Kiosk and the visual merchandising fixtures. Further, Licensee is responsible for any and all costs associated with missing fixtures and/or damages to the Kiosk and visual merchandising fixtures. Any costs incurred by Licensor to repair the Kiosk or the visual merchandising fixtures after Licensee returns them to Licensor will be billed to Licensee or deducted from Licensee's security deposit.

 

22.

If there are any licenses, authorizations or permits required by any governmental agency or authority for the activity permitted under this License, Licensee shall be responsible for obtaining them. Licensee shall not conduct any unlawful activities in or upon any part of the Shopping Center or any part thereof. The sale or marketing of any unlawful goods or services is also prohibited, including the sale or marketing of counterfeit goods or goods or services that otherwise infringe or confuse another party’s trademarks, trade dress or other intellectual property rights.

   
23. This Section 23 shall only apply if the Assigned Location is an in-line location. Licensor has caused or shall cause the necessary mains, conduits and other facilities to be provided to make available [as applicable, water, sewer and electricity] to the Assigned Location. Licensor has likewise caused or shall cause to be made available a heating and air conditioning system. Licensee agrees to use and pay for the use of such system in the manner prescribed by Licensor. Licensee agrees to use and pay for all utilities used in the Assigned Location from and after the Commencement Date. If a separate meter is provided for utilities, it shall be at Licensee's expense. Licensor shall not be liable to Licensee in damages or otherwise, if the utilities or heating and air conditioning services are interrupted or terminated for any cause. If Licensor does not or elects to discontinue furnishing any utilities or services, as the case may be, to the Assigned Location for any reason, Licensee shall obtain its own utilities or services, as the case may be, to the Assigned Location. If Licensee shall require natural gas for its normal operation, the natural gas utility service shall be available from the local gas company through the mains located in designated areas. All gas work beyond those points shall be arranged for by Licensee with the gas company, and such work shall be approved by Licensor and performed by Licensee at its expense. The parties understand that local gas supplies may be limited, and availability of sufficient gas to service the Assigned Location shall be Licensee's sole responsibility. In all other respects, Licensee takes the Assigned Location in "as-is" condition pursuant to Section 27 herein.

 

PROJECT ID:S0075543

 

 
 

 

 

24. Licensee shall observe all Operating Rules which Licensor may promulgate from time to time, including but not limited to the following:
   
  Licensee shall conduct the Business in a careful, safe and proper manner and shall keep the Assigned Location and the area around the Assigned Location in a clean and safe condition in accordance with this License, local ordinances and the directions of the Manager of the Shopping Center and public safety officers. All signage located in, upon, and about the Assigned Location must be approved by Licensor prior to installation or placement. All signs, placards, banners, pennants and other advertising matter shall be prepared in a professional manner. Licensee shall display a sign depicting its approved Trade Name. Licensor's approval shall not be required for Licensee's professionally prepared, national, regional, or area-wide merchandising signage so long as the amount of signage and the placement of signage is not, in Licensor's reasonable opinion, excess in quantity or inappropriate in placement. Licensor's approval will be required for storefront and/or Trade Name signage. Licensee shall not display merchandise on or outside the boundaries of the Assigned Location. If the Assigned Location is a kiosk, cart or RMU, all merchandise must be displayed only on the kiosk, cart or RMU and not on the floor or adjacent to the kiosk, cart or RMU. Licensor reserves the right to require Licensee to re-design its merchandise area upon twenty four hour (24) advance notice at Licensee's sole cost and expense in the event the Assigned Location is a cart or RMU, and upon five (5) days advance notice at Licensee's sole cost and expense if the Assigned Location is an in-line space. Neither Licensor nor managing agent shall be responsible for loss of, damage to, and/or theft of Licensee's property. If Licensee shall fail to operate its business during the days and hours set forth herein, in addition to any other remedy available to Licensor under this License Agreement or by law, Licensee shall pay to Licensor as limited damages for such breach a sum equal to $50 for each hour or portion thereof during which Licensee shall fail to operate. If the Licensee shall fail to operate its business during the required hours then Licensor reserves the right, after providing the applicable notice and cure period pursuant to Section 13, to remove Licensee and Licensee's property from the licensed area and store said property. Licensor shall not be responsible for loss or damage to, and/or theft of Licensee's property during or subsequent to such removal from licensed area. The outside areas around and immediately adjoining the Assigned Location shall be kept clear at all times by Licensee, and Licensee shall not place or permit any obstructions, garbage, refuse, merchandise or displays in such areas. All loading and unloading of goods shall be done only at such times, in the areas and through the entrances designated for that purpose by Licensor. All garbage and refuse shall be kept in the kind of container specified by Licensor, and shall be placed and prepared for collection in the manner and at the times and places specified by Licensor. No loudspeakers, televisions, phonographs, radios, flashing lights or other devices shall be used unless specifically approved by Licensor, which approval may be withdrawn in the sole and absolute discretion of Licensor upon personal delivery of written notice to Licensee or Licensee's employees or agents at the Assigned Location. There shall be no auction, fire, bankruptcy or selling-out sale by Licensee. Licensee shall not carry on any trade or occupation or operate any instrument or equipment which emits any odor or causes any noise discernible to mall tenants, invitees of the Shopping Center or other Licensees. Licensee shall not distribute any handbills or other advertising matter in the Shopping Center or on automobiles parked in the parking areas of the Shopping Center. Licensee and Licensee's employees shall not park their cars in those portions of the parking area designated for customer parking by Licensor. If Licensee or Licensee’s employees park in portions of the parking area designated for customer parking, Licensor may, in addition to its other remedies, have the car removed at Licensee's expense. Licensee and Licensee’s employees and agents shall maintain a neat and appropriate appearance and dress whenever conducting Business in the Shopping Center. Licensee and Licensee's employees and agents shall not wear jeans, t-shirts or flip-flops while conducting Business in the Shopping Center.
 
   
25.

This License Agreement shall expire without further notice at the expiration of its specified term. Any holding over by Licensee after expiration of the Term hereof shall not constitute a renewal or extension of the License Agreement or give Licensee any rights in or to the Assigned Location except as expressly provided in this License Agreement. Any holding over after such expiration with the express written consent of Licensor shall be construed to be a license from day to day on the same terms and conditions herein specified insofar as applicable except that Minimum License Fee shall be increased to an amount equal to the Minimum License Fee payable during each day of the last full calendar month of the term hereof. Any holding over without the Licensor's written consent (including any such holdover where the Licensee claims that the Licensor has given oral consent, has consented by conduct, has waived its right to withhold consent, or is estopped from withholding consent) shall constitute only a license at sufferance, terminable by Licensor immediately on delivery of written notice, and during such unconsented holdover, Licensee shall be obligated to pay Licensor daily damages equal to one fifteenth (1/15th) of the Minimum License Fee payable during the last full calendar month of the Lease Term. Licensee shall at the expiration or revocation of this License remove its goods and effects, repair damage caused by such removal and peaceably yield up the Assigned Location clean and in good order, repair and condition, and Licensee shall be responsible for repairing any damage caused during Licensee's occupancy of the Assigned Location. Personal property of Licensee not removed within 48 hours shall become property of Licensor, at Licensor's option.

   
26.

Licensee shall not harm the Shopping Center or any part thereof, commit waste, create nuisance, make any use of the Shopping Center which is offensive in Licensor's sole opinion, nor do any act which would, in Licensor's sole opinion, tend to injure the reputation of the Shopping Center. Licensee shall not make alterations or additions, nor permit the making of holes in the Shopping Center’s walls, partitions, ceilings or floors, nor permit the painting or placing of exterior signs, placards or other advertising media, banners, pennants, awnings, aerials, antennas, or the like in or about the Shopping Center, without the prior written consent of Licensor. Licensee shall comply with all laws, ordinances, orders and regulations affecting the Business and this License. 

   
27.

Licensee has inspected the Assigned Location, and accepts it "as is" with no representation or warranty by Licensor regarding the condition of the Assigned Location or its suitability for Licensee's Business. Licensor has no obligation to repair any part of the Assigned Location unless the obligation is set forth in this License.  

   
28.

Licensee shall operate the Business and remain open to the public at all times designated by Licensor. Licensee shall operate the Business in a first class manner and shall operate the Business continuously and uninterruptedly while this License is in effect.  

   
29. Licensee shall not cause any hazardous material to be brought upon, stored, kept, used or discharged on or about any part of the Shopping Center.
   
30. Licensor may enter and/or inspect the Assigned Location at any time.
   
31. Licensee shall maintain, at its sole cost and expense, the Assigned Location in good condition and make all necessary replacements and repairs to the Assigned Location. In addition to all other remedies of Licensor, if Licensee does not complete its obligations to repair and maintain the Assigned Location or Licensor, in the exercise of its sole discretion, determines that repair or replacement of any portion of the Assigned Location or the Shopping Center is necessary by reason of any act, omission or negligence of Licensee, its agents, employees, guests or customers, then in any such event, Licensor may make, but shall not be obligated to make, such repairs without liability to Licensee for any loss or damage that may accrue to Licensee, its merchandise, fixtures, or other property or to Licensee's business by reason of such repair. Upon completion of any such repair, Licensee shall pay upon demand, as an additional License Fee, Licensor's costs for making the repairs together with Licensor's administrative costs related thereto, which amount shall equal 1.5 times the total cost of the repair.
   
32. Licensee agrees not to suffer any mechanic's lien to be filed against the Shopping Center by reason of any work, labor, services, or materials performed at or furnished to the Assigned Location, to Licensee, or to anyone claiming rights through or under Licensee. Nothing in this License shall be construed as a consent on the part of Licensor or subject Licensor's estate in the Shopping Center to any lien of liability under the lien laws of the state in which the Shopping Center is located.
   
33. The failure of Licensor to insist upon strict performance by Licensee of any of the conditions, provisions, rules and regulations, and agreements in this  License, or to exercise any option, shall not be deemed a waiver of any of Licensor's rights or remedies, and shall not be deemed a waiver.

 

PROJECT ID:S0075543

 

 
 

 

 

34. Licensee represents and warrants that it shall keep the provisions of this License confidential and shall not disclose the provisions to a third party. Licensee acknowledges that any breach of this Paragraph by Licensee shall cause Licensor irreparable harm and shall be a default of this License without notice or opportunity to cure, and Licensor shall have the right to pursue any and all remedies available to Licensor under this License, in equity or at law. The terms and provisions contained in this Paragraph shall survive the termination of this License.
   
35. Licensor shall cause or has caused the necessary facilities to make available a standard phone and telecommunications system to the Assigned Location. Licensee agrees to only use and pay for such phone and telecommunications system provided by Licensor at the Assigned Location.
   
36. Licensee agrees that any high speed communications equipment used to demonstrate Licensee's goods and services ("Connectivity Equipment") shall only be utilized by Licensee's internal operations within the Assigned Location, that Licensee shall not permit any other party to utilize the Connectivity Equipment nor shall Licensee lease the Connectivity Equipment to any third party or otherwise receive a fee from any third party in connection with the Connectivity Equipment. Except solely for Licensee's own internal operations use within the Assigned Location, no radio or television aerials or other receivers and/or equipment, infrared transmitters/receivers, cabling, telecommunications systems, (including but not limited to switching, relay, hub or booster systems) other than the Connectivity Equipment shall be erected or placed within the Assigned Location or on the roof or walls (interior or exterior) of the Assigned Location or the Shopping Center without the written consent of Licensor, which may be withheld in Licensor's sole discretion. If Licensor’s consent is not received, anything erected or placed on the roof or elsewhere within the Shopping Center may be removed, without notice, and any damage to the walls or roof or elsewhere within the Shopping Center shall be the responsibility of Licensee.
   
37. Licensee agrees to allow Licensor to email to Licensee, at the email address noted above, any services, resources or special information that Licensor may provide, or any of same services provided by outside providers who have offered such services to Licensees or occupants of the Shopping Center. Additionally, by signing this License, Licensee agrees to give Licensor the right to use photos of the Licensee's Assigned Location and their business in marketing materials provided by Licensor to others.

 

Additional Comments

 

A. Licensor agrees to give Licensee Right Of First Offer (ROFO) with regards to any other spirits for sale in temporary inline space during term of this agreement.

 

Licensor expects Licensee to operate all mall hours but understands Licensee is bound to only sell during OLCC approved times. E.g. 7am to 10pm.

 

If Eastside Distilling is unable to secure the proper permitting and licenses needed from the OLCC and the residing city within a timely manner, all leases will immediately become null and void with no financial obligation due by either party. Written documentation supporting such action will be submitted to the proper entities to insure all parties are represented fully within their legal rights.

 

PROJECT ID:S0075543

 

 
 

  

 

The parties have executed this License made the day and year first above written.

 

Licensee

 

Eastside Distilling

 

/s/ Steven Earles   10-14-14
By   Date

 

CEO    
Title    

 

Licensor

 

CLACKAMAS MALL L.L.C., a Delaware limited liability company

 

By:    
  Authorized Signatory  

 

Date of Fully Executed License Agreement:      

 

If Licensee is a CORPORATION, an authorized officer must sign on behalf of the corporation and indicate the capacity in which he/she is signing. The License must be executed by the president or vice-president, unless the bylaws or a resolution of the board of directors shall otherwise provide, in which event, the bylaws or a certified copy of the resolution, as the case may be, must be attached to this License. Also, the appropriate corporate seal must be affixed.

 

PROJECT ID:S0075543

 

 
 

 

 

INDIVIDUAL GUARANTY

 

IN CONSIDERATION OF and as a material inducement to CLACKAMAS MALL L.L.C., a (the Licensor), executing the within license dated 10/10/2014 (which with all amendments is the License), with Eastside Distilling, d/b/a Eastside Distilling (the Licensee), for location identified as B103 in the Clackamas Town Center (the Shopping Center), and in further consideration of the sum of Ten Dollars ($10.00) and other good and valuable consideration paid by Licensor, the receipt and sufficiency of which is hereby acknowledged to the undersigned, Lenny Gotter , ***-**-5825 , an individual whose residence is ; 1512 SE 7th Avenue, Portland, Oregon 97214 (Guarantor) does hereby unconditionally covenant and agree with Licensor, its successors and assigns, that if default shall at any time under the License be made by Licensee, their successors and assigns, in the payment of any monthly installment of rent, or additional rent, or in the performance of any of the terms, covenants and conditions of the License, and if the default shall not have been cured within the time specified in the License for curing the same, then Guarantor will well and truly pay on demand in cash the monthly installment of rent and additional rent and cure such other default together with such costs and expenses (including without limitation any attorney fees) incurred by Licensor as a result of or arising out of the default for which Licensee, its successors and assigns are obligated to Licensor pursuant to the terms of the License.

 

THIS GUARANTY is an absolute and unconditional guaranty of payment and performance. It shall be enforceable against Guarantor, its successors and assigns without the necessity for any suit or proceedings by Licensor against Licensee, it successors and assigns, and without the necessity of any notice of non-payment, non-performance or non-observance or any notice of acceptance of this Guaranty or any other notice or demand to which Guarantor might otherwise be entitled, all of which Guarantor hereby expressly waives. Guarantor agrees that the validity of this Guaranty and the obligations of Guarantor shall in no way be terminated, affected or impaired by reason of the assertion or the failure or delay to assert by Licensor against Licensee, or Licensee's successors and assigns, any of the rights or remedies reserved to Licensor pursuant to the provisions of this License. The single or partial exercise of any right, power or privilege under this Guaranty shall not preclude any other or the further exercise thereof or the exercise of any other right, power or privilege by Licensor. Should Licensor be obligated by any bankruptcy or other law to repay to Licensee or to Guarantor or to any trustee, receiver or other representative or either of them, any amounts previously paid to Licensor, its successors and assigns, this Guaranty shall be reinstated in the amount of such repayments.

 

THIS GUARANTY shall not be affected and the liability of the undersigned shall not be extinguished or diminished by any non-liability of Licensee under the License for any reason, including any defect or defense which may now or hereafter exist in favor of Licensee; or by any extensions, renewals, amendments, indulgences, modifications, transfers, or assignments in whole or in part of the License by Licensor, whether or not notice thereof is given to Guarantor. This Guaranty is of payment and not of collection; it is one of active performance and not one of suretyship for damages or otherwise. The liability of Guarantor is coextensive with that of Licensee and also joint and several.

 

LICENSOR'S ACCEPTANCE of a note or additional collateral of Licensee or of Guarantor shall not be the full cash payment or the active and primary performance required herein. This Guaranty is given in addition to all other guaranties that may pertain to Licensee's indebtedness, and is not subordinate to any other guaranties. Licensor's rights under all guaranties, including this Guaranty, shall be cumulative and independently enforceable. It shall not be a condition of the enforcement of this Guaranty that any other guaranties be resorted to by Licensor.

 

GUARANTOR REPRESENTS and warrants that:

(a) It is not insolvent, and there are no limitations or prohibitions to the enforcement of this Guaranty; and
(b) It is immediately benefited by the indebtedness.

 

AS A FURTHER inducement to Licensor to make and enter into the License and in consideration thereof, Licensor and Guarantor covenant and agree that in any action or proceeding brought on, under or by virtue of this Guaranty, Licensor and Guarantor shall and do hereby waive trial by jury. Without regard to principles of conflicts by laws, the validity, interpretation, performance and enforcement of this Guaranty shall be governed by and construed in accordance with the internal laws of the state in which the Shopping Center is located.

 

IF ANY PORTION or application of this Guaranty is invalid, unenforceable or illegal for any reason, the parties agree that such invalid, unenforceable or illegal portion or application shall not be deemed to affect the remainder or this Guaranty.

 

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, Guarantor acting herein in its own personal and individual capacity has executed this Guaranty this

 

_______________________ day of _________________________________, __________________.

 

WITNESS:   GUARANTOR:
     
     
Name (can be a Mall Employee)   Guarantor
     
     
Address (can be a Mall Address)    

 

PROJECT ID:S0075543

 

 
 

 

 

Rules and Regulations for Demonstration, Sampling and Service Licenses

 

Aggressive selling tactics, such as employee(s) yelling out to customers or physically approaching customers are not allowed. Any selling tactic that causes a customer or potential customer to complain to Licensor shall be considered aggressive. Non-aggressive selling is allowed in the Selling Zone (hereinafter defined).'Selling Zone’ is defined as: (a) the zone within 2 feet of the actual unit for a Retail Merchandising Unit or cart (collectively 'RMU'); or (b) within the Assigned Location for a kiosk or inline space and within the 'Selling Zone', if any, shown on Exhibit A to the License Agreement. Licensor strictly prohibits approaching customers either verbally or Physically outside the Selling Zone, touching customers at any time without the customer's permission and/or verbally abusing customers in any manner. Demonstration or sampling of any product beyond the Selling Zone is strictly prohibited.

 

· Licensee must stay within the Assigned Location and the Selling Zone.

 

· Licensee may not approach a customer unless the customer first approaches the Licensee showing interest in learning more about the product. Only upon this expression of interest by the customer may Licensee ask customer if they would like to try Licensee's product.

 

· Licensee may have a maximum of two employees at the RMU/Kiosk at any one time, unless otherwise specified in the License Agreement.

 

· Licensee may not at any time yell at a customer or cause a disturbance to attract attention, such as, but not limited to, throwing the product or touching the customer in any manner.

 

· If customers do agree to test the product, Licensee is responsible for ensuring that the customers stay within the Selling Zone and follow the guidelines herein.

 

· If Licensee's product is found in Shopping Center or Common Area light fixtures, elevators, trees, planters, etc., or in another tenant's or licensee's space, Licensee will be responsible for the actual cost to remove the items and will be additionally liable for liquidated damages of $100 minimum for each such occurrence.

 

· No flying demonstrations are allowed unless otherwise specifically allowed in the License Agreement. If so allowed and if Licensee demonstrates flying toys of any kind, the flying toy may not be flown higher than the top of the selling unit or beyond the Selling Zone. Exceptions may be proposed to Licensor, but are subject to Licensor's approval.

 

· Licensee is responsible for ensuring all individuals in Licensee's employ are aware of the rules and regulations.

 

· Licensee must have, at minimum, a 7-day 100% money back guarantee on unused products and a 30-day product return for either exchage or store credit on any used product. The return policy must be clearly posted at cash wrap/cash register area to be viewed by every customer purchasing product.

 

/s/ Steven Earles   Licensee' s Initials Here

 

· Because of the difficulty in assessing actual costs for failure to abide by these rules, Licensor will bill Licensee $500 as liquidated damages for the first violation of these rules, $1,000 for the second violation and $1,500 for violations thereafter. Licensor may immediately terminate the License Agreement at any time after the third violation. If this fee is not paid by Licensee within 10 days, Licensor shall have the right to deduct such fee from the Security Deposit. Licensee agrees to replenish the Security Deposit within 30 days of Licensor's request to do so.

 

· Licensor has the right to amend or add to these rules and regulations from time to time without Licensee's consent.

  

IN WITNESS WHEREOF, the parties hereto have executed this Addendum as of the dates written below.

 

Licensee:   Licensor:
         
By:

/s/ Steven Earles

  By:  
  Authorized Signatory     Authorized Signatory
         
Date 10-14-14   Date  

 

PROJECT ID:S0075543

  

 

Exhibit 14

 

EASTSIDE DISTILLING, INC.

 

CODE OF BUSINESS CONDUCT AND ETHICS

 

INTRODUCTION:

 

All employees, officers, and directors of Eastside Distilling, Inc. (the “Company”) are responsible for conducting themselves in compliance with this Code of Business Conduct and Ethics (the “Code”). The Company adopted this Code in order to assist the Company and its employees, officers and directors with the Company’s goals of conducting its business and affairs in accordance with applicable laws, rules, and regulations and to promote honest and ethical conduct, including the ethical handling of actual or apparent conflicts of interest between personal and professional relationships.

 

The Company expects that any consultants or other service providers it retains will adhere to the Code. In addition, for purposes of Section 406 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 and the rules of the Securities and Exchange Commission promulgated thereunder, Sections I through IV of the Code shall constitute the Company’s code of ethics for “Senior Financial Officers” (as defined in Section I below).

 

I.           Compliance and Reporting

 

Employees, officers, and directors should strive to identify and raise potential issues before they lead to problems for the Company and should ask about the application of the Code whenever there is a question as to whether a violation of the Code has occurred or will occur. Any employee or officer who becomes aware of any existing or potential violation of the Code should promptly notify the appropriate supervisor. Should the Chief Executive Officer, the Chief Financial Officer, and/or the Principal Accounting Officer (collectively, the “Senior Financial Officers”) or any director become aware of an existing or potential violation of the Code, he or she should promptly notify the Company’s general counsel or outside counsel, if no general counsel exists. The Company shall take such disciplinary, corrective or preventative action as it deems appropriate to address any existing or potential violation of this Code brought to its attention.

 

Confidentiality regarding those who make compliance reports and those potentially involved is maintained to the extent possible during a compliance investigation. The Company does not tolerate retribution, retaliation, or adverse personnel action of any kind against any person for lawfully reporting a situation of potential noncompliance with the Code, or providing to the Company or any law enforcement or other governmental agency any information or assistance relating to the commission or possible commission of any federal or state offense.

 

The Senior Financial Officers have a responsibility to create an environment within the Company in which compliance with the Code is treated as a serious obligation and in which violations of the Code are not tolerated. The Senior Financial Officers will establish and, if necessary, modify the procedures by which violations of the Code are to be reported.

 

Page 1
 

 

II.          Conflicts of Interest

 

All business decisions must be made in the Company’s best interest. A “conflict of interest” arises when an individual’s judgment is or may be influenced by considerations of improper personal gain or benefit to the individual or another person. Even if no actual conflict of interest occurs, situations that create the appearance of a conflict may harm the Company’s public relations or cause other problems damaging to the Company, and, as such, also should be avoided. Conflicts of interest are prohibited as a matter of Company policy, unless they have been approved in advance by the Company.

 

For example, an employee, officer, or director must never use or attempt to use his or her position at the Company to obtain any improper personal benefit for himself or herself, for his or her family members or for any other person, including loans or guarantees of obligations, from any other person or entity. In this regard, service to the Company should never be subordinated to personal gain and advantage. To the extent possible, conflicts of interest always should be avoided. Any employee, officer, or director who is aware of a material transaction or relationship that could reasonably be expected to give rise to a conflict of interest should promptly discuss the matter with the General Counsel or outside counsel, if no general counsel exists.

 

Transactions with outside firms must be conducted within a framework established and controlled by the executive level of the Company. Business dealings with outside firms should not result in unusual gains for those firms or their employees. Unusual gain refers to bribes, product bonuses, special fringe benefits, unusual price breaks, and other windfalls designed to ultimately benefit either the outside firm, its employee, or both. Promotional plans that could be interpreted to involve unusual gain require specific executive-level approval.

 

An actual or potential conflict of interest occurs when an employee is in a position to influence a decision that may result in a personal gain for that employee or for a relative as a result of the Company’s business dealings. For the purposes of this policy, a relative is any person who is related by blood or marriage, or whose relationship with the employee is similar to that of persons who are related by blood or marriage.

 

No “presumption of guilt” is created by the mere existence of a relationship with outside firms. However, if employees have any influence on transactions involving purchases, contracts, or leases, it is imperative that they disclose to an officer of the Company as soon as possible the existence of any actual or potential conflict of interest so that safeguards can be established to protect all parties.

 

Personal gain may result not only in cases where an employee or relative has an ownership interest in a firm with which the Company does business, but also when an employee or relative receives any kickback, bribe, substantial gift or special consideration from any Company, customer, or vendor. Any employee who receives a gift from a customer or vendor must advise his or her supervisor immediately. If the supervisor determines that the gift is of a normal and customary nature (e.g., not excessively expensive), the employee may retain the gift. If the gift is determined by the supervisor to be excessive, the employee must return the gift with a brief explanation that it is against the Company’s policy for employees to accept gifts of an excessive nature. Employees who do not report the receipt of gifts to their immediate supervisor will be subject to disciplinary action up to and including termination. In addition, employees who solicit gifts will be subject to disciplinary action, up to and including termination.

 

Page 2
 

 

In addition, as a result of their close relationships to the Company and its business, the Senior Financial Officers have a special responsibility to: refrain, without the approval of the Board of directors, from transacting business with the Company through any entity in which the officer or a member of his or her immediate family owns all or a controlling interest; refrain, without the approval of the Board of directors, from participating in other employment or serving as a director for other organizations if such activity reasonably could be expected to interfere with the officer’s ability to act in the best interests of the Company or reasonably could be expected to require the officer to use proprietary, confidential or non-public information of the Company; refuse gifts, favors or hospitality that would influence or appear to influence the recipient to act other than in the best interests of the Company; and report to the Board of directors any existing or potential director positions they hold, including positions on non-profit or charitable organization boards of directors.

 

III.         Public Disclosure

 

It is the Company’s policy that the information in its public communications and disclosures, including its filings with the SEC, be full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. All employees, officers, and directors who are involved in the Company’s disclosure process, including the Senior Financial Officers, are responsible for acting in furtherance of this policy. Specifically, these individuals are required to maintain familiarity with the disclosure requirements applicable to the Company and are prohibited from knowingly misrepresenting, omitting or causing others to misrepresent or omit, material facts regarding the Company to others, whether within or outside the Company, including the Company’s independent accountants. In addition, any employee, officer or director who has a supervisory role in the Company’s disclosure process has an obligation to diligently discharge his or her responsibilities.

 

The Senior Financial Officers, in particular, must act in good faith and with due care and diligence in connection with the preparation of the Company’s public disclosures. The Senior Financial Officers must ensure that the financial statements and reports submitted to the SEC are full, fair, accurate, timely and understandable. The Senior Financial Officers must also promptly report any irregularities or deficiencies in the Company’s internal controls for financial reporting to the Board of directors.

 

IV.          Compliance with Laws, Rules and Regulations

 

It is the Company’s policy to comply with all applicable laws, rules, and regulations. It is the personal responsibility of each employee, officer and director to adhere to the standards and restrictions imposed by those laws, rules, and regulations.

 

Page 3
 

 

It is both illegal and against Company policy for any employee, officer, or director who is aware of material, nonpublic information relating to the Company, any of the Company’s customers or clients or any other private or governmental issuer or securities, to purchase or sell any securities of those issuers, or recommend that another person purchase, sell or hold the securities of those issuers.

 

In general, information is “material” if it could affect a person’s decision to purchase, sell or hold a company’s securities. Material information includes, for example, a company’s anticipated earnings, plans to acquire or sell significant assets, and changes in senior executives. Employees, officers, and directors should try to limit transactions to times when it can reasonably be assumed that all material information about a company has been disclosed. All employees, and officers and directors of the Company in particular, should consult with the General Counsel, or outside counsel, if no general counsel exists, regarding the safest times to trade in the Company’s securities. In addition, employees, officers, and directors may not disclose material, nonpublic information about the Company or another company to any person (i) inside the Company, unless they need to know the information for legitimate business purposes, or (ii) outside of the Company, unless prior approval is obtained from management in consultation with the General Counsel, or outside counsel, if no general counsel exists. Bear in mind that this information belongs to the Company and no person may misappropriate it for anyone’s benefit. Providing a “tip” based on material, nonpublic information is unethical and illegal, and is prohibited, even if you do not profit from it. All employees must obtain clearance from the General Counsel, or outside counsel, if no general counsel exists, prior to trading in the Company’s securities.

 

Other laws, rules, regulations, and Company policies to which employees, officers and directors are subject relate to business practices. For example, employees, officers, and directors may not misrepresent facts, contractual terms or Company policies to a stockholder, service provider, or regulator. Even if done inadvertently, you must correct the misrepresentation as soon as possible after consulting with the General Counsel, or outside counsel, if no general counsel exists. In addition, employees, officers, and directors must adhere to appropriate procedures governing the retention and destruction of the Company’s records, consistent with applicable laws, regulations, Company policies, and business needs. No person should destroy, alter, or falsify any document that may be relevant to a threatened or pending lawsuit or governmental investigation. You should consult with, and follow the instructions of, the General Counsel or outside counsel, if no general counsel exists, in these situations.

 

Employees, officers, and directors must also comply with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act, which prohibits American businesses, and in many cases their foreign subsidiaries, from offering, paying or authorizing payment to foreign government officials, political parties or their officials, or political candidates.

 

The Senior Financial Officers, in particular, have a responsibility to ensure compliance with the applicable rules and regulations of federal, state, and local governments and of appropriate public and private regulatory agencies or organizations.

 

Page 4
 

 

In addition to adhering to established Company policies and procedures, these individuals must take steps to ensure that other employees and officers follow such policies and procedures.

 

Any employee, officer, or director who is uncertain about the legal rules and regulations to which he or she or the Company is subject should consult with the General Counsel or outside counsel, if no general counsel exists.

 

V.          Employment Practices

 

In making employment and personnel decisions, the Company employment decisions must be based only on an employee’s or applicant’s qualifications, demonstrated skills and achievements without regard to race, color, sex, religion, national origin, age, disability, veteran status, citizenship, sexual orientation, gender identity, or marital status.

 

All employees are entitled to be treated with respect and dignity. Management must not tolerate harassment of, or by, any employee in situations involving another employee, stockholder, service provider, or business associate.

 

Employees, officers, and directors must not engage in conduct that could be construed as sexual harassment, which may include, for example, unwelcome sexual advances, offensive touching, sexually suggestive statements, offensive jokes, requests for sexual favors, or other verbal or physical conduct of a sexual nature.

 

Any person who believes he or she has been harassed in the course of performing his or her employment with the Company should notify the General Counsel or outside counsel, if no general counsel exists. Company policy prohibits retaliation against any individual who complains of, or reports an instance of, harassment or participates in an investigation of a harassment complaint.

 

VI.          Corporate Opportunities

 

Employees, officers, and directors owe a duty to the Company to advance the Company’s legitimate business interests when the opportunity to do so arises. In this regard, employees, officers, and directors are prohibited from (i) taking for themselves personally (or directing to a third party) business opportunities that are discovered through the use of Company property, information or position (unless the Company has already been offered the opportunity and rejected it); (ii) using Company property, information, or position for improper personal gain; and (iii) competing with the Company.

 

It may be difficult to decipher whether or not a particular personal benefit is proper, as sometimes both personal and Company benefits may be derived from certain activities. The best course of action in these circumstances is to consult with the General Counsel or outside counsel, if no general counsel exists.

 

Page 5
 

 

VII.         Confidentiality

 

In carrying out the Company’s business, employees, officers, and directors may learn confidential or proprietary information about the Company or third parties. Employees, officers and directors must maintain the confidentiality of all information entrusted to them, except when disclosure is authorized or legally mandated. Confidential or proprietary information includes, for example, any nonpublic information concerning the Company, including its business, properties, financial performance, results or prospects, and any nonpublic information provided by a third party with the expectation or contractual agreement that the information will be kept confidential and used solely for the business purpose for which it was conveyed. Employees, officers and directors are required to secure from unauthorized access and public view documents under their control that contain confidential or proprietary information. When such information is discarded, appropriate steps must be taken to ensure proper and complete destruction.

 

In addition, employees, officers, and directors are prohibited from taking confidential or proprietary information with them upon termination of employment with the Company or from using or disclosing such information for any purpose elsewhere, including with a different employer or company. Any confidential or proprietary information must be promptly returned to the Company upon termination of employment or affiliation with the Company.

 

VIII.         Fair Dealing

 

Company policy is to conduct business fairly through honest business competition and the Company does not seek competitive advantages through unethical or illegal business practices. Each employee, officer, and director should endeavor to deal fairly with the Company’s stockholders, service providers, competitors, and employees. No employee, officer, or director should take unfair advantage of anyone through manipulation, concealment, abuse of privileged information, misrepresentation or omission of material facts, or any other practice involving unfair dealing.

 

IX.          Protection and Proper Use of Company Assets

 

All employees, officers and directors should protect the Company’s assets and ensure their efficient use. It is important to bear in mind that theft, carelessness and waste have a direct impact on the Company’s profitability. Thus, all assets of the Company should be used only for legitimate business purposes.

 

X.           Waivers of the Code

 

The Company may elect to waive certain provisions of the Code on a case-by-case basis. Any employee, officer, or director who would like to request a waiver of one or more of the Code’s provisions must discuss the matter with the General Counsel or outside counsel, if no general counsel exists. Waivers for executive officers and directors of the Company only may be granted by the Board of directors or a committee of the Board.

 

Page 6
 

 

XI.          Specific Written Agreements

 

To the extent there is any conflict or inconsistency between the provisions of this Code and any specific written agreements with the Company (which agreements are, have been or will be approved by the Company’s board of directors), the terms of such written agreements will control the conduct of the parties and such conduct will not be considered to be in conflict with any provisions of this Code. 

 

Page 7

Exhibit 23.1 

 

 

 

 

 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED PUBLIC ACCOUNTING FIRM

 

We consent to the incorporation in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated April 10, 2014 with respect to the audited consolidated financial statements of Eurocan Holdings Ltd. (now known as Eastside Distilling, Inc.) for the year ended December 31, 2013.

 

We also consent to the references to us under the heading “Experts” in such Registration Statement.

 

/s/ MaloneBailey, LLP

www.malonebailey.com

Houston, Texas

February 11, 2015

 

 

 

 

 

 

 

Exhibit 23.2 

 

CONSENT OF INDEPENDENT AUDITOR

 

We hereby consent to the use in this Registration Statement on Form S-1 of our report dated October 8, 2014, relating to the audited financial statements of Eastside Distilling, LLC for the years ended December 31, 2013 and 2012, and to the reference to our Firm under the caption “Experts” in the Prospectus.

 

/s/ Burr Pilger Mayer, Inc.

San Francisco, California

 

February 11, 2015